Future of Marvel’s Blade Remains Unclear as Xbox Tries to Sell or Close Arkane

The future of Marvel’s Blade remains unclear as Microsoft tries to sell or close its developer, Arkane Lyon.

Today, as part of a significant reorganization at Microsoft’s gaming business, Xbox CEO Asha Sharma said Arkane’s management “is beginning required consultation with its Works Council to review potential strategic options.” As a French studio, Arkane must follow the country’s labor laws around a potential sale or closure, and this process may take some time. Meanwhile, the future of Marvel’s Blade, which was in development at Arkane Lyon, remains unclear. Will it be released? Is it canceled? Could another company pick it up, with Arkane Lyon potentially continuing development?

SBFPLAY has asked Marvel Games for comment, and Microsoft has yet to expand on Sharma’s statement.

The Verge reported that Marvel’s Blade was delayed internally to late 2027 and was running over budget. SBFPLAY understands this to be accurate, but neither Microsoft nor Marvel has suggested a release window. Blade, from the team behind Deathloop, was announced in December 2023 with a reveal trailer, but we’ve seen nothing of it since.

Last month, Bethesda Game Studios head Todd Howard was quoted as saying he’d recently seen what Arkane Lyon was cooking up and was impressed. “I’m not at liberty to say when [we’ll see more],” Howard teased, “but I saw some stuff just yesterday [on May 21] and the folks at Arkane [Studios, the developers] are doing a really, really great job.” Fans first began to fear the worst after Blade was a no-show at last month’s Xbox Games Showcase.

Today, Microsoft announced 3,200 staff are set to lose their jobs at Xbox across the current financial year, with 1,600 of those layoffs happening today, July 6. In an email sent to staff, Sharma called it the most “significant” restructure in Xbox history, insisting Microsoft’s gaming business “is not healthy.” Overall, Xbox is losing about one-fifth of its staff as part of Sharma’s push for growth.

Every Video Game Franchise Xbox Owns After Acquiring Activision Blizzard

South of Midnight developer Compulsion Games and Psychonauts developer Double Fine Productions will return to management and transition to independent studios with their IP, catalog, and with “runway for their next games,” Sharma said. These games are so far unannounced. In Double Fine’s case, it leaves Microsoft with the Psychonauts IP.

Meanwhile, Hellblade developer Ninja Theory and State of Decay developer Undead Labs “have entered terms to join new ownership with funding to complete and grow Senua and State of Decay 3.” This suggests both games will release eventually, developed under new ownership. Microsoft did not say who the new owners are.

Elsewhere, there are layoffs across other parts of Xbox, including Activision, Bethesda/ZeniMax, Blizzard, King, Mojang, and Xbox Game Studios. Microsoft insisted none of its first-party publicly announced games or projects are being cancelled as part of these reductions. That means the likes of Fable, Gears of War: E-Day, Clockwork Revolution, Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4, Minecraft Dungeons 2, and The Elder Scrolls 6 are safe.

We have much more on this developing story over at our live blog, which we will continue to update as today’s news unfolds.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Bethesda Boss Tells Staff the Company Must Focus on ‘Our Strongest Franchises’

The boss of Bethesda has told staff the company must now focus on its “strongest franchises” amid sweeping layoffs across Xbox.

Today, Microsoft announced 3,200 staff are set to lose their jobs at Xbox across the current financial year, with 1,600 of those layoffs happening today, July 6. In an email sent to staff, Xbox CEO Asha Sharma called it the most “significant” restructure in Xbox history, insisting Microsoft’s gaming business “is not healthy.” Overall, Xbox is losing about one-fifth of its staff as part of Sharma’s push for growth.

Bethesda is hit particularly hard by the layoffs, SBFPLAY understands, with staff across its many development studios either already told they are cut or facing an uncertain future. In an email to Bethesda staff sent following Sharma’s memo, Bethesda boss Jill Braff said the layoffs and change in strategy “reflect the realities of our industry and business – and our responsibility to ensure Bethesda is operating from a more stable foundation.”

“To be successful in the future, we need to change course,” Braff continued. “We must strengthen our business, return to sustainable growth, and ensure we can continue investing in our franchises and our players. I know that doesn’t make a day like today any easier.”

But what does that actually mean beyond layoffs at the likes of id Software, ZeniMax Online Studios, and elsewhere at Bethesda? Without naming games, Braff said “to best position Bethesda for future growth, we are shifting from a planning model primarily centered on what’s next for each independent studio to one that focuses on our strongest franchises and determining the content roadmap that best serves our players and Bethesda as a whole.”

“From there, we’ll align the right talent, technology, and resources across the organization to deliver on those priorities,” Braff added.

SBFPLAY has already explored how the changes at Bethesda mean focusing on big hitters such as The Elder Scrolls and Fallout, leaving Starfield potentially out in the cold. With Microsoft planning to sell or close Arkane Lyon, Marvel’s Blade may fall by the wayside or be published elsewhere. The Elder Scrolls Online developer ZeniMax Online Studios has already signalled content roadmap changes with fewer staff following the layoffs. Meanwhile id Software, developer of the Doom games, has suffered significant cuts. MachineGames has survived the cull, with a new Wolfenstein game pretty much an open secret at this point. But it’s looking increasingly unlikely that Indiana Jones and the Great Circle will get the sequel it teased at the end of the game.

With such a reduced headcount, id Software may be left to support other games in development at Bethesda, such as MachineGames’ Wolfenstein 3 and perhaps even a future Fallout game, both of which have first-person shooting — the genre id specialises in. Where that leaves the likes of Doom and Quake is unclear.

Meanwhile, with Xbox hammering on the door of Fallout, New Vegas developer Obsidian, which is without a confirmed new project following the commercial failure of last year’s Avowed and The Outer Worlds 2, may be tasked with making a new game in the franchise. If that happens, could Bethesda studios help out?

“By working more closely across the organization, sharing expertise and capabilities, and focusing our investments on the opportunities with the greatest potential, we believe we can better support our franchises and IP with meaningful long-term potential,” Braff continued in the email.

Bethesda Game Studios has The Elder Scrolls 6 in the works, and the hope is it will launch in the coming years. Development chief Todd Howard has indicated multiple times that Fallout 5 will follow, but it was thought that that sequel wouldn’t materialize for many, many years. Perhaps following this Xbox reset, it could be closer than expected.

Every Video Game Franchise Xbox Owns After Acquiring Activision Blizzard

Bethesda boss Jill Braff’s email to staff is below:

Team,
I want to acknowledge the changes taking place across XBOX, including here at Bethesda, where a number of our colleagues have been impacted. Today’s news affects people who have worked alongside us, inspired us, challenged us, and helped build the studios, games, and culture that define Bethesda.

Across our global organization, some employees are leaving the company, while certain countries review strategic options through processes required by local law. While each situation is different, what they share is uncertainty for people in our community.I want to express my sincere gratitude to everyone who has been impacted. Your talent, creativity, dedication, and contributions have helped shape Bethesda in meaningful ways, and our immediate focus is supporting you through this transition. I also know this news is difficult for many across our organization, whether you’re personally impacted, supporting a teammate, or simply trying to process what comes next.The intent behind today’s announced changes is consistent with the broader direction for XBOX: creating greater focus, improving execution, and positioning our business for long-term success. These shifts also reflect the realities of our industry and business – and our responsibility to ensure Bethesda is operating from a more stable foundation. To be successful in the future, we need to change course. We must strengthen our business, return to sustainable growth, and ensure we can continue investing in our franchises and our players. I know that doesn’t make a day like today any easier.As we look ahead, we will meaningfully evolve how we operate. For decades, Bethesda has organized its business around the individual roadmaps of our largely independent development studios, supported by centralized publishing and corporate teams. This model enabled us to create some of the industry’s most beloved franchises. However, rising player expectations, increasing development complexity, and a more competitive market have changed the economics of our industry.To best position Bethesda for future growth, we are shifting from a planning model primarily centered on what’s next for each independent studio to one that focuses on our strongest franchises and determining the content roadmap that best serves our players and Bethesda as a whole. From there, we’ll align the right talent, technology, and resources across the organization to deliver on those priorities. By working more closely across the organization, sharing expertise and capabilities, and focusing our investments on the opportunities with the greatest potential, we believe we can better support our franchises and IP with meaningful long-term potential.This does not change the importance of exceptional creative work, craftsmanship, and innovation – which is what makes Bethesda special. Our studios’ and teams’ identities, talent, and expertise remain essential to our success. What changes is how we align those strengths, bringing them together around our franchises and IP, to position Bethesda for long-term growth and continued investment in our future.We will share more about our direction in the weeks and months ahead. But for today, my focus is on the people who have made – and those who will continue to make – Bethesda what it is. Please take care of one another. Reach out to a colleague. Offer support where you can and give people the space they may need as they process today’s news.Even during a challenging time, I remain confident in what we can accomplish together. We have extraordinary talent, some of the most beloved franchises in our industry, and tremendous opportunities ahead. The work we are doing now is about ensuring we are positioned to realize that potential for years to come. Thank you for everything you do for Bethesda, our players, and each other.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

The Elder Scrolls Online Has Reportedly Lost ‘As Much as Half’ of Its Development Team as Its Roadmap Is Being Re-Evaluated

“As much as half” of the team working on The Elder Scrolls Online has been laid off, according to a report from Kotaku, leading many to wonder how the game will continue.

Earlier today, Microsoft began carrying out its “reset” of the Xbox brand by laying off thousands of employees. Although no studios are shutting down, many are being offloaded from Xbox and being sold to other companies or given the chance to go independent. Bethesda is also expected to focus on a small handful of franchises, such as Fallout and The Elder Scrolls, going forward.

Unfortunately, one of the studios hit the hardest by the rest appears to be ZeniMax Online Studios, though the total number of those impacted is unknown. This isn’t the first time this has happened, as Xbox hit ZOS hard last year and canceled a sci-fi MMO at the studio.

Kotaku reported that sources from ZeniMax have expressed uncertainty on how The Elder Scrolls Online could continue on after such a massive blow. The team seems to be reckoning with this publicly, as community manager Jessica Folsom took to the ESO forums to tell players that the game’s roadmap is “shifting” and they will need time to re-evaluate it before sharing a new plan.

“Looking beyond Season One, the roadmaps we previously shared will be shifting,” said Folsom. “We want to take the time to evaluate the work in front of us and then lock down an updated schedule. While we’d love to share a concrete details today, stepping back to get our plans straight will let us come back to you with a clear timeline.”

With such a massive reduction to ESO’s development team, many players are fearing the worst for the game’s future. It seems like the game will remain playable, but how much support will it get? That’s the big question today. The Elder Scrolls Online recently moved away from “Chapters” and big expansions to embrace seasonal content, which already suggested the game may be scaling down.

Now, it seems hard for some players to even imagine a future for ESO.

“Difficult to read this as anything other than an intention to wind down the game,” said one fan. Another fan agreed, noting that this move will likely push fans away from the game and result in its definite demise: “MMORPGs can’t continue if the players think the game will not grow in the future. No one wants to invest the time MMORPGs demand to a game that may not exist in 5 years. It will be like a death spiral.”

“I’m going to be honest, it’s a near guarantee that ESO go into ‘Maintenance Mode’ within the next year or at least a low power mode where hardly any new content is released,” predicted a player. “They already reduced the amount of dungeons, expansion content and zones being released a little while ago, so expect even less now. Destiny 2 getting shit canned last month was needed because it got so bad so I didn’t mind that much, but ESO still has so much to give.”

Some fans looked to other titles to try and brace for what’s next. “This is truly worrying news,” said a fan. “Warhammer Online faced a similar fate. It start with half the team and the face of the team being laid off.”

Some even began comparing the situation to what happened to Destiny. Earlier this summer, Bungie wound down support on Destiny 2 before laying off hundreds of developers. The game remains functional, but will no longer receive support. One fan even said they jumped from Destiny to Elder Scrolls Online.

“Noooo I just came to this game from Destiny. F–k me, man.”

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Undead Labs Won’t Be Required to Bring State of Decay 3 to Xbox Game Pass.

As Undead Labs continues development on State of Decay 3 under new ownership, it sounds like the zombie survival sequel won’t be required to be on Xbox Game Pass.

That’s according to Game File, which reported on the studio’s post-Microsoft future after Xbox CEO Asha Sharma announced layoffs that will affect 3,200 staff throughout the current financial year. One of the many headlines emerging from the restructuring news revealed that both Ninja Theory and Undead Labs will soon have new owners.

“Ninja Theory and Undead Labs have entered terms to join new ownership with funding to complete and grow Senua and State of Decay 3,” Sharma said.

It’s a bittersweet update that will see the developer behind the long-in-development third State of Decay game press on as its mysterious new owner takes the reins. Additional information surrounding the change – including the identity of the new owners – was not officially detailed.

Game File said that, according to one of its sources, the new entity overseeing Undead Labs will be revealed later this summer. An exact date for the reveal was not shared.

Microsoft’s deal with the studio failed to outline the details of its Undead Labs deal, but the report stated that, although State of Decay 3 will continue to receive funding, the game will not be obligated to adhere to “any Xbox-controlling terms.” More specifically, State of Decay 3 won’t be required to come to Game Pass.

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

Game Pass subscribers are among the crowd of gamers who have looked forward to State of Decay 3 since its announcement nearly seven years ago in August 2020. Although the first game in the series launched in 2013, years before Game Pass launched in 2017, its sequel arrived as a day-one launch on the service in 2018. As Undead Labs finds a new home, fans of the series may not want to expect the post-apocalyptic franchise to continue with the new game on Game Pass at launch – or maybe ever.

Buried in the news of an uncertain future for some of the most well-respected developers in the industry was Sharma’s assertion that Game Pass was one of a few angles of the Xbox business that “did not grow at the pace” it expected. In June, chief strategy officer Matthew Ball revealed the gaming subscription service “shed millions of subscribers” in the wake of substantial price increases last October.

Microsoft then announced in April of this year that it would be cutting the price of Game Pass, though not quite to pre-hike prices. Sharma clarified to Bloomberg in June that the company was “able to reset Game Pass after an eight-month decline.” The total number of subscribers the service currently has is unclear.

As the industry comes to grips with a “reset” for Xbox, you can keep up with all of the biggest news with SBFPLAY’s live coverage. You can also see how the newly independent Double Fine Productions and Compulsion Games reacted to the changes.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Starfield Fans Are Worried the Franchise Is Over Amid Xbox Layoffs

You probably shouldn’t bet on a Starfield sequel if news coming out of Xbox’s reset is anything to go by.

According to a new report from Bloomberg, Microsoft’s restructuring of Xbox will see Bethesda focusing on a handful of franchises going forward: Fallout, The Elder Scrolls, Wolfenstein, Doom, and Quake. These five franchises are expected to be a priority, with at least three of them already having games in development. There have been rumblings that another team like Obsidian could be set to work on a Fallout game, as Bethesda has its hands tied up with The Elder Scrolls 6, but nothing has been confirmed.

However, many were quick to point out that Starfield is seemingly absent from Bethesda’s priority list. The sci-fi game debuted back in 2023 after an extended development and was a passion project for Bethesda boss Todd Howard. Unfortunately, Starfield largely failed to meet fan expectations, and subsequent updates and expansions haven’t really moved the needle on that sentiment. Still, some of the game’s more hardcore fans had hoped that Starfield would go on to at least get more expansions, and maybe even a sequel, establishing itself as Bethesda’s third franchise. Those hopes may have been dashed.

Starfield: Terran Armada Screenshots

Starfield fans are now mourning the fact that the franchise doesn’t appear to have much of a future going forward. Some are even actively protesting Xbox over Starfield’s potential demise.

“If you end Starfield, I am leaving,” said one Xbox player. “I became part of the Xbox family for this game, a game that was finally something unique instead of the same franchises regurgitated, and I won’t stay on a platform where it’s no longer possible. My wallet will stay closed.”

“If this means no more new Starfield development, I absolutely hate this,” said another player. One other fan pleaded to Microsoft/Bethesda: “Please don’t give up on Starfield.”

Others were a bit more understanding of the potential reality that Starfield may not continue. The game had a prolonged development and didn’t hit the mark for fans, making it an easy decision for Microsoft to at least put it on the back burner.

“The amount of time it took to develop and then the end product just not hitting the mark, it’s understandable. I think we do need to get out of the 10+ year wait for the next Fallout or Elder Scrolls,” said one fan. Another echoed these thoughts: “Starfield left a bad taste in people’s mouths, and given the time/budget they would require for a sequel, I understand why Microsoft is more eager to invest in other IP.”

“Based on its own merits, that should be a one and done. For every good design choice there is a bad one,” said another unimpressed player.

Starfield was released on PS5 earlier this year but analysts believe the game sold poorly on Sony’s console, something that may not have happened had the game had a day and date release on PlayStation back in 2023. Whether or not Starfield returns decades from now remains to be seen, but it looks unlikely.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

New Nintendo Switch 2 Announced for Europe Will Be Slightly Heavier, Launches This Fall

Nintendo’s new Switch 2 model for Europe will roll out this fall, with user-replaceable batteries that make the console slightly heavier.

As previously reported by Japanese newspaper Nikkei, Nintendo will soon make changes to its Switch 2 hardware and various accessories in advance of fresh European Union legislation that requires users to be able to replace batteries in electrical equipment.

The idea is that equipment can be serviced more easily, and will last longer without requiring users to repurchase a whole new controller, for example, or send it back to Nintendo for a fix. Switch 1 Joy-Con will receive a new model first, starting from this summer, with no change to battery capacity and weight.

But Switch 2 models sold from this fall onwards will have a slightly smaller (by 1%) new replaceable battery in the console and attached Joy-Con 2 controllers. This will see the console’s weight increase from 534 grams to 548 grams with controllers attached (or from 401g to 411g without controllers attached.

Switch 2 Joy-Con sold individually from this winter onwards will also have replaceable batteries, as will new Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controllers (which will see their battery size shrink by 16%, though end up 7g lighter).

Lastly, retro console controllers available from early 2027 onwards will also be altered, with the Switch’s N64 controller 1g heavier, and the Switch 2’s GameCube controller 5g heavier.

Intriguingly, Nintendo has decided not to release a new version of the Switch 1 in Europe — and will instead simply withdraw the aging hardware from sale within the region.

The 100 Best Nintendo Games of All Time

Battery replacement kits for each product will be available to purchase from Nintendo Store in Europe in the future, the company said in a blog post.

“Starting summer 2026, in preparation for upcoming changes in European battery regulations coming into effect in mid-February 2027, selected Nintendo products in Europe will begin to be replaced on a rolling basis by revisions that contain a user-replaceable battery,” Nintendo said. “There is no difference in functionality between current products and revised products containing user-replaceable batteries.

“The first revised products are expected to become available from summer 2026, with additional products becoming available in autumn, winter, and early 2027. Due to a variety of factors, revised products may not become available in all European countries simultaneously.”

Nintendo already sells a specific Japanese language-only version of Switch 2 in its homeland, which is priced cheaper in comparison to the console’s cost overseas. However, while the console is region-locked to only play Japanese games and access the Japanese version of the eShop, there console is otherwise identical in terms of its form factor.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Microsoft Announces ‘Most Significant Restructure in Xbox History’

Microsoft has announced 3,200 staff are set to lose their jobs at Xbox across the current financial year, with 1,600 of those layoffs happening today, July 6. As part of the restructure, four studios are leaving Xbox to new management, and one is now in consultation over its future.

In an email sent to staff and reviewed by SBFPLAY, Xbox boss Asha Sharma called it the most “significant” restructure in Xbox history, insisting Microsoft’s gaming business “is not healthy.” Overall, Microsoft’s gaming business is losing about one-fifth of its staff.

South of Midnight developer Compulsion Games and Psychonauts developer Double Fine Productions will return to management and transition to independent studios with their IP, catalog, and with “runway for their next games,” Sharma said. These games are so far unannounced. In Double Fine’s case, it leaves Microsoft with the Psychonauts IP.

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

Meanwhile, Hellblade developer Ninja Theory and State of Decay developer Undead Labs “have entered terms to join new ownership with funding to complete and grow Senua and State of Decay 3.” This suggests both games will release eventually, developed under new ownership. Microsoft did not say who the new owners are.

Marvel’s Blade developer Arkane will now see its management enter the required consultation with its Works Council to “review potential strategic options,” per French labor law, with a view to potentially selling or spinning out the studio. There’s no word on the fate of Marvel’s Blade specifically.

Elsewhere, there are layoffs across other parts of Xbox, including Activision, Bethesda/ZeniMax, Blizzard, King, Mojang, and Xbox Game Studios. Microsoft insisted none of its first-party publicly announced games or projects are being cancelled as part of these reductions. That means the likes of Fable, Gears of War: E-Day, Clockwork Revolution, Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4, Minecraft Dungeons 2, and The Elder Scrolls 6 are safe.

Bethesda also owns id Software, which makes Doom and Quake games. MachineGames makes Wolfenstein and, most recently, Indiana Jones. Activision Blizzard makes Call of Duty, World of Warcraft, Diablo, Overwatch, and Candy Crush.

Every Video Game Franchise Xbox Owns After Acquiring Activision Blizzard

These devastating cuts follow last July’s round of layoffs at Microsoft, when 9,000 lost their jobs across the entire business. A number of games were canceled as part of those cuts, including Rare’s Everwild, and studios shut down, such as Perfect Dark developer The Initiative. Now, just 12 months later, we’re here again, although this time Microsoft has managed to find a path forward for affected studios.

A recent report claimed Sharma wanted to speed up development on new The Elder Scrolls, Fallout, and Halo games as part of the company reset. Details on the potential shakeup came from The Information (via Reuters), which said that Microsoft hadn’t ruled out turning the Xbox brand into a wholly-owned subsidiary. It’s said the move could result in Xbox being operated as a joint venture with other partners or even potentially sold.

We have much more on this developing story over at our live blog, which we will continue to update as today’s news unfolds.

Here is the email in full as part of this developing story:

Subject: Resetting XBOX Team,We are beginning the most significant restructure in XBOX history. After careful consideration, I’ve made the difficult decision to reduce our team by approximately 3,200 throughout FY27. This will include approximately 1,600 role eliminations today, and in addition, four studios will leave XBOX to new management. I recognize that a year-long restructuring creates additional challenges. Unfortunately, it is not possible to make all the necessary changes in a single day, and I wanted to be direct about the scale.I know this is painful. These changes will directly affect people who have poured their creativity into building XBOX. Many joined us through acquisitions, while others were recruited here, or sought us out because they loved this industry and loved XBOX. Today’s decisions do not reflect their talent or dedication.Our business today is not healthy. We are operating at margins that are 3–10x lower than comparable platform and publishing businesses. We entered Gen 9 with a smaller install base and a higher cost structure. To grow, we bet on Game Pass, multi-platform, and a broader portfolio of content. While those businesses have created meaningful value, they did not grow at the pace we expected. As that happened, our core business weakened, and we added more teams, more investment, and more time, hoping for a better outcome. And now the industry is facing the most severe hardware crisis in its history. We must reset XBOX. First, we will reset our content portfolio.Since 2018, we have aggressively expanded our studio portfolio while the number of games created each month across the industry now outpaces the last ten years combined. We now find ourselves competing not only with the largest publishers, but also with smaller independent studios. It is neither possible nor desirable to own every great independent studio. We have also learned that we are not the best home for every type of studio; in a typical year, we lost 64 cents for every dollar we invested. As we reset XBOX, we will help independent creators succeed by providing open development tools and audiences to realize their vision. Compulsion Games and Double Fine Productions will return to management and transition to independent studios with their IP, catalog, and runway for their next games. Ninja Theory and Undead Labs have entered terms to join new ownership with funding to complete and grow Senua and State of Decay 3. In France, Arkane’s management is beginning required consultation with its Works Council to review potential strategic options. We are also making reductions across other units, and in some cases, shifting investment to focus on higher priority projects. These changes vary in size across Activision, Bethesda/ZeniMax, Blizzard, King, Mojang, and XBOX Game Studios. None of our first party publicly announced games or projects are being cancelled as part of these reductions. In addition, Mojang and King will now report directly to me. These two studios have increasingly become platforms and are our largest by monthly active players. They bring critical geographic, demographic, and differentiation to XBOX.Second, we will reset our platform. We know that great technology gets better when it gets simpler, not bigger. Today, in some parts of the company, work passes through as many as 14 layers of management. Our platform teams are 40% larger than they were at the start of this generation, even as our player base and playtime have declined. That complexity has slowed decisions, blurred accountability, and made it harder to deliver for players. As we reset XBOX, we will simplify.We will reduce management layers to no more than 5, and where possible, 3. We will deliver success through a flatter organization that is built around makers (individual contributors focused on building), player-coaches (leaders who remain deeply involved in the work while developing their teams), and directly responsible individuals (DRIs) who own key decisions and outcomes. And we will streamline how we work across our tools, with a cleaner code base, shared services, and 50% reduced vendor spend. Third, we are resetting how we operate. As XBOX grew our headcount, we became more fragmented. Teams, studios, and functions often operate independently, and it became harder to work towards a shared goal, make the right tradeoffs, and get things done. For the first time, we are establishing a Chief Operating Officer with end-to-end P&L responsibility across content, hardware, platform, and services. Helen Chiang has been promoted to this role and will report directly to me. Over nearly two decades at XBOX, Helen has helped build some of our most important businesses, from XBOX Live to leading Mojang and the Minecraft franchise. She will bring our businesses together under one operating model, making sure we make clear investment decisions, learn from our successes and failures, and hold ourselves accountable for results. Thank you, Dave McCarthy, who is retiring after 17 years with XBOX. Dave has played a defining role in building the platform that millions of players rely on every day and has been a trusted partner through many of the biggest moments in XBOX’s history. We wish him all the best. These changes are about a bigger future for XBOX, not a smaller one. The next decade of gaming will be larger, more global, and more creative than anything we’ve seen before. This year, we’ll invest as much in XBOX as we ever have, but we’ll invest with greater focus, greater discipline, and greater clarity, all in service of making XBOX where the world plays and creates. I want XBOX to be one of the few companies that entertains more than a billion people each day and gives everyone the opportunity to create and connect. I know we can achieve this goal. XBOX has many of the most beloved franchises in entertainment history, talented studios around the world, and we will return to growth in 2027. History is full of companies that mistake longevity for inevitability. We will not be one of them.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Should Palworld Players Wipe Their Data for 1.0 This Week? Pocketpair Offers Official Advice

Palworld’s hotly anticipated 1.0 update launches this week, on July 10, and now developer Pocketpair has narrowed the release timing down, while issuing existing players an official recommendation on whether they should wipe their data for it.

First up, Palworld 1.0. Pocketpair said it can’t give an exact release time, but it’s planning to launch the updated version of the game around midday on July 10, Japan time. Or, more specifically, 12.30pm Japan time.

“Estimate time, this is NOT 100% the exact launch time,” John “Bucky” Buckley, communications director and publishing manager at Pocketpair, clarified in a Discord post.

Assuming around 12.30pm Japan time, then, that’s 8.30pm PT on July 9, 11.30pm ET on July 9, and 4.30am UK time July 10.

Palworld 1.0 global release times (approximate):

  • Los Angeles: 8.30pm PT on July 9
  • New York: 11.30pm ET on July 9
  • London: 4.30am UK time on July 10
  • Tokyo: 12.30pm Japan time on July 10
  • Sydney: 1.30pm AEST on July 10

Elsewhere, Bucky told existing Palworld players do not need to wipe their data for 1.0, “but you should.”

“Players can continue their existing saves if they wish, as we want to respect the time and effort you have put in,” Bucky continued in another Discord post. “However, due to the large number of changes to the game, including overhauls to mechanics and new content, we believe that starting a new character will give you the best experience of Palworld!

“We will leave that choice up to you, Pal Tamers!”

It’s been a rollercoaster Early Access ride for Palworld since it arrived on Steam priced $30 and launched straight into Game Pass on Xbox and PC in early 2024, breaking sales and concurrent player number records in the process. Pocketpair boss Takuro Mizobe has said Palworld’s launch was so big that the developer couldn’t handle the massive profits the game generated. Still, Pocketpair acted swiftly to capitalize on Palworld’s breakout success, signing a deal with Sony to form a new business called Palworld Entertainment that’s tasked with expanding the IP. It later launched the game on PS5.

After Palworld’s huge launch, comparisons were made between Palworld’s Pals and Pokémon, with some accusing Pocketpair of “ripping off” Pokémon designs. But rather than file a copyright infringement lawsuit, Nintendo and The Pokémon Company went down the patent route. In the initial lawsuit, the two companies called for 5 million yen (approx $30,000) each plus late payment damages, as well as an injunction against Palworld that would block its release. A judgement is expected later this year.

As for Palworld 1.0, Bucky has teased 27 pages of changes and additions for the patch notes. This is going to be a big one.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Steam Rules Must Change, Developer Says, After Players Praise Bitesize Game But Are Allowed to Refund It Anyway

A Steam game developer has called for the storefront’s refund policy to be changed, after players who praised its bitesize game were still able to get their money back.

Writing on X/Twitter, Zoroarts, the developer behind indie boat adventure Paddle Paddle Paddle, criticized Steam for allowing players to receive a full refund even after completing the game and leaving glowing reviews.

Steam allows players to refund any title played for less than two hours, up to 14 days from purchase. It’s a policy intended to ensure players are happy with their games up to a couple hours of playtime — but Zoroarts says it is also punishing makers of smaller experiences that players can quickly polish off.

“This should not be possible,” Zoroarts stated, claiming that Paddle Paddle Paddle had been widely praised but still subject to a 21% refund rate from players who finished their time with it within Steam’s refund time window. On Steam, its review average is Very Positive, and it is currently on sale for just $3.

“Would be cool if you could finally do something about your refund policy,” Zoroarts continued. “Got dozens of reviews like that and 21% refund rate even though the reviews are 90% Very Positive. That’s over 55,000 Refunds btw…”

Zoroarts included an image of a Steam review for Paddle Paddle Paddle that labelled it as a “GREAT GAME, finished within 1:40 hrs (refunded).”

“I planned a medium playtime of 3.5 hours for the full level and the level from the free demo takes ~40 minutes to complete,” Zoroarts added, “so the game was planned to launch with ~4 hours of total gameplay. There are tons of reviews with 5+ hours and even 20+ hours but the game was also played by a lot of speedrunners and just really good gamers who made it in 1-2 hours… Got many insulting comments with ‘Make a game longer than 2 hours’ 😅”

“People really like the game,” the developer continued. “Look at the almost 1,400 reviews on Steam. You can NOT say that the game is bad or trash if you have not even played it and the most basic approach to check if its a problem with the game is checking the Reviews. The true problem is that PC gamers seem to hate shorter games and don’t want to pay for that and I understand it now but there is no reason to insult me or the game like many people in the comments did.

Response to Zoroarts’ comments has been mixed, with some stating that Valve was unlikely to change its policies, or calling for better labelling when a game is intended to be a short experience. This is something Zoroarts has also backed, with the ability to see price and expected playtime clearly laid out.

“That way at least ‘Too short’ can NOT be a refund reason anymore,” the developer concluded.

Valve itself already includes a section on “abuse” of its refund policy in the platform’s terms and conditions, which states that refunds were not “a way to get free games” — and anyone unfairly taking advantage of this would have their refund privileges suspended. How much this is actually policed in practice, though, remains unclear.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

LEGO Announces E.T. the Extra-Terrestrial Figure That’s Roughly Quarter Life Size

Lovable alien E.T. the Extra-Terrestrial will soon be able to buy and build in LEGO form, with movable appendages and a light-up chest so you can make his heart glow.

E.T. the Extra-Terrestrial (21370) will launch on August 1, priced at $139.99 / £119.99 and is available to pre-order now from Lego.com. The set will contain 1,226 pieces and measure 24cm in height (plus 21cm in width and 15cm in depth). This means the figure is almost exactly quarter scale, with the real E.T. roughly 1m tall.

As you’d expect, you can pose your E.T. model’s head and hands to recreate his iconic “phone home” pose. Other details include a buildable pot plant of sunflowers, and a light-up brick in his chest to illuminate E.T.’s heart in red. (You cannot, sadly, make E.T.’s finger light up, however.)

LEGO E.T. the Extra-Terrestrial Set Images

LEGO’s E.T. the Extra-Terrestrial set will be the latest LEGO Ideas creation to see release. This is the range of fan-submitted ideas for future sets that are then voted upon by the wider LEGO fan community. But it’s not the first time LEGO has featured the character — the lovable off-worlder was previously a minifigure in LEGO Dimensions.

The original E.T. the Extra-Terrestrial movie launched in 1982, starring Henry Thomas and Drew Barrymore, and directed by Stephen Spielberg. Various plans for a sequel were discussed over the years, and Thomas eventually reunited with his alien puppet in 2019 for a Christmas-themed short film, A Holiday Reunion, which was actually a long commercial for Xfinity.

Will you welcome E.T. back into your home this year?

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Pokémon Soccer Collaboration Kicks Off With Japan’s J League

The Pokémon Company announced a collaboration today with J League, Japan’s top professional soccer association. As part of the Pokémon 30th anniversary celebrations, each of the J League’s 60 teams is getting its own Pokémon.

The featured Pokémon were picked to match each of Japan’s pro soccer teams. For example, Roasso Kumamoto is getting Ponyta as its partner Pokémon, which matches up with the club’s horse logo and mascot. Akita Blaublitz gets seahorse Pokémon Horsea, which as Pokémon fans will know, has Water/Dragon-type Pokémon Kingdra as its final form. This meshes with Blaublitz’s mascot, which is a blue dragon called Blaugon.

Pokémon Soccer Collaboration Kicks Off With Japan’s J League

J League’s current catchphrase is “Evolution! The J League is evolving,” and of course, Pokémon evolve too if you train them up right. The collaboration officially launches on August 7, with 1 million Pokémon eco bags in 60 different designs to be handed out to attendees at each respective club’s home ground. On the front of each bag is the club’s partner Pokémon, and on the reverse is a special Pikachu design. There are also plans to sell collaboration merchandise, so soccer and Pokémon fans should watch this space.

After Japan’s impressive showing at the World Cup, which ended after the Samurai Blue conceded a 96th minute winner to Brazil in the round of 32, attention in the country turns to the next season of the J League, which kicks off in August. Kashima Antlers are the defending champions, having won a record-extending ninth J.League title on the last matchday of the 2025 season.

Photo by Masashi Hara/Getty Images.

Verity Townsend is a Japan-based freelance writer who previously served as editor, contributor and translator for the game news site Automaton West. She has also written about Japanese culture and movies for various publications.

ChatGPT Researchers Discover Doki Doki Literature Club Pregnancy Fanfic Super Generator

Academic researchers investigating how people use ChatGPT to generate fiction accidentally stumbled upon a super user repeatedly requesting stories featuring pregnant characters from Doki Doki Literature Club (as spotted by Automaton and reported on by ITMedia).

In Walsh et al’s “AI Fiction in the Wild” study, University of Washington and University of Colorado Boulder researchers analyzed the WildChat dataset. It should be noted that WildChat is a set of over half a million anonymous English language conversations between users and ChatGPT, compiled with consent for use in research.

“The most prolific user in the WildChat fiction dataset and the clearest example of an infinite story demander began a fanfiction narrative in the Doki Doki Literature Club! Universe,” observed the researchers on page 10 of their paper. This super user prompted stories featuring various high school girls from Doki Doki Literature Club being pregnant. Natsuki unexpectedly going into labor was a common theme across these prompts. In most cases, the user gave the AI a long dialogue with a pregnant Natsuki that cuts off mid sentence, prompting the chatbot to continue the story.

Although Natsuki’s pregnancy is not part of the 2017 visual novel game, fanfics and art featuring a pregnant Natsuki have been going around for a while. It seems that this user discovered by the study has a particularly intense obsession with this type of fanfic.

“While this user is a particularly prolific outlier, and we can’t say with certainty why they are generating these stories, many prolific users ask for the same kinds of fiction in a similar vein,” the researchers commented, noting that the average fiction-generating user entered repetitive prompts 42% of the time, rising to 85% among the top 10 most prolific users, including the Doki Doki Literature Club fan.

Overall, the researchers discovered that over one third (34% or 195,271) of WildChat’s 573,453 conversations were used for fiction generation, be it original novels, scripts, fanfics, or roleplay. The top fiction types were fan fiction (49%) and erotica (29%), playing into ChatGPT’s strength of being able to generate instant responses to users’ specific requests and niche preferences. Among these fiction conversations, 10% (57,724) were explicit and 17% (94,870) were toxic, suggesting a high percentage of stories featuring sexual or taboo content, as flagged by OpenAI Moderation or Detoxify.

Walsh et al found that this AI generated fiction was dominated by a relatively small group of heavy users, like the Doki Doki Literature Club prompter. It seems that the top 2% of fiction-generating users prompted 80% of these conversations with ChatGPT, suggesting that around 200 people were responsible for a whopping 150,000 fiction prompts.

Among these super users, the researchers identified “infinite story demanders,” namely those who repeatedly request the same highly specific stories with only slight variations, sometimes for months on end. They also identified “story cyclers,” who generate versions of the same story over and over for a while before moving on to a different topic.

The most common sources overall for AI-generated fanfics in the WildChat dataset were games and manga, including Naruto, League of Legends, Freedom Planet, and, of course, Doki Doki Literature Club.

Verity Townsend is a Japan-based freelance writer who previously served as editor, contributor and translator for the game news site Automaton West. She has also written about Japanese culture and movies for various publications.

Supergirl Box Office Reaches $100 Million as 74% Drop Signals Weak Finish

Supergirl has managed to inch past $100 million at the global box office, but its second weekend in theaters also saw it secure one of the biggest drops in superhero movie history.

It’s yet another disappointing update for the DCU following its sophomore installment’s already rough opening weekend. Despite managing to reach $100.47 million globally, Supergirl, which stars Milly Alcock as its title character, only brought in $9.6 million domestically and $9.4 million internationally during its second weekend in theaters.

That’s down 74% from last weekend’s $37.1 million domestic opening and a crushing blow to Warner Bros. and DC. The decline lands it among other comic book movies with historically low second-weekend drops, such as Joker: Folie à Deux (81%), Morbius (74%), The Marvels (78%), and The Flash (72%). With the holiday weekend coming to a close, Supergirl’s worldwide total now hovers just above $100 million, coming in fourth at the global box office behind Minions & Monsters (first), Toy Story 5 (second), and Young Washington (third).

Supergirl was deemed a box office bomb when it debuted to a global total of $68 million following its June 26 premiere. The Warner Bros. superhero movie reportedly had a $170 million production budget and $120 million marketing budget, suggesting the studio would need around $300 million just to break even.

The film’s theatrical run was previously projected to accumulate around $200 million – a number that would put it at a $100 million loss – but a 74% drop suggests the studio will have to fight tooth and nail just to reach even that goal. Despite Supergirl’s position as the second installment in the DCU and a pivotal moment for DC Studios, a steep decline makes it seem as though things won’t be looking up anytime soon.

“While Supergirl didn’t meet our box office expectations,” DC Studios co-CEO Safran told The New York Times following its disappointing opening weekend, “it’s just one component of a broader, long-term strategy at DC Studios that we remain confident in.”

The Biggest Movies Coming in 2026

While Superman kicked off the DCU with a bang, comic book movie fans are hoping Supergirl doesn’t derail an otherwise promising cinematic universe. Up next on the movie side of things is the body horror offshoot, Clayface, which is set with an October 2026 release date. Superman sequel Man of Tomorrow is currently scheduled to save the day in July 2027. For TV watchers, Lanterns is set to premiere in August.

Alcock will return in Man of Tomorrow, with Safran teasing that she’ll play an important role in follow-up DCU projects. For more, you can check out SBFPLAY’s 6/10 Supergirl review. You can also read about some behind-the-scenes details that suggest creative differences between Gunn and director Craig Gillespie impacted the final product.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Voyage Home 40th Anniversary Re-Release Confirmed

Admiral Kirk and Spock are Earth-bound once more, as Star Trek 4: The Voyage Home is set to return to theaters for its 40th anniversary.

Artist Matt Ferguson created a poster to commemorate the announcement, as shared by Empire. The reveal promises to bring stars William Shatner (Kirk) and Leonard Nimoy (Spock) back to the big screen starting September 4, 2026, with tickets for the classic ’80s film on sale now.

It appears the Star Trek 4 re-release will be limited to UK cinemas upon its premiere later this year. For now, there is no confirmation of its return to theaters elsewhere.

Star Trek IV: The Voyage Home is voyaging back to UK cinemas this September in celebration of the 40th anniversary of the film & the 60th anniversary of Star Trek.

I’m so happy I got to make new art to celebrate the re-release. More details soon about special screenings & more! pic.twitter.com/gdQj2qj2yE

— Matt Ferguson (@Cakes_Comics) July 3, 2026

Star Trek 4 was directed by Nimoy and premiered in 1986. Alongside its 40th birthday arrives the overall franchise’s 60th anniversary, with various festivities keeping Trekkies celebrating all year long. It all comes to a head on Star Trek Day, September 8.

“Using a Klingon ship, the crew of the Enterprise returns to 1980s Earth to retrieve two whales that may save the planet from destruction in their own era,” an official description for Star Trek 4 says.

Ferguson did his part to celebrate the franchise with Star Trek 4 but was also responsible for handling posters for the Star Trek 2: The Wrath of Khan and Star Trek 3: The Search for Spock anniversary releases, too. He looked back on his work as Star Trek celebrates 60.

LEGO Star Trek Enterprise Build Photos

Star Trek 4: The Voyage Home will descend onto theaters once more this September. While we wait to see if the re-release may come to other locations, you can read SBFPLAY’s 8/10 review of its collector’s edition.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Marvel Tokon Blocked in 132 Countries as Players Blame PSN Requirement

PlayStation and Arc System Works’ Marvel Tokon: Fighting Souls has been blocked in 132 countries in what appears to be another example of Sony’s PSN requirements barring players from access on Steam.

Fans of the upcoming tag-team comic book fighting game have prepared to skip out on its August 2026 launch after it was revealed that a long list of regions will be blocked (via SteamDB). The full list of 132 countries includes Afghanistan, Haiti, Serbia, Zimbabwe, Egypt, and more.

Why Marvel Tokon has been blocked in these areas has not been explicitly stated, but fans think they’ve figured out the cause. It just so happens that the PlayStation Network is unavailable to access in any of the countries on the list.

The full list of countries where Marvel Tokon: Fighting Souls is blocked from purchase. Image courtesy of SteamDB.

It’s a situation that should feel familiar to PlayStation fans. In 2024, developer Arrowhead Studios confirmed that a lack of PSN access would block Helldivers 2 across a similar list of territories with an update. Thankfully, Sony eventually reversed course on that matter, announcing that it would no longer launch that update across PlayStation 5 and PC versions of the experience.

Though the number of affected locations totaled 177 for Helldivers 2, there are still plenty of PS5 fans across Marvel Tokon’s 132 affected countries who will no doubt be displeased to hear they won’t be able to play at launch. Arc System Works has yet to publicly comment on the controversy, but SBFPLAY has reached out for clarification.

Sony’s Interactive Entertainment wing has put itself in the hot seat several times in the last few weeks. An internal document recently suggested the PlayStation maker was shifting away from releasing its single-player titles on PC. Last week, the company announced it would end physical disc production for new games in early 2028. Now, the company is back in players’ crosshairs as Marvel fans learn the new fighting game will be blocked from access.

Marvel Tokon: Fighting Souls has a release date of August 6, 2026, for PC and PS5. Along with headlining playable heroes like Captain America, Iron Man, and Spider-Man, the developer recently announced that Blade, Deadpool, and Loki, as well as Carnage, Green Goblin, and Magneto, will also be available. For more, you can read SBFPLAY’s interview with the team.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Hideo Kojima Really Sad About Frightening Digital Future After Sony Ends PlayStation Physical Disc Production

Metal Gear Solid and Death Stranding creator Hideo Kojima has warned of a “frightening” digital future just days after Sony announced it would soon end production for physical PlayStation discs.

Kojima shared his feelings about the shift away from physical media during a conversation at the Il Cinema in Piazza film festival in Rome (according to a translation by Genki). His comments follow the news that production of new PlayStation discs would come to an end in January 2028, and although he doesn’t seem to directly reference Sony by name, it seems pretty clear what’s on his mind.

“Since production is ending in 2028, this is about video games, but I grew up with physical media, so I find it really sad,” Kojima said. “Currently, I’ve been buying up a lot of Blu-rays, such as various movies, and CDs too.”

Hideo Kojima. Photo by Rosdiana Ciaravolo/Getty Images.

Those who have followed Kojima’s love for video games, movies, and music shouldn’t be surprised to hear he’s not thrilled with the way things are going. Mere moments after news of Sony’s decision spread across the internet, a message he shared in 2021, warning that individuals may soon have access to data stripped away, resurfaced. He said at the time, “We will not be able to freely access the movies, books, and music that we have loved.”

Kojima took his presence at the film festival to update listeners on his perspective on an all-digital future. He also touched on streaming, and how it will affect not only games, but other media, too.

“The situation is different for games, as they are downloaded to the hard drive, that means the game data remains on your own hardware,” he continued. “However, if things shift to streaming in the future, that won’t be the case anymore. With streaming subscription services, like Netflix or Amazon, there is a server somewhere, and you essentially just have the right to turn the tap, and when you do, the data flows out.

“That’s how movies work on these platforms, right? You don’t download the data, you access it directly through a subscription. And the consequence of that is that you don’t actually possess the data yourself.”

Fans of physical media ownership have had a lot to be upset about in recent weeks. In late June, Rockstar Games announced that the physical version of GTA 6 would come in a box with no disc, with the game itself available only as a download code.

The aftermath of Sony’s decision to end physical disc production for PlayStation games has been especially brutal. Even as major corporations, celebrities, and the average gamer blast the company for its decision, it appears it’s unlikely to U-turn on the move. All of this arrives just as Sony told digital movie fans they would soon lose access to a library of more than 550 films – even if they had already purchased them.

Signs seem to point to a focus on digital gaming as the PS6 and Project Helix consoles loom, and players aren’t looking forward to what the future may hold. Kojima isn’t either.

“There are companies that own these servers and let you ‘turn the tap’ for a monthly fee,” he continued. “However, with nations, politics and various ways of thinking, one naturally has to consider the possibility that if there is a change, the data inside will stop being distributed. And if that happens you won’t be able to watch or play the movies and games you like.

“That is what is frightening. So, what is happening to video games in 2028, might also happen to movies. I’d like everyone to keep that in mind.”

Kojima Productions wrapped up work on Death Stranding 2: On the Beach last year. Next up is his horror project, OD, which we recently learned is safe at Xbox following recent reports of impending studio closures and cancelations. For more, you can read why one SBFPLAY writer thinks PlayStation’s physical media-free future is offensive.

Photo by Rosdiana Ciaravolo/Getty Images.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Green Yuri Anime Confirms Nirvana for Opening Theme and Dave Grohl Says Kurt Cobain Would Have Loved The Guy She Was Interested in Wasn’t a Guy at All

CloverWorks has revealed its new anime, The Guy She Was Interested in Wasn’t a Guy at All (a.k.a. Green Yuri), will feature a Nirvana song as its opening theme, and according to Dave Grohl, Kurt Cobain would have loved it.

The Japanese animation studio behind popular projects like Black Butler, My Dress-Up Darling, Spy x Family, and more shared a reveal trailer, along with a host of other details, during Anime Expo 2026. An adaptation of the viral X/Twitter manga authored by Sumiko Arai, The Guy She Was Interested in Wasn’t a Guy at All is now set to premiere January 2027, and it’ll come with a little help from legendary grunge outfit Nirvana.

“The Guy She Was Interested In Wasn’t a Guy At All” NEW TEASER TRAILER

Opening by Nirvana

Director: Masashi Ishihama
Character Design: Kanna Hirayama
Animation Production: CloverWorks

Air Date: January 2027

>>>https://t.co/VPJlRAL6uE pic.twitter.com/gfWSZEtyer

— d0nut2x 🏴󠁧󠁢󠁥󠁮󠁧󠁿 (@d0nut2x) July 3, 2026

Music lovers will immediately recognize the song featured in the reveal trailer as “Breed,” the fourth track from the band’s reality-altering ’90s album, Nevermind. Green Yuri has officially locked down the rights to use the blistering rock track for its opening theme. Like the manga it’s based on, the anime will feature a list of well-known artists, and thanks to an interview with Grohl, Nirvana’s drummer and frontman for Foo Fighters, it looks like Arai managed to nab some heavy hitters.

Arai personally interviewed Grohl to commemorate the reveal that Breed will be the opening theme for Green Yuri. The “Everlong” songwriter seemed thrilled to give CloverWorks his blessing to use the classic grunge tune, but not as thrilled as the author was to hear him say that Cobain, who fronted Nirvana until his death in 1994, would have loved Green Yuri.

“I think that Kurt definitely would have loved this,” Grohl said. When Arai expressed her excitement, he continued: “Oh, my god, yeah. Of course. This is exactly… It seems like the same message, aesthetic, and the vibe, you know? It’s cool.”

Grohl then reacted to the secret list of songs CloverWorks will feature in Green Yuri, saying things like, “amazing” and “killer” when glancing at just a few of the tracks. An official playlist for Green Yuri features artists like Soundgarden, Radiohead, Korn, Rage Against the Machine, and more. If even a sample of that list makes it into the anime, then fans are in for a treat.

“Fashionable and upbeat high schooler Aya loves listening to rock, but no one else seems to share her interest…until she meets a cool, stylish employee at a CD shop,” an official description shared by Crunchyroll says. “Dressed in black from head to toe, he has this air of mystery about him, and his taste in music is impeccable. Aya falls hard for him—not knowing her crush is actually her female classmate Mitsuki! For her part, Mitsuki generally keeps to herself and avoids standing out at school. But given that she sits right next to Aya, Mitsuki’s all too aware of the other girl’s feelings, and she’s afraid to reveal the truth. So why does she find herself talking with Aya more and more…?”

The Guy She Was Interested in Wasn’t a Guy at All will get the anime treatment early next year. Its staff includes Masashi Ishihama as director, Rino Yamasaki for series composition, and Kanna Hirayama for character design. Mariya Ise will play Mitsuki Koga, and Akari Kito will play Aya Osawa.

◤ ̄ ̄ ̄ ̄ ̄ ̄ ̄ ̄ ̄ ̄ ̄
ティザービジュアル公開
___________◢

TVアニメ『気になってる人が男じゃなかった』

CloverWorks描き下ろし
アニメビジュアルを公開!

𝟐𝟎𝟐𝟕.𝟎𝟏 𝐎𝐍𝐀𝐈𝐑https://t.co/X25TPtdyZX#きにおと pic.twitter.com/uObOf4btuK

— TVアニメ『気になってる人が男じゃなかった』公式 (@kinioto_anime) July 3, 2026

“While I’m constantly astonished at every bit of work they’ve done so far, I’m especially touched by their dedication to highlighting the bands and music the characters adore, (You’ll definitely know what I mean when you see it!),” Arai said in a statement. “I can’t wait for your guys to re-meet Mitsuki and Aya (and the rest) in motion, in color, and through the vision of CloverWorks!!”

Image courtesy of Aniplex.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

First Details and Trailer Revealed for a New EP Featuring Hatsune Miku Singing With Grimes, slayr, and More

SBFPLAY can exclusively reveal the first details and trailer for BEYOND BORDERS Vol.1: EMERGE MODE MIKU, a new collaboration EP that will pair virtual singer superstar Hatsune Miku with such artists as Grimes, slayr, MOLIY, Odetari, George Clanton, Frost Children, and XAMIYA.

The artist lineup and official EP trailer were unveiled during Anime Expo in Los Angeles, and this ‘Beyond Borders’ project from Dwango is all in an effort to introduce Vocaloid music to a new generation of global listeners.

Dwango is working with Nebula17 through their US Label on this project, and Hatsune Miku will be the lead vocalist across all tracks that span multiple genres, including electronic, alternative, hyperpop, rap, and experimental music.

Alongside the artists mentioned above who are teaming up on this project, the EP is being brought to life by a team of Grammy-winning and platinum-selling collaborators. Producers include Grant Boutin (Tate McRae), VADAKIN (Grimes), MOMBRU (Fridayy), Byrd (Bad Bunny), Xansei (XG), while songwriting contributions include Charles “Scoot” Anderson (Ariana Grande) and Cecile Believe (Charli xcx). jon-YAKITORY, SatapanP, and picco, a few of Japan’s most celebrated Vocaloid producers, are also part of the team.

While no release date has been announced beyond fall 2026, a series of singles will be released during the summer to help with the wait.

“Vocaloid culture was born in Japan from the passion of producers making music in their own bedrooms and on their own desktops, and now it’s taking flight on the global stage,” said Gorokiyotake Orimoto, General Manager at Dwango. “Watching it grow into this new form of expression through collaborations with world-renowned artists has been an honor, and we’re deeply grateful to everyone whose support made this milestone possible.”

Adam Bankhurst is a news writer for SBFPLAY. You can follow him on Twitter @AdamBankhurst and on Twitch.

Ghost of Tsushima Legends Anime Character Art Revealed

At Anime Expo, Crunchyroll gave attendees a first look at the characters that will appear in the anime adaptation of the PlayStation game Ghost of Tsushima and, specifically, its Legends multiplayer mode. The art showed the Assassin, Ronin and Hunter characters that the story’s protagonist, one of the last remaining samurai, will meet on his journey.

Ghost of Tsushima: Legends Anime: Character Art Reveal

The character design is the work of Takashi Okazaki, best known for creating Afro Samurai. Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba, Solo Leveling, and Sword Art Online studio Aniplex is working on the adaptation, with Takanobu Mizuno directing. Satoshi Maejima and Gen Urobuchi (of game and visual novel studio NITRO PLUS) are on script duties.

“Having already proven the immense quality and versatility of our gaming properties across multiple successful film and television projects, we couldn’t be more excited to announce our first-ever anime adaptation,” said Asad Qizilbash, head of PlayStation Productions, when the series was announced in January 2025.

“Ghost of Tsushima’s rich, immersive world and its fantastical Legends mode based on Japanese mythology provide the perfect canvas for this project, and Aniplex is the perfect partner to translate Sucker Punch Productions’ hit video game into a stunning new anime series.”

The series is set to be released exclusively on Crunchroll in 2027.

Rachel Weber is the Head of Editorial Development at SBFPLAY and an elder millennial. She’s been a professional nerd since 2006 when she got her start on Official PlayStation Magazine in the UK, and has since worked for GamesIndustry.Biz, Rolling Stone and GamesRadar. She loves horror, horror movies, horror games, Red Dead Redemption 2, and her Love and Deepspace boyfriends.

Beyond the System Movie Officially Announced

After two seasons, the anime series Solo Leveling will continue its story with a full-length movie adaptation, Solo Leveling: Beyond the System. None other than Sung Jinwoo’s English voice actor Aleks Le revealed the news that the title was in production as part of Crunchyroll’s Anime Expo showcase. The movie will pick up where season 2, Solo Leveling: Arise from the Shadow, left off.

We didn’t get a release date or any news on a full season 3 of the show, but we did get a concept video and some moody key art for the movie.

Anime studio A-1 Pictures, the team behind Sword Art Online and Brotherhood: Final Fantasy XV, is providing the animation in collaboration with Aniplex, Netmarble, D&C MEDIA, Kakao Piccoma, and Crunchyroll.

Solo Leveling tells the story of supernatural monster hunter Sung Jinwoo who, driven by the burdens of his mother’s medical expenses and his sister’s education, takes a risk and, as a result, gains the ability to level up and go from being the “World’s Weakest Hunter” to, essentially, a one-man army. The anime is based on the 2016 South Korean web novel, which was adapted into a webtoon in 2018. The first season of the anime version aired on Crunchyroll in 2024, with season 2 dropping last year.

Rachel Weber is the Head of Editorial Development at SBFPLAY and an elder millennial. She’s been a professional nerd since 2006 when she got her start on Official PlayStation Magazine in the UK, and has since worked for GamesIndustry.Biz, Rolling Stone and GamesRadar. She loves horror, horror movies, horror games, Red Dead Redemption 2, and her Love and Deepspace boyfriends.

Mr. Terrific TV Show in the Works at DC Studios

The minds at DC Studios are reportedly developing a TV show spin-off based on Superman side character and superhero genius Mr. Terrific.

The latest news on the future DCU installment comes from a The Hollywood Reporter story. Mixed in with all of the dirty details behind the making of last week’s troubled comic book movie, Supergirl, is news that the company has been quietly tinkering away on a new project based on Mr. Terrific.

The character, a crime-fighting genius and technological wizard, made his live-action movie debut in the DCU’s first theatrical release, Superman, where he was played by StartUp star Edi Gathegi. Although the David Corenswet-starring film was directed by DC Studios co-CEO James Gunn, it’s unclear how involved he will be in the Mr. Terrific TV show.

Details on the series are light for now, as the project seems to be early days, but it sounds like DC and Warner Bros. have at least one name already attached behind-the-scenes: Allan Heinberg. TV watchers will recognize Heinberg as showrunner and writer for Netflix’s short-lived The Sandman series. He also helped as a writer for Wonder Woman, as well as multiple episodes of The O.C. and Grey’s Anatomy.

Heinberg will bring his experience in the live-action superhero movie genre as DC Studios continues bringing the pieces together. It sounds like Gathegi will return as Mr. Terrific for the show, too, though additional information about its plot, cast, and release date has yet to be confirmed.

The DCU is still very much going strong despite turbulence picked up by Supergirl in late June. The Milly Alcock-led entry in the cinematic universe only managed to pick up so-so reviews and disappointing box office returns in its opening weekend, leading to projections that could see Warner Bros. losing more than $100 million.

Ranking the DC Live-Action Shows

Still, the DCU seems set up for brighter days ahead. Lanterns, a Green Lantern TV show, is currently set to premiere in August. Body horror Batman spin-off Clayface will then head to theaters in October, with Man of Tomorrow, a proper Superman sequel, set to follow next July. How the Mr. Terrific TV show will materialize has yet to be revealed, but Gathegi is at least expected to reprise his role in Man of Tomorrow.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Kill the Justice League Developer Wanted to Quit the Industry After the Game Released

Two developers who worked on Suicide Squad: Kill the Justice League have given a transparent account of their experience working on the game.

In a new interview with Bloomberg, two former Rocksteady Studio employees spoke out about the experience of working on the ill-fated Suicide Squad game. Designer Johnny Armstrong noted that the team was excited to take a move on from Batman after doing three back-to-back Arkham games but, once they started working on Suicide Squad, things started to change. Warner Bros. wanted a live-service game, and that was unlike anything the studio had ever done before.

Axel Rydby, who became the game’s director in 2022, noted that the prolonged development meant there was more pressure on the live-service side of the project. With seven years of production, Warner Bros. was looking to find ways to recoup its investment and began pressuring the team to maximize replayability and player engagement.

Suicide Squad: Kill The Justice League Character Art

“That’s when I started feeling like I wasn’t making games anymore,” he said. “I was following a spreadsheet, some elusive marketing-analysis spreadsheet that no one could present clearly. I kind of felt like this isn’t the gaming industry I wanted to work in.”

Armstrong echoed similar feelings, noting that he grew disillusioned by the industry after working on Suicide Squad: Kill the Justice League.

“I felt everything drained from me,” Armstrong said. “I said, ‘I can’t do this again. I don’t know if I’m done with the industry, but I’m done.’ I could feel myself coming apart at the seams.”

The two left Rocksteady and have since moved on to find something that brings back their creative spark. They recently launched a Kickstarter for their new RPG deckbuilder, Secret of Circadia, and are hoping to pull in $11,000 from backers to bring it all to life.

Suicide Squad: Kill the Justice League was considered a pretty big fall from grace for Rocksteady after its beloved Arkham games but, hopefully, it also sent a message to Warner Bros. about the kinds of games it should be making. We’re not quite sure what Rocksteady is working on right now, but rumors suggest it is returning to Batman with its next project.

However, many of the key creatives that brought the Arkham series to life have since left the studio. Of course, Rocksteady still retains a lot of talented folks, but the next game will almost certainly be different compared to a game like Arkham Knight.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Dr Kawashima of Brain Training Fame Says Driving a Manual Car Is Better for Your Brain Than an Automatic

A study led by Professor Ryuta Kawashima suggests that driving a manual transmission car is beneficial for the brain, and could help prevent dementia. Kawashima is a neuroscientist known for the Brain Age and Dr Kawashima’s Brain Training games, released primarily on Nintendo platforms between 2003 and 2020.

The research, conducted by Kawashima’s team at Tohoku University’s Institute of Development, Aging and Cancer, looked at brain activity when driving manual and automatic cars.

The study found that the actions required to drive a manual vehicle activates the prefrontal cortex in ways that driving an automatic doesn’t. The prefrontal cortex is the part of the brain which handles memory, decision-making and attention.

Ryuta Kawashima in 2007, with the Brain Training games for Nintendo DS. Photo by MIWA SUZUKI/AFP via Getty Images.

When driving a stick shift, you need to decide which gear to switch to based on your assessment of the situation and surroundings. Then there’s the process of changing gears, in which you simultaneously operate the clutch pedal and gearstick, all while controlling your acceleration. As any learner driver who stalled a manual car will know, this requires brain and body coordination. Kawashima et al. found that these decisions and actions involved in driving a manual light up the prefrontal cortex.

“You have to judge and then pick the optimal gear according to the situation, and this puts a better load on the brain’s cognitive functions than driving a passive automatic transmission car,” says Kawashima in a quote from Japanese news site Best Car Web.

In other words, getting behind the wheel of a manual transmission vehicle regularly gives your brain a little workout. Kawashima says this has “a significant effect on maintaining mental health and cognitive function.”

With the aging population of Japan and other countries, cognitive decline is a significant health issue. It seems that driving manual vehicles is one way in which people can keep their brain active and help stave off dementia.

Despite these apparent benefits, manual transmission cars are on the decline in favor of effortless automatics. This is especially the case in the U.S. and Japan, where manual transmission accounts for only 1%~2% of new cars.

If you are not driving a manual car, then playing certain video games can also help keep your brain in gear. Various research has shown that gaming can benefit your brain. This includes a study showing that action game players have better cognitive function and higher levels of gray matter, and a 2020 study by Oxford University which found that titles like Animal Crossing may boost your mental health.

Image credit: Getty.

Verity Townsend is a Japan-based freelance writer who previously served as editor, contributor and translator for the game news site Automaton West. She has also written about Japanese culture and movies for various publications.

Sony Will Reassign Staff at Disc Production Factory, After Decision to Kill Physical PS5 Games

Sony has already begun plans to reassign staff at a major disc production plant, following its decision to kill off production of physical PS5 games.

While Sony has said that all new PS5 games will go digital-only from January 2028, hundreds of employees at the company’s disc factory in Thalgau, Austria are now set to be retrained — sparking questions over whether Sony will begin damping down disc launches sooner.

Currently, an astonishing 600,000 discs are made at Sony’s factory every day, with PS5 games accounting for half of its total output. But this figure will soon be slashed dramatically, and staff instead put to work on manufacturing something else: optical microlenses.

The 100 Best PlayStation Games of All Time

“PlayStation currently accounts for approximately 50 percent of our volume, and of that, approximately 20 percent are new orders,” Dietmar Tanzer, CEO of Sony DADC [Digital Audio Disc Corporation] told local news source Salzburg ORF. “We are talking about roughly 10 percent of the volume in 2028.”

Sony’s decision sent shockwaves around the industry upon its announcement earlier this week, with a strongly negative response from fans and other developers, and ridicule from celebrities and brands. But amid the complaints and the sense that this is truly the end of an era in video games, the numbers show physical game purchasing declining rapidly year-on-year.

Tanzer stated that Sony’s decision to go discless won’t result in job losses at the Thalgau factory, though its 300-strong staff will go through retraining to instead focus on making “micro optics”, such as lenses that can project a car turn signal onto the road.

Analysts have pointed to Sony’s announcement about PS5 games going all-digital as evidence that there are no plans for PS6 to support discs, either. This report appears to back this up further, with no suggestion that disc production will ramp up again for the start of Sony’s next console generation as the company suggests it won’t sell hardware at a significant loss despite the RAMpocalypse.

A disc-less PS6 makes sense, analyst Piers Harding-Rolls suggested this week, to keep spiralling component costs down by omitting a disc drive on new hardware. “Sony will be looking for all the ways it can reduce the cost of its next-gen console, and this is an easy win,” he wrote.

“It’s possible that an add-on disc drive could be made available to play older PS4 and PS5 games on disc,” Harding-Rolls continued. “Removing the drive will upset some gamers that don’t want to pay for an add-on disc drive (if available) and that want to access their game collections on disc. It may be too impractical or too complex, but some process of transferral for older physical media to a digital license could alleviate some of these issues.”

Of course, it’s likely not just Sony doing away with discs. Microsoft’s next-gen Xbox, codenamed Project Helix, will reportedly release without a disc drive. In tandem, Microsoft is said to be exploring a new disc-to-digital feature that would let users put a disc into their console and gain a digital license for the game, giving them the ability to play it without a disc.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

PlayStation Unlikely to U-Turn on Its Decision to Kill Discs, Despite Backlash

Sony has sparked a backlash for its decision to do away with video game discs on PlayStation consoles from 2028 — and the SBFPLAY audience’s feeling on the matter is crystal clear, too.

That doesn’t just affect PS5 games; most analysts agree that the PS6 will launch without a disc drive. Reports indicate the next-gen Xbox, codenamed Project Helix, will follow suit, although Microsoft is said to be working on a way to digitize physical games in preparation for the move. Only Nintendo, it seems, still believes in true physical media.

You know a video game announcement has hit the mainstream when the likes of KFC, Domino’s and, even celebrity comedians are dunking on it. As your Fallout 4 companion might have said, everyone disliked that. An SBFPLAY poll asking, ‘Do You Support an All-Digital Gaming Future?’, has seen over 13,000 respondents so far. 90.2% said no, leaving just 9.8% saying yes.

Perhaps these results aren’t particularly surprising, and you have to believe Sony knew what was coming when it decided now was the time to rip off the Band-Aid. So why do it at all?

Let’s start with Sony’s official explanation. Sid Shuman, Senior Director, Sony Interactive Entertainment Content Communications, said in a post on PlayStation Blog that the decision was “in response to shifting trends in consumer preference.”

“This is a natural direction for Sony Interactive Entertainment to adapt to consumer trends as the general preference for digital media significantly outpaces physical discs,” Shuman continued. “This transition will enable us to align more closely with how most of our community prefers to access and play games today.”

That’s pretty vague, but what Sony is essentially saying here is that when you zoom out and look at the PlayStation audience overall, digital is the overwhelmingly popular option — and the gap between digital and physical will only get bigger.

Piers Harding-Rolls, games industry analyst at Ampere, has said the data backs this up, and that a lot has changed over the course of the last two generations. “Console gaming is the last hold-out for physical media in the gaming sector, but physical product has been declining in importance,” he said in a post on the Ampere website. “Back in 2013 when the PS4 launched, Ampere data shows that only 13% of total full games unit sales for Sony consoles were digital (including digital-only games). Fast forward to 2025, and this digital share of full game purchases stood at almost 80% of the total.

“Inevitably there will be concerns from PlayStation gamers around various aspects of this announcement including choice, accessing older physical games on new consoles, the ability to collect physical games, and game preservation, however the purchasing trends of gamers are clear.”

The Best PS5 Games

Harding-Rolls also suggests Sony has money on its mind. Selling games digitally makes games companies more money than selling games in boxes, where publishers take about 50% of the sale price. Sony takes a 30% cut of game sales on the PlayStation Store, leaving 70% for publishers. When PlayStation goes 100% digital from 2028 onwards, the game companies including Sony will make more money overall from software sales.

Meanwhile, ditching a disc drive would in theory make the PS6 cheaper to produce amid the ongoing RAMpocalypse fueled by the AI boom. Analysts believe the PS6 will launch late 2028, given PlayStation will ditch discs from January of that year. It’s thinking ahead.

All this is to say, it’s unlikely that Sony will change its mind on discs. Its share price enjoyed a bump following the announcement, which suggests the market is in favor of it (unsurprising, given it will in theory make the company more money). And while there are a number of online petitions calling on Sony to reconsider, it looks like their pleas will fall on deaf ears.

One analyst said fans of physical media had their chance and blew it, so there’s no going back. “If gamers and preservationists had bought more physical games, Sony wouldn’t have seen the digital sales ratios that justify this decision,” Robin Zhu, a games analyst at Bernstein, told the Financial Times.

“Digital game sales carry essentially 100% incremental margin… the cost of the physical package, shipping and retailer margins can be more than 20% per cent of sticker price.”

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Campaign Evolved Will Have a Physical Game Case and Disc

Microsoft is using the fact that Halo: Campaign Evolved will offer a physical game disc in its box as a selling point.

On social media, and in a blog post offering answers to frequently asked questions, Microsoft leads with the fact that Halo: Campaign Evolved’s physical edition will include a game disc in its box.

Halo Campaign Evolved

17

Weeks ago, this simple fact would have seemed obvious — but now, following a seismic one-two punch from GTA 6 developer Rockstar and PS5 manufacturer Sony, the video gaming landscape has been forever altered — and it is now a point that apparently needs clarification.

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

In a post on X/Twitter overnight, Microsoft’s official Xbox account posted a bullet point list of features discussed in a new Q&A. Top of that list? “Physical discs,” followed by details of the game’s Machinima mode, handheld optimization and classic-feeling physics.

Within the Q&A blog post itself, the query about having a game disc is also top of the list:

Q: If I buy Halo: Campaign Evolved at a retail store, will there be a disc in the box?

A: Yes! Buying the Xbox or PlayStation version of Halo: Campaign Evolved at your local retailer will result in getting the physical game case and disc so that you have tangible items to add to your collection.

Of course, all of this follows Rockstar’s announcement that GTA 6 will be offered in a physical version that simply contains a download code in its box. The company has not expanded on its reasons for doing this, though analysts have pointed to numerous upsides for the developer, such as total control over when players will first be able to access the game, and improved profit margins due not needing to pay for discs.

After GTA 6 went disc-less, Marvel’s Wolverine developer Insomniac responded to a fan on social media who asked if the physical version of Wolverine was, like Rockstar’s game, just a code in the box — with the question now top of mind following Rockstar’s shock decision not to sell GTA 6 on disc at launch.

Then, earlier this week, Rockstar’s bombshell was followed by PlayStation’s megaton announcement that it will ditch discs for new games beginning in January 2028, though Sony is already beginning to adjust its workforce in preparation. Again, this topic has been left for analysts to explain in more detail, though there’s broad agreement that this move again reflects a need to cut costs, and respond to falling physical game sales generally.

While Xbox (like Sony) is believed to be preparing a disc-less next-generation console in the shape of Project Helix, the company has so far made no comment on if (or when) it will also ditch physical media. Though, to be frank, Xbox would likely do well to hold off that announcement for as long as possible as a point of differentiation between the console brands — and to avoid tanking sentiment further amid preparation for a devastating round of staff cuts.

Of course, Halo: Campaign Evolved is the long-awaited remake of the first Halo game’s story mode, originally launched back in 2001. 25 years later, the release is designed to celebrate the anniversary of Halo and the Xbox brand — even if the game will also be the first in the series to launch on PlayStation.

Will future Halo games launch on PlayStation too? This is less clear. While Microsoft certainly hasn’t ended its multiplatform game release strategy (and seems unlikely to ever do so), the new Xbox regime led by Asha Sharma has begun earmarking a couple of games (currently one a year) as console exclusives. It’s likely that Master Chief’s future on Sony consoles will be informed by Halo: Campaign Evolved sales — something that Xbox seems to be trying to boost further by stating it’s arriving on a disc.

Perhaps the more important question now is, will Halo: Campaign Evolved be the last Halo game to launch on a disc?

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Supergirl Reportedly Faced Creative Differences Between DC Studios and Craig Gillespie

Creative differences reportedly led James Gunn and Peter Safran’s DC Studios to test competing Supergirl cuts – one from director Craig Gillespie and one from the studio – just months before its release.

Behind-the-scenes details from the latest DCU movie suggest creative differences had the crew battling to choose a direction for Milly Alcock’s standalone superhero debut, according to The Hollywood Reporter. Updates on the flick’s development follow a week of negative reactions from fans hoping Supergirl would have taken flight before it bombed during its opening weekend at the box office.

The site says “numerous sources” reported creative differences between Gunn and Gillespie, specifically, with the film pulling test scores that struggled to break 70 out of a possible 100 points. While some said DC Studios and the director had a normal amount of friction during Supergirl, another said a polite way to describe the dissonance would be to say they were “not creatively aligned.”

DC Studios had allegedly known Supergirl would face issues as early as fall of 2025, just a few months after filming finished that May. Gunn and Safran’s DC film wing jumped in after a so-so screening aired in December 2025, with the studio then creating its own cut of the film with the aid of Mortal Kombat 2 and Moon Knight writer Jeremy Slater.

At least four test screenings aired throughout December 2025, February 2026, and March 2026. Although some winter screenings returned test scores in the low 70s, DC Studios called for two cuts to be made: one from Gillespie and one from the studio. The exact differences between the two are unclear, but as previously rumored, the director’s is said to have been about 11 minutes longer and featured a greater emphasis on Matthias Schoenaerts’ antagonist, Krem.

It was during the period that saw the two screenings test against one another that scores dropped. DC Studios’ won out – but only by two points – and, ultimately, became the version of the film it chose to send to theaters in late June. One Hollywood Reporter source said that, after this point, if Gillespie had strong opinions on the movie, he would have to advocate for any changes.

“It happens more than you think, but it’s not normal,” one anonymous filmmaker, who was not involved with Supergirl, said of the decision to test two competing cuts. “If a studio is going to put money into the test process, it means they feel strongly about certain things.”

9 DC Graphic Novels You Should Read to Understand James Gunn’s DCU

Another element that remained important for DC Studios and Gillespie to tackle during the post-production process involved something that has proven to be a hot topic since Supergirl premiered – its music. Fans have poked fun at the film’s soundtrack in the days since its launch, with its use of a cover of Jimmy Eat World’s “The Middle” during a late-movie moment being especially controversial.

Gillespie previously stated that Gunn is the one who made the call to include the song, and The Hollywood Reporter’s sources agree. They added that a February screening included Cyndi Lauper’s “Girls Just Want to Have Fun” during the moment instead. Gunn is said to have chosen this song, as well, before swapping it out for The Middle.

Supergirl put Alcock center stage when it premiered June 26. Despite only one week in theaters and presumably at least a few more to go, things aren’t looking too hot for the DCU’s new hero. A report from earlier this week suggested Warner Bros. and DC Studios could stand to lose more than $100 million from its time in theaters.

SBFPLAY gave Supergirl a 6/10 review. We said, “Supergirl borrows from the best, but Milly Alcock’s great take on Kara Zor-El gets lost in the spare parts from other movies used to assemble her story.”

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Danganronpa 2×2 Delayed to Early 2027

Spike Chunsoft has announced that Danganronpa 2×2 has been delayed to early 2027.

The studio behind the Danganronpa 2: Goodbye Despair remaster confirmed it will no longer make its previously planned 2026 release schedule, with a statement published by producer Shohei Sakakibara. Spike Chunsoft did not confirm exactly why it decided to delay Danganronpa 2×2 but did attempt to cushion the blow with first details about a new story remix feature called Slayhem Mode.

“While development has been progressing toward a 2026 release, we have decided to move the launch to early 2027,” Sakakibara said. “We will share a more specific release date at a later time.

“We are continuing to work to bring you the best possible experience. We sincerely appreciate your patience as development continues, and we look forward to sharing further updates with you soon.”

As for Danganronpa 2×2’s Slayhem Mode, players were told to expect it to feature a new version of the original 2012 experience that tells a “completely different storyline.” All we know about the mode for now is that it follows a new chain of events with ” different victims, culprits, and tricks” and features about 20% more content than Danganronpa 2×2’s Original mode. Both story options will be available from the beginning of the game.

Spike Chunsoft also took its delay announcement as an opportunity to confirm that Danganronpa 2×2 comes with 3D world map instead of a side-scrolling map. Character portraits have also been updated. You can see in-development screenshots below.

Danganronpa 2×2 Screenshots

Danganronpa 2: Goodbye Despair fans were told they’d be able to revisit the story of Monokuma and Hope’s Peak Academy when Danganronpa 2×2 was announced during a Nintendo Direct later last year. Although it’s not expected to launch for a few months later than fans may have expected, it is still on track to release for PC, Nintendo Switch, Switch 2, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X | S.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Heat 2 Casts Leonardo DiCaprio and Stephen Graham

Leonardo DiCaprio and Christian Bale have reportedly joined the cast of Heat 2 as Chris Shiherlis and Vincent Hanna.

The two A-listers finally finalized deals to appear as the two characters following months of rumors and speculation, according to TheWrap. The site said they reached deals “after a year of difficult negotiations,” with two of its sources saying deals are closed, while two others say negotiations are being finalized. A representative for Amazon MGM told the site that deals have not been finalized.

(TOP) Leonardo DiCaprio. Photo by Angela Weiss / AFP via Getty Images. (BOTTOM) Christian Bale. Photo by Gareth Cattermole/Getty Images.

The two characters both DiCaprio (Inception) and Bale (The Dark Knight) are set to portray first appeared in director Michael Mann’s original ’90s crime thriller, with Al Pacino previously playing Vincent Hanna and the late Val Kilmer playing Chris Shiherlis. Heat was known for its stacked cast, which also included Robert De Niro as Neil McCauley, Natalie Portman as Lauren, and Ashley Judd as Charlene Shiherlis, and it looks like Heat 2 will follow suit.

Today’s update for the prequel-sequel will see DiCaprio and Bale share a screen together – but they won’t be alone. The Wrap also reported that Adam Driver (Star Wars: Episode 8 – The Last Jedi) is “deep in negotiations” to play villain Otis Wardell in Heat 2. Stephen Graham, who recently walked away an Emmy winner for his role in Netflix’s Adolescence, is said to be in talks to take over De Niro’s role as Neil McCauley.

The report added that “a number of actresses” are circling for the role of Charlene, with other “A-list names” interested in joining Heat 2, too. Who these additional potential cast members are was not revealed, though Deadline reported in May that Jason Clarke (Dawn of the Planet of the Apes) was being eyed for a role.

(TOP) Adam Driver. Photo by Aurore Marechal/Getty Images. (BOTTOM) Stephen Graham. Photo by Stuart C. Wilson/Getty Images.

Mann first conceived his idea for a Heat prequel with a book that he announced back in 2016 and released in 2022. He’s wanted to turn it into a movie for some time, saying in 2023 that he had laid the groundwork for the project to be his next film.

“Meg Gardiner and myself wrote the novel Heat 2, which came out right when we were shooting Ferrari,” Mann said during a panel at Deadline’s Contenders London event that same year. “It did very well. I plan to shoot that next.”

Although story details have promised a Heat follow-up that explores events that happened both before and after the original story, progress on the movie has been slow going for the last few years. When Amazon signed on late last year, rumors that DiCaprio and Bale may join followed closely behind. Despite both actors publicly commenting on the movie in recent months, the details of their involvement have remained a mystery up to this point. The expectation is that filming will begin this November.

The Biggest Movies Coming in 2026

Heat 2 currently has no release date, and considering it’s taken some time for the heist film-follow-up to get off the ground, it may be a while before we hear more on that front. Until then, you can read SBFPLAY’s review of its blu-ray release, which scored an 8/10.

(DiCaprio) Photo by ANGELA WEISS / AFP via Getty Images.

(Bale) Photo by Gareth Cattermole/Getty Images.

(Driver) Photo by Aurore Marechal/Getty Images.

(Graham) Photo by Stuart C. Wilson/Getty Images.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Professor Layton Developer Gives ‘Significant’ Pay Rises for Answering Quizzes About the Company’s Games, CEO Says

“Significant” pay rises are on offer at Professor Layton developer Level-5 — if you can correctly answer questions about the company’s games.

That’s according to Level-5’s own CEO, Akihiro Hino, who has revealed that “knowledge quizzes” based on the developer’s own games unlock bumper pay rises at the Japanese studio — but only if staff get the answers right.

Headquarted in Fukuoka, with satellite offices in Tokyo and Osaka, Level-5 is perhaps best known for creating the puzzle adventures of Professor Layton, but it’s also behind the Pokémon-like RPG franchise Yo-kai Watch, anime soccer series Inazuma Eleven, and Studio Ghibli-esque role-player Ni No Kuni. So, if you know a lot about all of those, maybe take note…

Professor Layton and the New World of Steam Level 5 Vision Trailer Stills

Speaking to Japanese outlet Famitsu (via Automaton), Hino revealed the actual amount that existing employees can add to their salary by demonstrating a strong knowledge of the company’s products — and while this has not been publicly revealed, it was said to have astonished reporters.

While unusual, this gesture has a business purpose, Hino argued: that employees who are highly knowledgeable about the company can take on more work, or tutor others.

“If their knowledge is insufficient, we’ll need other team members to support them or review their work,” Hino explained. “On the other hand, if they do have that knowledge, they can take the lead and even streamline the workflow.

“In other words, I consider a person’s knowledge of and passion for the company’s games to be a genuine skill,” he continued. “When viewed as a company cost, it means we’re achieving efficiency gains that far exceed that amount.”

Level-5’s next launch of major note is Professor Layton and the New World of Steam, which is set to arrive on PC, PlayStation 5, Nintendo Switch, and Switch 2 at some point later this year. Aptly titled for a game arriving on PC via Steam, this is the first adventure in the series to launch for PC and PlayStation, while other titles have stuck with Nintendo handhelds and smartphones.

In contrast, PlayStation recently announced it would drastically reduce the number of employees at Bungie, following the decision to cease development on Destiny 2. Microsoft, meanwhile, is expected to reveal a “bloodbath” of layoffs as soon as next Monday, as it offloads studios and refocuses its remaining development teams around a handful of core franchises.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Marvel Rivals Swimsuit Skin Has Players Talking About Captain America

NetEase Games is celebrating the 4th of July with a Marvel Rivals swimsuit skin that comes bundled with Captain America’s big package.

It’s been hard to avoid the comic book hero shooter for the last few days as fans flock to react to the First Avenger’s new cosmetic. This latest in a line of revealing swimsuit outfits for Marvel Rivals’ ever-expanding roster of heroes and villains includes beachwear for Loki and White Fox, too, but the Captain America skin really lays it on thick.

Called Seaside Sentinel, the outfit gives Captain America a USA summer makeover just in time for the holiday. Those who purchase the cosmetic will allow Steve Rogers to ditch his usual battle-ready attire in favor of little more than an inflatable ducky shield and, of course, a very, very tight mankini. The jiggle physics are the icing on the cake.

The First Avenger is the first to the fun! 🏖️

“The beach crew voted Captain America should man the grill, just like the red, white, and blue-blooded specimen of American masculinity people believe he is. Unfortunately, his skills on the grill were not nearly as calculated as his… pic.twitter.com/B3tRSt9QjM

— Marvel Rivals (@MarvelRivals) July 1, 2026

“The beach crew voted Captain America should man the grill,” an official description for the swimsuit skin says, “just like the red, white, and blue-blooded specimen of American masculinity people believe he is. Unfortunately, his skills on the grill were not nearly as calculated as his shield throws.”

Captain America is so bulky here that it looks almost like an accurate recreation of that infamous Rob Liefeld drawing, and it’s got many wondering if the images and videos circulating around the internet are from a fan-made mod. There’s no need to fear, though, as SBFPLAY can confirm that the outfit and all of its contents are indeed very real and available to purchase through the Marvel Rivals store.

Regardless of whether you’re on a friendly or enemy team, there’s a good chance you’ll be distracted if another player waltzes out in Seaside Sentinel. As if you needed any proof of that, look no further than social media reactions across the internet.

pic.twitter.com/JgCNqmIjYI

— HOD_ BlackPanther (@HodBlackpanther) July 3, 2026

modders realizing netease doing their jobs for them pic.twitter.com/UDpgX8r0fm

— Zolanski (@zolanskimiraj) July 2, 2026

“Bro Steve stole Thor’s hammer,” one Reddit user reacted.

“Literally America’s ass,” another said, “that’s my goat.”

“F**king finally,” an X/Twitter user added.

Despite NetEase’s insistence that it doesn’t intentionally create “gooner content” for its heroes and villains, Marvel Rivals fans have long called attention to its reliance on revealing outfits. At least as more swimwear joins the collection, players can rest easy knowing Captain America gets a slice of that cake.

pic.twitter.com/qCplrx3T2F

— BD (@BellowDGaming) July 3, 2026

Marvel Rivals is available now for PC, Nintendo Switch 2, PlayStation 4, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X | S. Other heroes who received swimsuit skins include Daredevil and Black Widow.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Sony’s Push for an All-Digital Future Raises Concerns From Gamers and Developers

On July 1, Sony announced that no new PlayStation games will ship on-disc from January 2028 onwards. This move to a digital-only future has sparked widespread backlash and concerns about game preservation and ownership, including in Sony’s homeland of Japan, where developers and fans have also expressed disapproval of the move.

Hideo Kojima, although not addressing the situation directly, topically reposted his previous comments on the pitfalls of a digital-only future. In two tweets dating from August 2021, Kojima said that, “Eventually, even digital data will no longer be owned by individuals on their own initiative. Whenever there is a major change or accident in the world, in a country, in a government, in an idea, in a trend, access to it may suddenly be cut off. We will not be able to freely access the movies, books, and music that we have loved. I would be a have-not. That’s what I’m afraid of. This is not greed.”

Shueisha Games’ Masami Yamamoto, who has been involved in game production for decades within the Sony group, discussed how PlayStation moving to a digital-only future might affect game publishing timelines. “We’ll have about one-and-a-half months more to really polish the master if we don’t have to make a disc version,” Yamamoto said, before explaining that “even nowadays when day one patches are the norm, if there is a disc version you still need to get the game into a finalized state in which there are no serious flaws that would hinder gameplay.” He added that on an ideal schedule, the master should be completed two months prior to the game’s release.

The Best PS5 Games

There is a lot of concern that going digital-only will deal a big blow to Japan’s second-hand game stores and market. Voice actor and gamer Masaru Yoshimura was among those who expressed shock at Sony’s announcement, commenting that, “My hobby is browsing PlayStation titles at game stores and I prefer physical game cases so this makes me way too sad.” Others opined that one of the ways that PlayStation currently has an edge over PC is the option to buy your favorite games on disc. “Some people choose to get the PlayStation version instead of the PC version because it’s on disc or it’s a limited edition physical version,” one person said.

Others questioned Sony’s timing of this announcement, noting that it came on the same day as the announcement about shutting down the PS3 and PS Vita online stores. “Announcing them both at the same time was bound to make customers anxious and think, ‘Does this mean that corporate decisions could make digitally bought games I bought unplayable at any moment!?” Indeed, the announcement also comes hot on the heels of Sony’s upcoming deletion of over 550 movies purchased by PlayStation users — with no refund — prompting further distrust of a digital-only future. “Digital is convenient but it only grants the right to play the game. Owning things seems like it’s becoming a value from the past, doesn’t it?” said one X user on the topic.

On the flip side, some commenters pointed out that the writing has been on the wall for physical console games for a long time. Digital sales have been on an upward trend with Sony reporting that 78% of game sales in 2025 were downloads (although, this also includes games that do not have a physical release). In its PlayStation Blog post, Sony described phasing out discs as the company adapting “to consumer trends as the general preference for digital media significantly outpaces physical discs.”

If games continue to get physical releases, it seems that they will be ‘code in a box’ affairs, like Grand Theft Auto 6’s disc-less physical version, which caused a stir last month. All of this points towards a digital-only future for consoles, with both PS6 and Xbox’s upcoming console, Project Helix, reportedly launching without a disc drive.

Elsewhere, the official UK Domino’s Pizza account has been grilling Sony for the decision like its personal, issuing a mock statement that it will switch to digital pizzas only in response to gaming industry trends. KFC also dunked on Sony in a similar manner.

A recent SBFPLAY poll found that 90% of readers do not support an all-digital gaming future, but recent statements from Sony suggest it is unlikely to backtrack on its decision, and it’s already moving to reassign disc production workers to other areas of the business.

Photo by Tomohiro Ohsumi/Getty Images.

Verity Townsend is a Japan-based freelance writer who previously served as editor, contributor and translator for the game news site Automaton West. She has also written about Japanese culture and movies for various publications.

People Are Worried They’ll Only See Half of The Odyssey If They Miss Out on Imax, But Should They Be?

The Odyssey is the first film to ever be shot solely on Imax cameras, but that has some people worried that they’ll only see part of the image if they watch it in standard theatres. Is this a problem? Let’s dig in.

There are many different ways to watch The Odyssey when it hits cinema screens on July 17, but all the various formats available can get confusing. Look online at social media or on Reddit threads, and you’ll see much debate about whether you’ll be missing out if you don’t see the much-promoted 70mm Imax version.

The Odyssey New Images May 2026

Comments such as, “So audiences will have six different choices of how to see this film, with only one of them being the full image?” by Reddit user “CP_Chronicler”.

Or Redditor “MooseBoys,” who is seemingly quite annoyed: “Stupid gatekeeping. It’s fine if you want to shoot the film for that aspect ratio, but don’t cut parts out for screens with other ratios — just don’t use the whole screen. Linear scaling is completely arbitrary anyway.

As well as in 2023 for Nolan’s Oscar-sweeping Oppenheimer, a similar situation occurred in 2025 when a couple of high-profile movies, Sinners and One Battle After Another, were projected in different formats globally — the former was shot on a combination of 70mm Ultra Panavision and Imax cameras, and the latter on 35mm VistaVision cameras.

The Odyssey is a closer comparison to Sinners, in which Ryan Coogler only utilised Imax for specific scenes, as has long been the norm for most films that use the format, due to its cost and difficulty to use thanks to its sheer size and the sound it generates when the film is rolling. To combat this, though, Nolan worked with Imax to develop a new, quieter version of the camera on which the whole movie was shot on over 2 million feet of film.

So, with all of this effort put in, naturally you’d want to make sure you’re watching The Odyssey in as ideal a way as possible. With many different format types to choose from, ranging from 70mm Imax (if you’re lucky enough to live close to a theatre capable of projecting it) to 35mm, standard Imax, Dolby Vision, and others, it can get a little confusing.

Simply put, 70mm Imax is the “truest” way to see The Odyssey, but with only 30 or so cinema screens around the world able to show it this way, this won’t be the most common option. At an aspect ratio of 1:43:1, it’s a much “squarer” image than a standard theatre screen, thus delivering a taller image that fills up the frame from top to bottom. This is because 1:43:1 means that for every “100” tall an image is, it’s “143” wide.

So, naturally, there is some worry among potential viewers that if you watch Nolan’s latest in any other format, you won’t be seeing all of the film, or at least how it is intended. To some extent, this is true.

If you go to a screening at a standard Imax theatre that doesn’t have specific 70mm projection capabilities installed, you’ll be seeing it at an aspect ratio of 1:90:1, which means you’ll see roughly 40% less of the frame compared to 1:43:1, due to each “100” tall image being “190” wide on film this size, thus meaning in order to get whole width of a shot on screen, naturally, some of the top and bottom must be cropped or it just won’t look right.

This is further emphasised if you go and see it in either of its 70mm or 35mm formats, which hold an aspect ratio of 2:20:1 (100 tall, 220 wide) and 2:39:1 (100 tall, 239 wide) respectively, meaning you’ll see even less of the top and bottom of the frame here. Then there’s digital Dolby Vision and Premium Large Format, which can vary between 1:85:1 and 2:39:1 depending on the theatre. I did warn you it can get a little confusing. And that’s without even getting into the different audio systems available.

In short, yes, if you live close enough to one of the few theatres in the world that can project 70mm Imax, and can afford to do so, seeing The Odyssey this way will be the optimal method. But if that isn’t a possibility, standard Imax is still a very good option.

The Odyssey should still impress on standard cinema screens, though, as Nolan and his long-term director of photography, Hoyte van Hoytema, whom he has collaborated with on Interstellar, Dunkirk, Tenet, and Oppenheimer, know how to shoot a film for these formats — the Academy Awards wins and nominations attest to this. The centre third of the frame is still where the meaningful action of the film will take place, so while you may not get the full majesty of the frame when it comes to those sweeping Greek landscapes, none of the story will be cut.

What format are you planning to see The Odyssey in? Living in London, I’m lucky enough to live close to two 70mm Imax cinemas, so I will be treating myself at least once. Let us know in the comments!

Simon Cardy is a Senior Editor at SBFPLAY who can mainly be found skulking around open world games, indulging in Korean cinema, or despairing at the state of Tottenham Hotspur and the New York Jets. Follow him on Bluesky at @cardy.bsky.social.

CD Projekt Hails Cyberpunk 2077 as It Hits an Incredible 40 Million Copies Sold

CD Projekt has hailed the success of Cyberpunk 2077, announcing it has now hit the 40 million copies sold mark. That’s up 5 million copies from the last time the developer announced Cyberpunk 2077 sales, back in November when it hit 35 million.

It’s also one of the most dramatic comebacks in video game history. Cyberpunk 2077 suffered a disastrous launch back in 2020, with CD Projekt accused of misleading consumers with its pre-release marketing materials. The game came out in such a terrible state, particularly on consoles, that Sony pulled it from the PlayStation Store.

CD Projekt spent years working to improve Cyberpunk 2077, rebuilding trust with its fans. While most consider the studio to have been successful in that, co-CEO Michał Nowakowski recently said he thought CD Projekt had yet to complete a “full redemption arc.”

“40 million copies sold shows the incredible, lasting strength of Cyberpunk 2077 and is a testament to what CD Projekt does best — creating high-quality, immersive stories that keep players returning for years,” Nowakowski said in a social media post published on July 3. “It’s a great foundation for our upcoming projects in this universe, including the Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 anime arriving this fall.”

Every CD Projekt Red Game In Development

That’s not just a nod to the hotly anticipated Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2, but to Cyberpunk 2, which 163 people were working on as of the end of April. While we know little about Cyberpunk 2, Cyberpunk creator Mike Pondsmith teased some details when he was asked about the scope of his involvement with what was then known as Project Orion, back at the Digital Dragons 2025 conference.

Pondsmith admitted he wasn’t as involved this time around, but said he had reviewed scripts and had been to CD Projekt to check out the ongoing work. “Last week I was wandering around talking to different departments, and seeing what they had, ‘Oh look, this is the new cyberware, what do you think?’ ‘Oh yeah, that’s pretty good, that works here.’”

Pondsmith added that the sequel features a brand new city in addition to the Night City we know from Cyberpunk 2077. Pondsmith described this new city as “like Chicago gone wrong.”

“I spent a lot of time talking to one of the environment guys, and he was explaining how the new place in Orion, because there’s another city we visit — I’m not telling you any more than that but there’s another city we visit. And Night City is still there. But I remember looking at it and going, yeah I understand the feel you’re going for this, and this really does work. And it doesn’t feel like Blade Runner, it feels more like Chicago gone wrong. I said, ‘Yeah, I can see this working.’”

In September last year, speaking with SBFPLAY while promoting his movie Good Fortune, Keanu Reeves said that he wanted to be part of the Cyberpunk sequel. “Absolutely. I’d love to play Johnny Silverhand again,” Reeves said when asked if he’d be interested in revisiting his legendary rockstar terrorist character in Cyberpunk 2. Pondsmith later said he’d worked out a way to make it make sense, and has told the much-loved actor: “contact me.”

It sounds like we’ll have to wait some time to find out. CD Projekt is of course focusing on The Witcher 4, and Nowakowski has suggested Cyberpunk 2 won’t be out until at least 2030.

While Cyberpunk 2077 is a huge success, The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt is well ahead of it with a whopping 65 million sold. It’s getting a brand new expansion next year.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Nintendo Speaking With The Pokémon Company Over Widespread Card Scalping ‘Issue’

Nintendo’s president has been asked to address the current state of Pokémon trading card shortages and scalping — a situation that many fans feel is now worse than ever, despite an astonishing 10 billion cards being printed last year alone.

New card launches are continually left sold out due to scalpers looking to make a profit on eBay, while boxes of cards are now commonly the subject of store thefts — including dozens of instances where trading card stores have been broken into overnight. One card shop in New York was recently targeted by armed thieves in broad daylight, leaving terrified staff and shoppers held at gunpoint. In May, reports emerged of a Florida man who was arrested on suspicion of stealing $12,000 of Pokémon cards while wielding a battery-powered chainsaw. And in April, another desperate Pokémon fan was arrested in Pasadena, California, after hiding inside a closed Best Buy ahead of a Pokémon card drop.

But with demand sky high, what can Nintendo and The Pokémon Company do solve the issue for fans left unable to buy cards without having to fork out more money themselves (or turn to a life of crime)?

Pokémon TCG: 30th Anniversary Celebration Collection First Look

The issue has become so high-profile that Nintendo president Shuntaro Furukawa was asked for his opinion at a recent shareholder AGM — during which he revealed that Nintendo was aware of the “issue,” and discussed “appropriate ways to deliver products to consumers.”

“With respect to the Pokémon Trading Card Game offered by The Pokémon Company, which is an equity-method subsidiary of Nintendo, we are aware of instances where limited-quantity cards are purchased in large volume, leading to high-priced reselling in the market,” Furukawa said, in remarks now officially made public by Nintendo.

“In response, The Pokémon Company is taking various measures, including made-to-order sales and agreements with marketplace operators. For online priority drawings for certain products, I understand that The Pokémon Company also plans to use an account verification method that utilizes My Number Cards [Japan’s official government-issued ID cards].

“Nintendo also communicates with The Pokémon Company as needed to discuss appropriate ways to deliver products to consumers,” Furukawa concluded. “We believe that The Pokémon Company will continue to take measures to respond to this issue.”

The Pokémon Company recently released a set of astonishing sales figures which showed the enormous popularity of Pokémon cards, of which 85 billion have been produced to date. 10 billion cards were manufactured in 2025 alone — more cards than the number of people on the planet, and still nowhere near enough.

Card manufacturing has been boosted significantly in recent years to try and keep up with demand. 43 billion cards were printed in the 25 years between October 1996 and March 2022, but essentially the same amount again has now been released in just the past four years. And with the brand’s eye-catching 30th anniversary set due in September, the situation is unlikely to calm down anytime soon.

Image credit: Mario Tama/Getty Images.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Seth Rogen Confirms Why Anne Hathaway Quit Knocked Up

Seth Rogen has confirmed the reason Anne Hathaway quit Knocked Up and was replaced by Katherine Heigl — at least how he remembers it.

Knocked Up is a much-loved 2007 romcom in which Katherine Heigl’s character becomes pregnant following a one-night stand with Seth Rogen’s slacker stoner character. Originally, Katherine Heigl’s character, the ambitious Los Angeles reporter Alison Scott, was played by The Devil Wears Prada star Anne Hathaway, but she dropped out.

Speaking on The A24 Podcast, Rogen said Hathaway quit the movie because of the crowning scene, which sees Scott give birth.

Katherine Heigl and Seth Rogen at the Knocked Up Los Angeles premiere in Westwood, California, United States. Photo by Jeff Kravitz/FilmMagic, Inc for Variety Magazine.

“Yeah, I mean… it could have been a hundred million things. That was what I remember being told,” Rogen said. “She didn’t want the crowning of the baby to be visually representative, which I respect.

“There was no confusion. After it happened in the movie no-one was like… because it was a baby coming out of it. And so, no level… Daniel Day Lewis wouldn’t do that! That’s a level of acting that… It’s obviously not real.

“We had started rehearsing the movie… and part of me was just… maybe she was just like, ‘I don’t know if this is for me.’ I don’t know. I will take what she said at face value, which was the crowning.”

“And history will tell… she has been right about a lot more things than I have over the years! So I think she was probably right. She knew what was right for her, yes. And then Heigl was great. Katie Heigl was great.”

Hathaway herself has mentioned this in the past. In 2008, she told Marie Claire magazine she turned down the part “because it was going to show a vagina — not mine, but somebody else’s — and I didn’t believe that it was actually necessary to the story.”

As Rogan suggests, Knocked Up wouldn’t have even featured Hathaway’s own nudity, rather the nudity of someone else in a scene. Hathaway has also countered the suggestion she has a squeaky clean image, and profile interviews have said she has no problem going topless on-camera (she did so in both Havoc and Brokeback Mountain before Knocked Up came out).

“I don’t actively search for [films] that I can get naked in,’ she told Marie Claire. “But nor is it something that I would ever not do a job because of. It is what it is. Some people choose not to do it on moral grounds; I think that’s a shoddy argument.”

Photo by Carlo Allegri/Getty Images.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

With Superhero Movies Struggling, Hollywood Has a New Obsession: Video Games

The co-writer of The Batman 2 has said Hollywood is shifting from a comic book obsession to a video game obsession.

Mattson Tomlin, who co-wrote The Batman 2 alongside developer Matt Reeves, was asked on social media whether he was still working on the Mega Man movie. It turns out that he isn’t, but he wouldn’t be surprised to see Mega Man hit the big screen, because video games are where Hollywood is looking to for inspiration at the moment.

“Don’t know if it has been canceled or not but it’s definitely not on my dance card anymore,” he said. “I wrote a fun set of drafts and then I believe another writer came on some years later. Hope it gets made, there was a really emotional and surprising way in.”

He added: “Hollywood is sort of making a shift from being comic book obsessed to video game obsessed so I wouldn’t be surprised if it sees the light of day in some form, but after so much time gone by, it’s unlikely I’ll have anything to do with it.”

Marvel Cinematic Universe: Every Upcoming Movie and TV Show

The power of the superhero movie has been in decline for some time now. While there are occasional blockbuster hits that break through the billion dollar barrier at the box office (Deadpool & Wolverine, Spider-Man movies etc), the age of guaranteed success from even obscure superhero characters and teams is clearly over. Marvel and DC have had high-profile struggles here in recent years, with the likes of Captain America: Brave New World, Thunderbolts, and Supergirl all struggling at the box office. This month’s Spider-Man: Brand New Day and December’s Avengers: Doomsday will do well, of course, but outside the tentpole releases, superhero movies are having a tough time.

Enter the video game movie, especially those aimed at a family audience. The top four highest-grossing video game movies of all time were all released in the last three years. The Super Mario Bros. Movie made $1.3 billion at the box office. This year’s sequel, The Super Mario Galaxy Movie, made just over $1 billion. A Minecraft Movie, meanwhile, made just shy of $1 billion. Then there are the hugely successful Sonic the Hedgehog and Five Nights at Freddy’s movies. Even the Iron Lung movie was a megahit, relative to how much it cost to make.

Sure, there are video game movies that disappoint. Mortal Kombat 2, somewhat surprisingly, struggled at the box office. Until Dawn and Return to Silent Hill basically did nothing theatrically. But the trend is clear: Hollywood is all in on video game movies, and more are coming down the line.

“My point of view is also born out of the fact that I am getting at least 5x more offers for video game adaptations than comic book adaptations this year,” Tomlin added.

Upcoming New Video Game Movies and TV Shows: 2026 Release Dates and Beyond

So, what are the upcoming video game movies? Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil movie is due out this September. The Street Fighter movie arrives in October. 2027 is then packed with video game movies: The Angry Birds Movie 3; Sonic the Hedgehog 4; The Legend of Zelda; A Minecraft Movie Squared; and Helldivers are all due out next year.

Moving into 2028 we have the Elden Ring movie, which is currently filming, the Call of Duty movie, and maybe the Battlefield movie, along with a rumored Donkey Kong movie. Super Mario Movie 3 is expected in 2029. Clair Obscur: Expedition 33, Horizon Zero Dawn, Gears of War, Death Stranding, Metal Gear Solid… the list goes on.

So, while Spider-Man, the Avengers, Batman, and Superman will always have new movies coming out, perhaps from now on the real Hollywood growth will come from the likes of Mario, Link, Sonic, and Steve.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Here’s When You Can Play Assassin’s Creed Black Flag Resynced in Your Timezone

Assassin’s Creed Black Flag Resynced publisher Ubisoft has confirmed the game’s global release and preload times.

After years of wait and more leaks than a galleon peppered by cannonballs, Edward Kenway’s grand return is now just days away. This is the brilliant 2013 adventure remade from the ground up for PC and modern consoles, with shinier visuals, welcome gameplay improvements, and plenty of new story content.

As has previously been announced, however, the game’s original multiplayer mode and first-person modern day gameplay has been removed, in order to focus your time squarely on exploring the Caribbean. But when will you be able to get sailing? Well, head below to find out exactly when you can raise the anchor — wherever you live.

The Complete Assassin’s Creed Timeline

Pre-loading naturally begins first, with Xbox Series X/S available already, while PC and PS5 pre-loads begin at 2pm UTC or 12am local time on July 7, respectively.

The game’s actual rollout is more complicated, though follows a similar pattern across timezones. On both PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X/S, you’ll be able to kickstart your adventures in the Caribbean at midnight local time on July 7.

On PC — across Ubisoft Connect, Steam and Epic Games Store — and also via cloud streaming services GeForce and Blacknut, timings vary by territory, though align with 10am Eastern / 7am Pacific / 3pm UK time on July 7.

Assassin’s Creed: Black Flag Resynced global release times. Image credit: Ubisoft.

A full breakdown of when and where the game becomes available can be found below:

Assassin’s Creed Black Flag Resynced global preload times:

Monday, June 22, 2026:

Xbox Series X/S:

Tuesday, July 7, 2026:

PlayStation 5:

PC:

Assassin’s Creed Black Flag Resynced global release times:

Tuesday, July 7, 2026:

AEST (Sydney):

  • 12am (PC)
  • 12am (PS5, Xbox Series X/S)

KST (Seoul):

  • 11pm (PC)
  • 12am (PS5, Xbox Series X/S)

JST (Tokyo):

  • 11pm (PC)
  • 12am (PS5, Xbox Series X/S)

CST (Shanghai):

  • 10pm (PC)
  • 12am (PS5, Xbox Series X/S)

GST (Abu Dhabi):

  • 6pm (PC)
  • 12am (PS5, Xbox Series X/S)

SAST (Johannesburg):

  • 4pm (PC)
  • 12am (PS5, Xbox Series X/S)

CEST (Paris):

  • 4pm (PC)
  • 12am (PS5, Xbox Series X/S)

BST (London):

  • 3pm (PC)
  • 12am (PS5, Xbox Series X/S)

BRT (Sao Paulo):

  • 11am (PC)
  • 12am (PS5, Xbox Series X/S)

CST (Mexico):

  • 8am (PC)
  • 12am (PS5, Xbox Series X/S)

PDT (Los Angeles):

  • 7am (PC)
  • 12am (PS5, Xbox Series X/S)

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Brand New Day Director Gives Best Look Yet at Even More Villains

Spider-Man: Brand New Day director Destin Daniel Cretton has given fans their best look yet at more of the film’s villains, including two whose roles in the story remain particularly mysterious.

In a post on Instagram celebrating the work of costume designer Sanja Milkovic Hays, Cretton shared images of both Boomerang and a member of ninja monk clan The Hand, in order to showcase their attire.

Both have been the subject of intense speculation among fans, as the film’s enormous roster of villains have been left largely unexplained. Who is the film’s “secret” main enemy? How many foes will only be glimpsed briefly in an opening montage? What is going on with Sadie Sink? With just weeks to go until launch, Sony and Marvel have managed to keep plenty of secrets.

Boomerang, and costume designer Sanja Milkovic Hays. Image credit: Instagram/Destin Daniel Cretton.

Fans have been particularly interested in Boomerang, who has barely been showcased in trailers so far. Indeed, there’s a theory that this is by design — as some believe it will turn out that he’s actually MJ’s new boyfriend, played by Star Wars: Ahsoka’s Eman Esfandi. There are several good reasons why this could be fun — MJ being drawn to yet another character with a secret alter ego, and the opportunity for a low-key Spidey/Boomerang rivalry similar to the comics — though Cretton’s image appears to show someone who is not Esfandi in the costume.

Theory debunked? Not so quickly. Fans think Cretton is being particularly clever here with the photo showcasing Boomerang’s suit, and potentially showing a stunt double wearing it. Remember, this is a post meant to highlight the character’s costume, not the character itself. And, of course, any misdirection would only add to the mystery.

Next, is a look at the female ninja who appears to be leading The Hand in trailers so far. The person tagged in this photo appears to be Fan Xiaoshuang, a stunt double and martial artist who previously appeared in other Marvel films such as The Marvels and Cretton’s own Shang-Chi and the Legend of the Ten Rings. Is she the lead for this character, or another stunt double? Time will tell.

A member of the Hand gets her costume adjusted. Image credit: Instagram/Destin Daniel Cretton.

“As we get closer to the release of @spidermanmovie, I’d love to introduce you all to some of the many talented artists & storytellers who poured over every detail of every frame to get this movie ready for you,” Cretton wrote. “It’s always good to remember that this movie was made by thousands of passionate artists, who have their human fingerprints across everything you will see.

“First up is our costume designer Sanja Milkovic Hays. Sanja has created the costumes for some incredible movies like: Thunderbolts, Captain Marvel, Spider-Man: No Way Home, Star Trek Beyond, Fast and the Furious: Tokyo Drift, & Blade.

“Sanja and her team were a joy to work with,” Cretton concluded, “and I can’t wait for you all to see their beautiful art on the big screen.”

Spider-Man: Brand New Day Cast and Characters: Who’s Confirmed for the MCU Sequel?

We’ve not got long to wait now until Spider-Man: Brand New Day finally arrives on July 31. In the meantime, the movie’s press tour has already begun, with the ever-chatty Tom Holland revealing that “one person” still remembers Peter Parker is Spider-Man, and discussing his potential involvement in Avengers: Doomsday and Avengers: Secret Wars — which he has suggested he will feature in.

Images credit: Instagram/Destin Daniel Cretton.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Millie Bobby Brown Reveals She Auditioned for X-23 in Logan

Stranger Things actress Millie Bobby Brown has revealed that she auditioned for the role of X-23 in Logan.

In a video promoting Enola Holmes 3 for Entertainment Weekly, Brown stated that she auditioned for a part in Logan when she was “11 or 12,” which would’ve been roughly a decade ago. She said that she screen-tested with Hugh Jackman and went on to note that she was “broken” when she didn’t get it, but felt that there was someone else who was better for the part. Dafne Keen was ultimately cast as Laura, aka X-23.

Although Brown didn’t explicitly name X-23 as the role she was going for, it’s unlikely any of the other kids in the movie auditioned with Hugh Jackman himself. 20th Century Fox previously released Keen’s audition online, showing a key scene between her and Jackman. The actress improvised her audition and performed it partially in Spanish. It added an extra layer to X-23’s character and created more of a barrier between her and Wolverine.

Brown’s audition for X-23 would’ve likely happened right before the release of Stranger Things Season 1 in the summer of 2016. It’s possible that if that show had been out when they cast the role and the producers had been able to see her performance, things may have gone a bit differently. Still, it seems like Keen was the right person for the role.

Keen went on to reprise the role in Deadpool and Wolverine. It wouldn’t be surprising if she popped up in Avengers: Doomsday or Secret Wars as well, given how loaded the casts for those movies are.

(Photo by John Nacion/Variety via Getty Images)

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Danny McBride Reveals New Details About G.I. Joe Movie, Aiming to Film in 2027

Danny McBride has offered up the first details on his new G.I. Joe movie, which he confirms is not a comedy.

On the Happy, Sad, Confused podcast, McBride was asked about the status of his G.I. Joe film. The writer confirmed he has a completed script that Paramount appears to be happy with, there are a number of “interesting” people who are in talks to star in the film, and they’re hoping to shoot it next year.

“[It follows] Duke and a group of other Joes. […] There’s a town called Springfield that is secretly all Cobra,” he said. “That is where our film takes place.”

Although McBride has roots in comedy, he confirmed that this will be a suspenseful action movie. He noted that he has a deep love for the G.I. Joe franchise and actually pitched a Dreadnoks movie to Paramount, but they asked if he would do a proper G.I. Joe movie to revive the IP once more.

McBride previously co-wrote the most recent trilogy of Halloween films that were directed by his longtime collaborator David Gordon Green. Although the trilogy’s last two entries were divisive, the 2018 reboot was highly successful and well-liked. On the same podcast, McBride noted that both he and Green wanted to make a crowd-pleasing slasher film with the 2018 film, but when it came time to do the sequels, they realized they had more freedom to make something more unique and experimental. While it didn’t work for everyone, McBride was under no illusion that the films would be unanimously liked.

“Green led the charge on where those movies went, and I knew that some of those ideas would be divisive, but I liked that he was doing what he wanted to do,” McBride said. “Even [John] Carpenter talked about how he struggled with the second Halloween and how, creatively, it was difficult to challenge that. I think anyone approaching a slasher film is going to inevitably fall into the same stuff of once the engine gets going, it does get kind of repetitive. And so, I think Green was really trying to push all those movies into a chance for him not to repeat himself, but to do something just totally different.”

Whether the new G.I. Joe film tries to do a dramatic subversion remains to be seen, but from McBride’s comments, it seems to be playing it pretty straight. The last live-action Transformers movie teased a crossover with G.I. Joe as well, but that has yet to come to fruition. It’s unclear if McBride’s movie will set the stage for such an event, but it sounds like maybe we could see this film as soon as 2028 if all goes smoothly.

The last proper G.I. Joe movie, G.I. Joe: Retaliation, was released in 2013 and was received poorly by both fans and critics. A Snake Eyes film was also released in 2021, but was a box office bomb and failed to resonate

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Moana 3 Is in the Works, According to The Rock

Moana 3 is in development at Disney, according to Dwayne “The Rock” Johnson.

When speaking at a press conference to promote the new live-action Moana film, Johnson confirmed that Moana 3 is actively in the works. According to Variety, the film will be written by Jared Bush and Dana Ledoux Miller, both of whom penned the scripts for Moana 2 and the live-action remake.

“Yes, we have talked about Moana 3, yes,” Johnson said. “But first, live-action Moana, we’ll let that come out first. We have [the] amazing Jared Bush and Dana Ledoux Miller, who have been our writers… they will pen Moana 3.”

Animated movies take quite a while to produce, so it will likely be a few years before this sees the light of day. The live-action remake of Moana is set to hit theaters next weekend, though the trailers haven’t been well received. Some have questioned the need to remake a beloved animated movie that is barely a decade old, but How to Train Your Dragon’s live-action remake proved that people are, in fact, interested in these kinds of remakes.

Lilo & Stitch’s live-action reimagining also made over $1 billion at the box office last summer. Disney has already put a sequel into development with a summer 2028 release date. Perhaps the live-action Moana film will be one of the first of these live-action remakes to crumble, especially given competition from films like Spider-Man: Brand New Day, Minions & Monsters, and Disney’s own Toy Story 5.

Moana 2 also received middling reviews upon release, despite cracking the billion-dollar mark at the box office. SBFPLAY gave the sequel a 6/10 in its review: “The ill-conceived Moana 2 is a reminder of what was noteworthy in the original, namely the songs and the humorous supporting characters. While the sequel gets some laughs, it doesn’t make the world Moana introduced eight years ago feel richer or more exciting. The few aspects with potential to turn this into a memorable odyssey – including an intriguing new character – are unfortunately stifled.”

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Steven Spielberg to Produce Film Adaptation of YouTube Horror Series The Mandela Catalogue

Steven Spielberg is set to produce a feature film adaptation of the viral YouTube horror series The Mandela Catalogue.

According to Deadline, Spielberg will produce the film for Amazon MGM. Series creator Alex Kister, who is 22 years old, will direct the film. Although specific plot details for the film are under wraps, The Mandela Catalogue YouTube series tells the story of demonic doppelgangers that use deception to coerce victims into killing themselves. The series utilizes the “analog horror” subgenre, as the story is told primarily through VHS tapes and other distorted recordings. The first video of The Mandela Catalogue came out in the summer of 2021 when Kirster was just 17; the most recent installment was released in March.

Analog horror often replicates the visual style of worn VHS tapes or other kinds of low-fi recordings, leaning into the eeriness of old-school tech. Kister claims to have made a significant chunk of The Mandela Catalogue entirely on his phone.

It’s unclear if the film will directly adapt the events from the YouTube series or serve as an extension of it all, similar to Backrooms. However, it is clear that producers are keen to mine YouTube’s trove of online horror for new IP and talented young filmmakers. Earlier this week, Warner Bros. announced that Zach Cregger would pen the script for a Siren Head film directed by Brian Duffield.

Backrooms, which spawned from an online creepypasta partially popularized by a young YouTuber named Kane Parsons (whose channel name is Kane Pixels), has made over $300 million at the box office to date. Hollywood eventually tapped Parsons to turn it all into a feature film, which proved to be a successful gamble for everyone involved. An extended release of Backrooms is coming to theaters this weekend that adds an extra 15 minutes to the film’s runtime. In early June, Deadline also reported that Parsons was exploring a sequel, though it has not officially been greenlit.

The Top 31 Horror Movie Villains

Similarly, YouTuber Curry Barker struck gold with Obsession earlier this year. Although it was an original film, Barker’s roots as an online content creator allowed him to work efficiently on a budget of around $750,000. The film has gone on to gross over $370 million and has made Barker one of the most sought-after names in Hollywood. Barker has already shot his next film, Anything But Ghosts, and is currently penning the script for A24’s new Texas Chainsaw Massacre movie, which he will also direct.

Barker attributed the success of films like Obsession to Gen Z craving original, well-made films.

“The lesson is that Gen Z will show up to an original film,” Barker explained. “Maybe that’s all that needs to be said: that we will show up to a film. I don’t think it’s about IP, necessarily. You know what? It’s not even about being original or not being original. I think we’re all really hungry for good stories, and we’re kind of – and I can only speak for myself – a little tired of films that feel rushed or overly produced.”

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Warhammer 40,000: Space Marine – Master Crafted Edition Reportedly Coming to PS5 and Nintendo Switch 2

Warhammer 40,000: Space Marine – Master Crafted Edition looks set for PlayStation 5 and Nintendo Switch 2, having launched on PC, Xbox Series X and S, and straight into Xbox Game Pass in June last year.

The ESRB’s listing for the game included PS5 and Switch 2 alongside PC, although word of the two consoles has now been removed.

Sega, which retains the rights to the Relic Entertainment-developed original third-person shooter, is behind the release. The original was published by THQ in 2011 for PlayStation 3, Xbox 360, and PC. The Master Crafted Edition was developed by SneakyBox, and has a 4K resolution, modernized controls, an interface overhaul, improved character models, and remastered audio, which includes over 100 new voice lines for the Orks.

However, the Master Crafted Edition was criticized by fans last summer, with Steam players in particular expressing their dissatisfaction. Complaints revolved around the high price of the game relative to the changes it makes over the well-received Anniversary Edition, and, on those changes, bemusement in response to what many considered worse usability. This, coupled with struggles to find others to play with online, caused some to call Space Marine – Master Crafted Edition a “cash grab.”

The backlash resulted in Sega offering an extended refund policy on Steam, a 50% upgrade path discount for Anniversary Edition owners, and a patch roadmap. Steam user reviews at launch were ‘Mostly Negative.’ Now, a year later, they have improved to ‘Mixed.’

Updates dried up in September last year, so hopefully the game’s arrival on new platforms comes with a significant patch. Warhammer 40,000: Space Marine eventually got its sequel, the smash hit that was 2024’s Space Marine 2. It’s done so well that Space Marine 3 is on the way.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Obsidian Entertainment Reportedly NOT at Risk of Closure

UPDATE: Bloomberg reporter Jason Schreier has said The Game Business report about Obsidian is incorrect, and that the studio is not in negotiations to avoid shutting down.

“Plenty of details are still up in the air surrounding the layoffs (picture will be clear on Monday) but Xbox is keeping Obsidian, according to people familiar with the situation,” Schreier said in a post on social media.

ORIGINAL STORY: Avowed and The Outer Worlds developer Obsidian is reportedly also at risk of closure amid Microsoft’s “reset” of the Xbox business.

The Game Business listed the Microsoft-owned studio, which developed the much-loved Fallout: New Vegas, alongside State of Decay developer Undead Labs, Psychonauts developer Double Fine, Hellblade developer Ninja Theory, and South of Midnight developer Compulsion as currently negotiating with Xbox leadership to avoid closure. Separately, Marvel’s Blade developer Arkane Lyon is also said to be under threat.

These studios may be sold rather than closed as part of a process that may take some time. And even if the studios are spun off, they may not avoid layoffs. SBFPLAY has asked Microsoft for comment about the layoffs reports, but it has yet to respond.

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

Obsidian is without a new announced project after both Avowed and The Outer Worlds 2 failed to hit commercial targets. There were rumors that the developer was making another Avowed game, but The Outer Worlds 3 was said to be not in development. On a more positive note, Grounded 2 — yet another 2025 launch — was a hit. But of the three games Obsidian released last year, it had the shortest (and almost certainly the cheapest) development period by far.

Microsoft bought Obsidian alongside Wasteland developer inXile back in 2018. Since then it has released The Outer Worlds 1 and 2, Grounded 1 and 2, Pentiment, and Avowed. Just last week, Fallout: New Vegas director Josh Sawyer, who is still at Obsidian, told The 41st Precinct, that he had no idea if he’d get the chance to make a new Fallout game — because that would be a decision that would come from on high, as it did when he was tasked with making New Vegas.

“These are things that take place above my head, right?” Sawyer responded when asked if he thought Obsidian might be given the chance to make a Fallout sequel or remake or be involved in the franchise in any way again.

“I’m just a director. I’m the studio design director, which is kind of an advisory position to the teams, and then I’m a game director. But there are titans above me who decide what happens with IPs and things like that. It’s not up to me.”

“So one day you’ll just find out you’ve got to make a Fallout game?”, Sawyer was asked.

“Well, it’s how it happened with New Vegas, so who knows?” he replied.

New Xbox boss Asha Sharma is reportedly speeding up development on new The Elder Scrolls, Fallout, and Halo games, and some had thought that Obsidian might have been drafted in to make a new Fallout game as part of that, either a Fallout: New Vegas 2 or something else in the franchise.

“I know everyone on the internet, on every game we ever announce, will constantly reference back to, ‘When’s the next New Vegas?'” Obsidian’s VP of operations Marcus Morgan said last year, referencing the studio’s beloved Fallout game that’s served as the inspiration for the hit Amazon TV series’ second season setting.

How do you rank Obsidian’s games?

How do you rank Obsidian’s games?

Sharma sent shockwaves through the video game industry with her now infamous “reset” memo, in which she revealed that Microsoft’s gaming business has a 3% accountability margin (assumed to mean profit margin). “Excluding Activision Blizzard King, over the past five years, we have spent over $20 billion on ongoing investments in our content, platform, and hardware subsidy, but our annual revenue has declined nearly half a billion during that time. Going forward, this cannot continue,” Sharma said.

Bloomberg’s Jason Schreier has warned of a “bloodbath” at Xbox. Meanwhile, Microsoft is reassessing its investment in externally developed games. It just pulled funding for IO Interactive’s upcoming fantasy project, which Xbox was set to publish. Hideo Kojima’s Xbox horror game OD, however, is safe from the chopping block.

Microsoft told Bloomberg it is “taking a fresh look at where we invest so we’re focusing on our highest priorities.”

“We’re not reducing our overall investment in games. We expect to invest about the same in content as we did last year. What’s changing is where we’re investing and the kinds of projects we’re backing,” Microsoft said.

The Information reported that Microsoft hadn’t ruled out turning the Xbox brand into a wholly-owned subsidiary in a move that could result in Xbox being operated as a joint venture with other partners or even potentially sold.

This week, unionized Xbox workers called for immediate bargaining following the layoff reports, hosting a press conference to say “we’re done paying for executives’ failures.” A Microsoft spokesperson told SBFPLAY it will continue to negotiate with the CWA to reach agreements across Xbox.

“We respect the right of our team members to make their voices heard,” the spokesperson said. “We have a long track record of good faith partnership with labor organizations, as demonstrated by the several finalized bargaining agreements our teams have reached with the CWA and our labor principles. We are continuing to negotiate in good faith with the CWA to reach agreements across Xbox.”

Microsoft cut an eye-watering 9,000 staff in July 2025 in a company-wide round of layoffs that also hit gaming. A number of titles were canceled as part of those cuts, including Rare’s Everwild, and studios shut down, such as Perfect Dark developer The Initiative. Staff who remain at Xbox are now bracing themselves for a potential repeat situation just a year later.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation Getting Story Expansion Pass, Store Leak Suggests

Final Fantasy 7 fans are getting excited for a Story Expansion pass that has been glimpsed as part of a new store leak.

The Final Fantasy 7 Revelation Story Expansion Pass can be seen right now via a listing spotted lurking in the depths of the Epic Games Store database, along with placeholders for up to nine DLC packs.

It’s unknown what these DLCs might be for — so anything from fully-fledged expansions to simple costume or item packs are possible. But the existence of a specifically-labelled “Story Expansion Pass” suggests some of these, at least, will be additions that comprise fresh narrative.

Final Fantasy VII Revelation Screenshots

Already, fans are speculating over what these DLCs might comprise, with hopes that elements could be adapted from animated spinoff movie Final Fantasy 7: Advent Children, or third-person shooter Dirge of Cerberus: Final Fantasy 7.

Other fans are excited to see Genesis, the primary antagonist in Crisis Core: Final Fantasy VII, an action role-playing spinoff released for the PSP. Exactly what will — and won’t — be adapted remains to be seen, though this is likely Square Enix’s last and best chance to add extra elements to its Final Fantasy 7 remaster project, making it feel as complete as possible.

Final Fantasy 7 Remake launched back in 2020 for PS4, with its enhanced Integrade version later launching for PS5, PC, Nintendo Switch 2 and Xbox Series X/S. The trilogy’s second slice, Final Fantasy 7 Rebirth, is also now available across all platforms. Final Fantasy 7 Revelation, the concluding chapter, is currently set for launch in the first half of next year.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Apple TV Teases Neuromancer Adaptation

“The sky above the port was the color of television, tuned to a dead channel.”

That’s the iconic opening sentence of William Gibson’s influential novel, Neuromancer, which charted a path forward for the cyberpunk genre that continues even now, over four decades later. And it is a line Apple TV has used to tease its 10-episode adaptation in a 22-second clip.

“42 years ago, William Gibson introduced the world to Neuromancer. Now, the next chapter is loading,” Apple TV’s tease reads.

42 years ago, William Gibson introduced the world to Neuromancer. Now, the next chapter is loading.#Neuromancer @ParamountTVS @anoncontent @DreamCrew_Ent pic.twitter.com/3x0TP8HUrr

— Apple TV (@AppleTV) July 1, 2026

Released in 1984, Neuromancer established many of the tropes of the cyberpunk genre, popularizing terms such as “cyberspace” and “the Matrix.” This techno-jargon was fused with the “high-tech, low-life” ethos, cementing themes of societal decay, corporate dominance, and technological alienation that define the movement. Cyberpunk films include Ridley Scott’s equally influential 1982 film Blade Runner, and Keanu Reeves’ Johnny Mnemonic and The Matrix. And there are countless cyberpunk video games, including CD Projekt’s Cyberpunk 2077.

Gibson’s novel follows Case, a disgraced computer hacker, and Molly, a cybernetically-enhanced street-samurai, as they are hired by a powerful artificial intelligence for a high-stakes heist. Apple TV’s adaptation stars Callum Turner as Case and Briana Middleton as Molly.

Per the official logline, the series will unravel in a futuristic world following “a damaged, top-rung super-hacker named Case who is thrust into a web of digital espionage and high stakes crime with his partner Molly, a razor-girl assassin with mirrored eyes, aiming to pull a heist on a corporate dynasty with untold secrets.”

If you’re wondering what the “Ashpool 1” text that shows up on the retro television is all about, it refers to the Tessier-Ashpool corporate dynasty, which owns most of Freeside, a massive orbital space station that’s a sort of Las Vegas meets the hanging gardens of Babylon in space. Peter Sarsgaard plays John Ashpool in the show.

As a fan of Neuromancer, I’m excited to see how Apple TV adapts the source material. Some fans see no reason for a Neuromancer TV show to exist, and while I think it will be challenging to capture the vibe of the book, Apple TV’s track record with the likes of Silo and Foundation suggest that, at the very least, no expense will be spared.

Also giving me hope is the fact Gibson himself is involved with production, which will help steer the show in the right direction. Back in 2024, when the show was announced, Gibson said he was in place to answer the showrunner and director’s questions about the source material. “I read drafts and make suggestions,” he said. “And that’s it, really, though my previous experience has been that that winds up being quite a lot of work in itself.”

Gibson does not have veto power, however. “The showrunner and director do, because the adaptation’s their creation, not mine,” he explained at the time. “A novel is a solitary creation. An adaptation is a fundamentally collaborative creation, so first of all isn’t going to ‘be the book’.’

“Particularly not the one you saw behind your forehead when you read the book, because that one is yours alone. So for now let’s leave it at that.”

There’s no release date yet, but hopefully it won’t be long before we get a proper look at the show.

Photo by Alexander Sayganov/SOPA Images/LightRocket via Getty Images.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Even KFC is Dunking on PlayStation For Dropping Physical Game Discs

Yesterday’s bombshell news from Sony that it will stop releasing new PlayStation games on disc from 2028 onwards has generated a predictively negative response online — to the extent that celebrities and major brands from beyond the world of gaming have also joined in.

While it was to be expected that video game developers and fans would have strong opinions on what many see as an abrupt end to consoles supporting game discs (and indeed, we’ve rounded up many of the industry’s opinions right here), the news that PS5 would ditch physical media has travelled far and wide, reported by major news sources and parodied by brands on social media.

“BREAKING NEWS: KFC will stop offering its physical format starting today,” wrote the official X/Twitter account for KFC in Spain, which has over 1 million followers. “Products can only be consumed through our app in fake PNG format. Within one month we’ll release a DLC with the sauces.

🚨ÚLTIMA HORA: KFC dejará de ofrecer su formato físico a partir de hoy.

Sus productos solo se podrán consumir a través de su app en formato falso png. pic.twitter.com/7BBC2uqXHO

— KFC (@KFC_ES) July 2, 2026

“Within a year we’ll release the FriedChicken Pass,” KFC continued. “You’ll get our entire catalog for a modest monthly price. If you pirate the PNGs on Pinterest we’ll come to your house.”

Sticking in the world of fast food brands, Domino’s Pizza UK retweeted PlayStation’s announcement and commented that it “makes about as much sense as us changing to digital pizzas.” It continued: “They took Blockbuster from us. Now the gaming aisle.”

BREAKING NEWS pic.twitter.com/i28QZd7Z2g

— Domino’s Pizza UK (@Dominos_UK) July 2, 2026

Meanwhile, former late night chat show host Trevor Noah took to X/Twitter to criticize Sony’s decision in detail, arguing that sharing games via their physical discs was the only way some gamers could afford to play, when copies were eventually available cheaper second-hand. “You can also give games to your younger siblings,” Noah continued. “Which is a great way to introduce them to the games you were playing.”

Noah even pointed to Sony’s announcement earlier this week that a swathe of films bought digitally via the PlayStation Store would be removed from customers’ accounts due to rights issues.

“As we saw from PlayStation this past week, if the media we buy is only digital, it can be taken away from us at a moment’s notice with no recourse,” Noah concluded. “Imagine that, one day your entire library of games could be deleted overnight because technically you don’t own it.”

The post has been warmly received, with former Battlefield director David Goldfarb noting his approval, and the popular video game preservation and accessibility account Does it Play? stating that this was an “underrepresented aspect” that would also harm game sales by removing one method that provided word of mouth and discoverability.

Within the games industry, retro and indie console manufacturer Blaze Entertainment, which makes the cartridge-based Evercade consoles, published its own parody of Sony’s infamous “this is how you share your games on PS4” video, which many have pointed to in the past 24 hours as coming from a now-bygone era.

Official Evercade Physical Game Sharing Instructional Video pic.twitter.com/Ufb3eLmBpT

— Evercade (@evercaderetro) July 2, 2026

While many see digital downloads as the sole, inevitable method of game ownership in future, Sony simultaneously undermined this notion yesterday with the announcement that it was shutting down its PlayStation Store on the aging PS3 and PlayStation Vita. At the same time, analysts have pointed to the end of physical media on PS5 as a clear signal that PS6 will be a digital-only console, and not due for launch until at least 2028.

It’s not just Sony doing away with discs, either. Microsoft’s next-gen Xbox, codenamed Project Helix, will reportedly release without a disc drive. In tandem, Microsoft is said to be exploring a new disc-to-digital feature that would let users put a disc into their console and gain a digital license for the game, giving them the ability to play it without a disc.

Image credit: Jakub Porzycki/NurPhoto via Getty Images.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Matt Smith Says Keanu Reeves Must Have Been ‘On the Valium or Something’ to Have Been Spotted Watching Morbius on a Flight

Doctor Who and House of the Dragon star Matt Smith can’t believe that Matrix legend Keanu Reeves was recently spotted watching his infamously terrible superhero movie Morbius while on a flight.

During an appearance on the Brittany Broski’s Royal Court podcast, Smith was stunned to hear that his widely-derided Sony’s Spider-Man Universe (SSU) spinoff had been viewed by Keanu Reeves.

“F*** off, you are joking!” Smith said, apparently incredulous that Reeves would subject himself to the Jared Leto-led disaster. “He must have been having a moment,” Smith continued. “He was on the valium or something. No but what a legend, I love Keanu Reeves, I just want to make that really clear.”

Morbius Easter Eggs

Asked what he watched on planes, Smith bluntly replied: “Not f***ing Morbius, Jesus Christ. My god, [Reeves] must have really gone through the British Airways library to be getting to that.”

Released in 2022 as one of Sony’s various mediocre SSU experiments, Morbius was widely panned by critics and fans, with the film ultimately becoming a meme for its lack of quallity. Smith played Milo Morbius in the movie, surrogate brother to Leto’s lead character. Four years on, there’s no suggestion that any of its characters are set to return.

SBFPLAY’s Morbius review returned a 5/10 score, and dubbed it as an origin story “that lacks fangs and bite, marred by shoddy computer-digital fights and an overly serious tone that does the darkened flick no favors.”

How to Watch Sony’s Spider-Man Universe in Chronological Order

This isn’t the first time that Smith has addressed the widespread response to Morbius post-release. Previously, the actor suggested that the film had been “thrown under the bus,” and told Rolling Stone that “you just have to roll with it. What else are you gonna do? It’s a film, at the end of the day, we’re not saving lives. For whatever reason, it didn’t quite work out and… It is what it is.”

Sony pushed on with its efforts to adapt the Marvel characters it still holds the rights to with 2022’s Madame Web and 2024’s Kraven the Hunter, alongside its more commercially successful Venom trilogy. Currently, and perhaps thankfully, Sony has no further live-action SSU movies in production.

Next up for Spider-Man is of course this month’s highly-anticipated MCU entry Spider-Man: Brand New Day, while Sony has its third animated Spider-Verse movie due next year.

Image credit: Kristina Bumphrey/Variety via Getty Images

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Hugh Jackman Suggests There’s No Need to Think About Handing Over The Role of Wolverine Just Yet

X-Men star Hugh Jackman has suggested he won’t be done playing Wolverine anytime soon.

With Marvel moving forward on a full X-Men reboot, and speculation pointing to our first new X-Men hero popping up sooner rather than later, fans have wondered whether a new actor will also be brought in as a fresh version of Logan.

At least for now, however, that doesn’t sound like it’s the case, with Jackman pointing to the (jokingly made) suggestion in Deadpool & Wolverine that he’ll be playing the fan-favorite character until he’s 90, and will make a “little time capsule” for whoever does take on the role next.

The Most Surprising Avengers and Marvel Characters Not Announced for Doomsday

Speaking to PBS, Jackman commented: “I’m 57. I’m doing it till I’m 90. So, you know… I’ll do a little time capsule for them.”

While Jackman has not officially confirmed if or when he will return as the adamantium-clawed superhero, fans fully expect he will portray Wolverine again in either or both of the upcoming Avengers: Doomsday and Avengers: Secret Wars, as well as any Deadpool sequel.

Jackman famously suggested he was done with playing Wolverine after 2017’s Logan, but later walked this back to return to the character alongside Ryan Reynolds’ Deadpool. And, of course, Deadpool & Wolverine went on to generate over a $1 billion for Marvel, and its star Ryan Reynolds has already discussed having ideas for a team-based follow-up. So, surely, Logan’s Wolverine will be back in the mix as well.

But where does this leave Marvel’s X-Men reboot, which is currently scheduled to arrive early in the next MCU saga following Secret Wars (which itself is set for December 2027)? As a reboot, perhaps it will simply not feature the Wolverine character to avoid having two versions of the hero active within MCU continuity at the same time.

Surely, though, there will come a day where Jackman does hand over the Wolverine baton. Asked if he had any advice for any potential successor, the Australian actor suggested that any new version would likely be “melding in” with his own take, but that he’d hope the actor was allowed to do “whatever the f*** they want.”

“I’m not going to say anything to whoever plays him,” Jackson stated, “’cause no one said anything to me, which I really am thrilled about. And I had not read the comics, so I was just coming to it fresh. And I learned a lot over the years.

“Of course I’ve got my own take, but it must be melding in with me in some way,” he continued. “I hope someone just comes in and does whatever the f*** they want and makes it their own.”

Image credit: John Nacion/Variety via Getty Images.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Sony Shutting Down PlayStation Store for New Purchases on PS3 and Vita

Sony has announced the closure of its PlayStation Store on the PS3 and Vita, beginning next month in certain countries.

While the storefront will be shuttered, Sony has said it will “ease the transition” by allowing players to still download previously-purchased content after the following closure dates “for the foreseeable future.”

  • Mexico, Honduras, Nicaragua – PlayStation Store on PS3 will close starting August 2026.
  • Additional Latin American and Middle Eastern countries – PlayStation Store on PS3 will close starting late 2026.
  • In all other countries, PlayStation Store on PS3 and PS Vita will close in July 2027.

PS Vita (2013) Photos

Sony’s news lands today alongside the bombshell announcement that no new PlayStation 5 games will ship on discs from January 2028 onwards. From that date onwards, all new games will launch digitally via the PlayStation Store, with some still sold in boxes at retail that contain a digital download code (as will be the case later this year with GTA 6).

Explaining the upcoming closure of its PS3 and Vita stores, Sony said it wanted to “expand the PlayStation experience on newer devices that most of our users are playing on today,” which required it to “focus more resources on delivering the best gaming experiences on these platforms,” such as PS5.

“We know this news may be disappointing to PS3 and PS Vita players who hold a special place in their hearts for this generation of gaming,” wrote PlayStation exec Sid Shuman. “PS3 and PS Vita represent an important era in our PlayStation history, so this was not an easy decision for us to make.”

A successor to the earlier PSP, Sony’s PlayStation Vita originally launched in December 2011 as a rival to Nintendo’s dualscreen DS. Alas, its attempt at bringing the PS3’s blockbuster franchises to its smaller screen never really took off, while its memory card format proved an expensive hurdle. Sony has never provided an exact sales figure for the hardware, but it is estimated the handheld shifted around 10-15 million units during its lifespan, around 10% of the Nintendo DS.

Launched in 2006, the PS3 also initially faced sales struggles amid complaints over its price and form factor, and fierce competition from Microsoft’s Xbox 360. It went on to sell 87.4 million consoles, around half the amount sold by PS2.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Subnautica 2 Developer Bonus Payout Confirmed

The entire staff of Subnautica 2 developer Unknown Worlds will get their bonuses after parent company Krafton reached a settlement with studio leadership.

Bloomberg reported that as part of the settlement, Unknown Worlds CEO Ted Gill had stepped down, leaving the company to look for a new boss.

In a statement provided to SBFPLAY, Krafton confirmed the settlement, insisting its focus now was on the future of Subnautica 2, which Unknown Worlds will continue to develop,

“Krafton, Inc., Unknown Worlds Entertainment and Ted Gill, Charlie Cleveland, and Max McGuire have reached a mutual settlement and agreed to dismiss all pending legal proceedings,” Krafton said. “Unknown Worlds and Krafton are focused on supporting Subnautica 2, its Early Access journey to the full 1.0 release and the global community that has made the franchise so special. Unknown Worlds will continue leading development, with Krafton providing support for the success of the game.”

Subnautica 2 Screenshots

The underwater adventure has sold a mammoth 4 million copies since its early access launch on May 14, achieving more than 467,000 peak concurrent players on Steam. But its development was turbulent, with Krafton firing Gill and co-founders Charlie Cleveland and Max McGuire in the summer of last year. At the time, Krafton said the game’s launch had also been delayed — something it blamed on Gill — even though its team had been working towards an early access release that would have seen them eligible for a $250 million bonus.

Gill and the co-founders immediately launched a lawsuit against Krafton, suggesting they were ousted to avoid that bonus being paid, while Krafton hit back and said the fired staff had “resorted to litigation to demand a multimillion-dollar payout they haven’t earned.” Krafton also accused them of stealing documents in anticipation of subsequent legal action, muddying the waters over their exit.

But in March, Krafton was ordered to reinstate Gill and extend the proposed $250 million bonus to staff in one of the most dramatic legal rulings the video game industry had ever seen.

The legal battle revealed a number of shocking revelations around the South Korean company’s internal actions in the run up to Subnautica 2’s release. For example, as internal projections showed Subnautica 2 looked on course to trigger the earnout, Krafton’s chief executive, Changhan Kim, believed it was a “bad deal” and felt “taken advantage of,” according to the ruling.

Kim was warned by his legal department that the earnout would still need to be paid even if there was a “dismissal with cause” of the Unknown Worlds’ leadership. He was also warned it would expose Krafton to “lawsuit and reputation risk.”

Kim then turned to ChatGPT, the AI-powered chatbot built by OpenAI, for help, vice-chancellor Lori Will of the court of chancery in Delaware said in the ruling. ChatGPT initially responded that the earnout would be “difficult to cancel,” but later, at ChatGPT’s suggestion, Kim formed an internal taskforce, dubbed Project X. “The task force’s mandate was to either negotiate a ‘deal’ on the earnout or execute a ‘takeover’ of Unknown Worlds,” Will stated. “They looked to buy time.”

“Over the next month, Krafton followed most of ChatGPT’s recommendations,” Will wrote.

Development of Subnautica 2 continues as Unknown Worlds works through its plan to update the game throughout early access. The developer has confirmed plans to add a new vehicle and new region centred around the Collector Leviathan, but don’t expect to ever be able to directly kill fish.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

The Super Mario Galaxy Movie Streaming Release Date Confirmed

The Super Mario Galaxy Movie is officially coming to Peacock on July 30. The streaming release date is now visible in a section of the Peacock website dedicated to Illumination’s Mario sequel.

The sequel currently stands as the highest grossing movie of the year, and is the first and only 2026 release so far to have crossed over $1 billion at the box office.

The Super Mario Galaxy Movie Teaser Trailer – Screenshots

The Super Mario Galaxy Movie was released on April 1 and became available digitally after a full 45-day window in theaters. It was also released on Blu-ray in mid-June.

At the time of writing, the film has grossed over $429 million domestically and just over $1 billion worldwide. Having left theaters earlier this month, it did not manage to match the $1.3 billion accrued by the first movie, which is also streaming on Peacock, back in 2019.

SBFPLAY’s 6/10 review highlights, but criticizes a weaker narrative core. Shigeru Miyamoto himself actually responded to the less than enthusiastic response to the sequel, at least compared to the praise heaped on the first movie, saying, “I thought the critics’ reviews of the first film were understandable. But I thought this time it would be different… and it was even harsher than last time, which I found strange (laughs).”

The Super Mario Galaxy Movie introduced new cast and characters, most notably Anya Taylor-Joy as Rosalina, who happened to get a new and now canon back-story, and Donald Glover as Yoshi. The film also debuted Glenn Powell as Star Fox, a reveal that happened just before the film’s premiere and kicked off a Star Fox summer that culminated in a Star Fox 64 remake launching on Switch 2.

There hasn’t been any official announcement about the next collaboration between Nintendo and Illumination, but Universal did add a theoretical project with both studios to its 2028 release calendar. Some rumors are hinting at a dedicated Donkey Kong movie, while Jack Black has suggested he’s already signed on for a third Mario.

The next Nintendo movie, however, won’t involve Illumination – the live-action Zelda movie produced in collaboration with Sony Pictures is slated for release on April 30, 2027

In the meantime, Illumination has another big 2026 release. Minions and Monsters, the third dedicated Minions movie in the Despicable Me franchise, was just released in theaters. The movie is already picking up heaps of praise, with SBFPLAY’s 8/10 review claiming it “uses those little banana-loving dudes to make an ode to early Hollywood and to the power of cinema and storytelling.” It currently sits at 93% on Rotten Tomatoes, the highest-ever rating for the animation studio.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at SBFPLAY who, when she isn’t following streaming news, spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

PlayStation Plus Monthly Games for July 2026 Headlined by Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3

Sony has confirmed the PlayStation Plus monthly games lineup for July 2026 — and it includes Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3.

This is, of course, the Modern Warfare that launched in 2023 (not the one from back in 2011) that received a rough reception from fans and critics, with particular criticism for its story campaign. It launched just a year after 2022’s Modern Warfare 2, an annual release strategy that publisher Activision has said it will no longer continue.

SBFPLAY’s Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 campaign review returned a 4/10 score, and branded the game as “underbaked, rehashed, and cobbled together from multiplayer parts.” Still, its inclusion here is timely — allowing you to zip through its story in preparation for this year’s Modern Warfare 4, due out on October 23.

The 100 Best PlayStation Games of All Time

Two other titles join July’s monthly additions, which will all become available to subscribers from next Tuesday, July 7, until Monday, August 3.

Next up is For the King 2, the tactical role-playing game sequel that launched on PC back in 2023 to a generally positive response, though a mixed 6/10 review from SBFPLAY. Inspired by tabletop combat, the game features roguelite elements and a procedurally generated map to explore, as you hunt down an evil queen.

Finally, there’s CrossCode, a retro-inspired 2D action JRPG with 16-bit-style visuals that blends old school video game dungeon adventuring with RPG battling and loot.

The full lineup lies below for you to browse in list form:

PlayStation Plus Monthly Games for July 2026

PlayStation Plus Extra/Premium:

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Warner Bros. Picks Up Siren Head Movie Produced by Weapons’ Zach Cregger

As broken by The Hollywood Reporter, Zach Cregger’s ever-expanding horror filmography will now include an adaptation of Siren Head, inspired by the internet-famous creepypasta.

Siren Head is the latest creepypasta to get the Hollywood treatment after Warner Bros. scored the rights to the creature in a million-dollar deal that saw them outbid five other studios.

Weapons’ Zach Cregger, who’s also director of the upcoming 2026 Resident Evil adaptation, is set to co-write the film’s script alongside Brian Duffield, writer of the highly anticipated survival flick Whalefall. Duffield is also slated to direct Siren Head.

YouTube: Shutter Authority

Cregger will produce the movie alongside Vertigo Entertainment’s Roy Lee and Andrew Childs, who will be joined by 12:01 Films’ Scott Glassgold. It’s worth noting that Vertigo also produced Cregger’s lauded horror movie Weapons.

Siren Head is a towering, spindly monster with two sirens where its head should be, created by Canadian illustrator Trevor Henderson in 2018. The creepy creature became an internet obsession in 2019–2020, spawning several hit indie horror games starring the megaphone-headed monstrosity.

Siren Head follows the success of Kane Parson’s Backrooms, another creepypasta adaptation that swept theaters to glowing reviews in June. We gave the film an 8/10, describing the liminal horror flick as a “truly terrifying cinematic rabbit hole.”

It seems that Warner Bros. is hoping to capitalize on the Backrooms’ success, seeing as how it raked in a whopping $330 million against its modest $10 million budget.

With a massive name like Cregger attached, Siren Head is already aiming to be one of the most highly anticipated horror films of the next few years as buzz about the ‘creepypasta cinematic universe’ ramps up.

Virginia (she/her) is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Xbox’s New Console, Project Helix, Will Reportedly Not Have a Disc Drive

According to new reports, Xbox may be moving way from physical media with a console currently known as Project Helix.

Windows Central revealed that its sources say that Project Helix, the next-generation Xbox, will not feature a disc drive. No further details were provided, but the news came after PlayStation revealed it will no longer be producing or supporting physical game discs starting in January 2028. This suggests that the PlayStation 6 won’t come with a disc drive, and that Sony is planning to embrace an all-digital future.

The Verge added onto the news cycle by reporting that Microsoft is exploring a new disc-to-digital feature. This would allow users to put a disc into their console and gain a digital license for the game, giving them the ability to play it without a disc. If the owner gives the disc to someone else, that entitlement then transfers to the new player. This essentially means you can’t resell or loan your physical copy to a friend if you want to keep the digital version. The discs will still work as normal if you choose not to digitize it.

The report also notes that this will only apply to Xbox One and Xbox Series X|S games. Original Xbox and Xbox 360 titles will not be supported with this feature. The Verge was unable to speak to rumors of whether or not Project Helix will have a disc drive, but speculated that this new feature may be a way for users to start preparing for an all-digital Xbox. If players want the next version of the console, they may be able to start digitizing their library on their current one.

This generation, console manufacturers gave players the choice on how they buy their games. If you are uninterested in discs, you can buy digital-only variants of both Xbox Series X and PS5. However, you can also buy a console with a disc drive included, or in the case of the PS5, buy an attachable disc drive for the digital-only variant of the console. Although it’s certainly possible that future consoles could have an optional disc drive to support physical backward compatible titles, it’s hardly a guarantee at this point.

As of right now, Xbox has yet to make any official comment or stance on the future of physical media. Microsoft has confirmed that it will share more about Project Helix later in the year, though it’s unclear how detailed those details will be. It’s expected that both consoles will release next year, though there are concerns over the viability of that, given the cost to produce these pieces of hardware.

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

Ultimately, with pricing, lack of options for physical media fans, and an overall feeling that this generation hasn’t even reached its full potential, the next-generation is sounding rather unattractive. Perhaps there’s a way to hook players in with the next line of consoles, but right now, it’s becoming an increasingly harder sell.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Gaming Industry Responds to PlayStation Abandoning Physical Media

The gaming industry is not responding well to the news that PlayStation will stop producing game discs in January 2028.

The Video Game History Foundation released a statement noting that while the news is diappointing, it is also hardly surprising. The organization noted that the industry has moved away from true physical media support for years, with many physical games still requiring a download from the internet, while others like Grand Theft Auto 6 aren’t even printed on a disc. The organization used this as an opportunity to ask the industry to take action and preserve games.

“What continues to baffle us is what the industry expects institutions like ours to do about it,” said the organization. “If platform owners are deciding to eliminate physical media and older digital storefronts, then we’d also like to see trade groups like the Entertainment Software Association offer meaningful solutions for archives and museums to legally preserve digital-only content and make it accessible for research.

“Everyone agrees this is a serious problem, but the ESA has repeatedly opposed the efforts of cultural heritage institutions to reform digital copy protection laws to make it easier to do this work. The industry needs to meaningfully come to the table on this issue, because asking museums to download a copy of Grand Theft Auto VI and hope it’ll run in 50 years is not a preservation solution.”

Lost in Cult, a botique gaming book publisher and advocate of physical media, also released a statement noting that it is “deeply saddened” by the news, but will do whatever it can to preserve video games.

“As a company on a mission to preserve video games, we are deeply saddened by the recent news from PlayStation on ending physical disc production from 2028,” said the company. “We aim to do everything in our power to preserve video games to the best of our ability and will continue to do so for as long as we can.”

GOG, a DRM-free PC storefront, chimed in to note that it doesn’t revoke access to digitally-owned games even if a title is delisted from its store.

Even if a game vanishes from the GOG storefront, it never leaves your library.

Exactly as digital ownership ought to be.

— GOG.COM (@GOGcom) July 1, 2026

Prominent gaming retailer GameStop found itself part of the discourse, as well. The retailer shared a photo showing a customer trading in their Xbox 360 collection for over $1,000 of in-store credit, allowing him to purchase a haul of PS5 games. Naturally, many mocked not only the irony of the situation, but also the seemingly low trade value for such a massive stack of games.

A GameStop Customer in Columbus, Ohio traded his old Xbox 360 collection for over $1,000 in store credit. Left with new PS5 games and very happy! pic.twitter.com/h6ihTeVlxz

— GameStop (@gamestop) July 1, 2026

As if this wasn’t all enough drama for one day, a report also came out claiming that the next Xbox won’t have a disc drive and that Microsoft is exploring ways to digitize physical libraries. All in all, it’s a rough week to be a physical media lover, leaving many concerned for the next-generation of consoles.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Way of the Sword Release Date Moved Forward

Capcom has announced that Onimusha: Way of the Sword, the upcoming action-adventure sequel for PC, PS5, Xbox Series X|S, and Nintendo Switch 2, will now be released earlier than previously guided: it will be available on September 4 rather than September 25.

Onimusha: Way of the Sword is the first series entry in 20 years; Onimusha: Dawn of Dreams released for PS2 in 2006. SBFPLAY awarded it an 8.8 out of 10 review score. Way of the Sword, meanwhile, is set in Kyoto during the early Edo period, and we were quite impressed by it in our recent hands-on session at Summer Game Fest.

A demo for Onimusha: Way of the Sword is available now for PS5, Xbox Series X|S, and PC (on both Steam and the Epic Games Store). Those who play the demo (and, crucially, have save data on their hard drive) and then buy the game will receive a Kubi Akari charm in the full release.

Onimusha: Way of the Sword looks to continue a big 2026 for Capcom, who enjoyed great reviews and huge sales numbers for Resident Evil Requiem earlier this year.

Ryan McCaffrey is SBFPLAY’s executive editor of previews and host of both SBFPLAY’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, as well as our semi-retired interview show, SBFPLAY Unfiltered. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

Brand New Day Character a Secret From Her Until Filming Started

Stranger Things Star Sadie Sink admitted that the secret identity of her as-yet unrevealed character in Spider-Man: Brand New Day was so heavily guarded, she had no idea what the role was and didn’t even get a glimpse of the script before landing in London to film the Marvel flick.

Sink divulged this information in an interview with Nylon, where she revealed how she’s managed to keep her character under wraps thus far… and turns out, it’s not that hard.

“You just don’t share the secret, it’s not that hard,” she told the outlet.

“I knew that Marvel was a big deal and had a big brand, especially Spider-Man,” she said of the reaction to news of her casting. “I know there’s a huge fan base, but it feels really big. I think these blockbuster movies are a whole different beast.”

Spider-Man: Brand New Day Cast and Characters: Who’s Confirmed for the MCU Sequel?

Despite the scale of the project, Sink says she found a good friend and coworker in Tom Holland on set, who’s more than familiar with what it’s like keeping secrets from fans.

“It was interesting stepping into that space and being a little bit of an outsider in that way, but he could not have been more welcoming, and just the whole crew in general. He was just so relaxed and open, and I felt very at ease,” she said.

We’re nearly a month out from Spider-Man: Brand New Day opening in theaters, and Sink’s character still hasn’t been officially unveiled. However, fans are becoming increasingly convinced that she’s playing Jean Grey, with trailers heavily alluding to her having psychic powers, showing her taking over the minds of people and even other heroes.

Thus far, it appears she’s been set up as the villain of the movie, but we won’t know for certain until Marvel finally decides to pull back the curtain.

Virginia (she/her) is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Love and Deepspace Fans Hold Funeral for Valko at Infold HQ as 78K Players Sign Petition

Love and Deepspace fans are holding memorial services for Valko after Infold, the game’s developer, pulled the plug on the wolfy love interest mere days before his debut.

Chinese LADS players are showing up to Infold’s Shanghai HQ in droves, bringing with them flowers, candles, and tears as they mourn the loss of a character they were excited to romance come July 9.

Videos of sobbing fans at the office building are taking social media by storm, but this isn’t the only way players are showing their disapproval of Infold’s choices — they’ve also signed a petition demanding the developer reverse their decision and bring Valko back.

“When I first arrived at the Diezhi building and saw that wall, I couldn’t help but cry. A girl shared her chocolate with me, another girl was herself choked up as she comforted me and held my hand.” pic.twitter.com/1Y66FfAnhV

— 𝒔𝒖𝒛𝒖 (@pinkcrispss) July 1, 2026

At the time of writing, the petition boasts over 78,000 verified signatures and over three thousand comments from players desperately pleading with Infold to release the game’s sixth love interest.

“This is devastating,” one fan wrote. “Removing Valko from the game is NOT an acceptable solution. I am deeply disappointed to see Infold choose to erase a long-awaited LOVED character.”

“Many players spent money believing the game would continue expanding its romantic routes. Canceling Valko feels like a bait-and-switch and a material change to the game after monetization,” another explained.

This CN player posted a photo of herself holding a bouquet in front of the Infold building. The flowers were meant for the as a gesture of appreciation and love for Valko. However, as far as I understand, they couldn’t be accepted due to safety regulations.

The card reads:… pic.twitter.com/nhWUYSe0SV

— Anna #BringValkoBack (@annavanarya) June 30, 2026

Thus far, Infold has not given a public response to the backlash surrounding this decision.

Valko was initially slated to launch in Love and Deepspace on July 9 as the game’s newest romanceable character, but on June 30, Infold made an announcement revealing they were not moving forward with him as previously planned.

“After reflecting on recent events, we recognize that we moved forward with the introduction of Valko before we were truly ready,” the company said.

“In doing so, we let down the players who have supported us from the start, and we also fell short of delivering the experience that players anticipating Valko deserved.”

For both hardcore fans and those new to Love and Deepspace, check out SBFPLAY’s Love And Deepspace guides.

Virginia (she/her) is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Rumor — Metroid Ravenous Leaked by Brazil Age Rating Board

The Brazilian government may have leaked the next Metroid game, thanks to an age rating filed through the country’s Ministry of Justice and Public Security.

The supposed rating documentation was leaked online on July 1 and swiftly deleted, but eagle-eyed gamers were quick to take screenshots. It wasn’t long before these digital snapshots went viral, making their way across forums and social media platforms within hours.

The document lists the game’s title as ‘Metroid Ravenous,’ with its year of production listed for 2026.

The intended age rating is listed as “not recommended for children under 10 years old,” but the assigned rating is “not recommended for children under 12 years of age.”

While SBFPLAY can’t confirm the validity of this document, the screenshot’s existence is predictably sparking a massive conversation online, leaving fans equal parts excited and puzzled at the possibility of getting another Metroid game so soon after Metroid 4 Prime: Beyond, which was released in December 2025.

Some players are speculating that this could be a sequel to Metroid Dread, linking its name, ‘Ravenous,’ to Raven Beak, the main antagonist of that game.

Thus far, nothing else is known about the rumored title. As aforementioned, this would be the latest Metroid game following 4 Prime: Beyond, which was met with mixed reviews on launch. We gave the game an eight out of 10 stars, calling it an “excellent comeback” despite having “few underdeveloped elements that keep it from feeling as cohesive as its predecessors.”

Metroid Prime 4 Beyond Switch 2 Edition Screenshots

Virginia (she/her) is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Ex-Modern Warfare Creative Strategist Launches New Studio to Push Back Against Live Service Trends

Robert Bowling, the former creative strategist of Infinity Ward during the original Modern Warfare trilogy, is launching a new studio that pushes back against destructive gaming trends.

Bowling announced his new studio, known as //18.bravo, on LinkedIn and revealed that his new team will be working to radically rethink the way modern games are made. Bowling confirmed that while they will have an online component to their game, it will not be “live service.” The goal is to make a game that can be enjoyed, even if the studio behind it collapses.

“While we will support dedicated servers during our peak / launch periods, the foundation of the game is focused around supporting ‘forever play,’ which means optimized P2P architecture that allows the community to play together even if the company moves on,” said Bowling.

The Best Call of Duty Campaigns

He confirmed exclusively to SBFPLAY that //18.bravo’s first game will be a first-person shooter with a single-player narrative and PvP multiplayer.

“Video games are over commercialized,” Bowling told us. “As an industry, we’ve neglected our players and abused our staff to focus on ever increasing profits projections. Live service is killing development teams, unending content treadmills of [free-to-play] gaming are draining players, and the AAA studio system has failed. It’s time for a radically different approach, and we’re doing it or will die trying.”

//18.bravo is also taking a unique approach to rewarding those who work on the game. Leadership compensation will be tied to employee success, there will be a royalty program for staff, and the studio will also offer profit sharing opportunities for external talent such as voice actors, mocap performers, and contractors.

Additionally, Bowling confirmed via his LinkedIn post that the studio will make its assets and code open source if the studio ever shuts down, ensuring that the game won’t evaporate out of existence if the studio has to close its doors.

“It is written into our bylaws that if our studio shuts down, our assets, code, and everything required to extend the game (except 3rd party integrations and licensed music) will become open source by default,” said Bowling. “Most importantly, we will be releasing all the legal paperwork and processes that make this possible publicly so the model can be replicated easily and at low cost to those who decide to mimic the model.”

Bowling’s comments and mission statement come during a tumultuous time in the gaming industry. Bungie just laid off nearly half of its studio after winding down support on Destiny 2, and Xbox is preparing to execute massive cuts, which will likely result in studio closures and game cancellations. Microsoft is reportedly considering cancelling Marvel’s Blade in addition to shutting down studios like Undead Labs.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Honeycomb’s Echo Aviation Controller XPC Brings Compact Flight Sim Controls to Xbox

Remember the Honeycomb Aeronautical Echo Aviation Controller, the intense PC flight sim gamepad that came out last year? Well, the company has announced a new one, the Echo Aviation Controller XPC, coming to “wannabe pilots” who own Xbox Series X|S consoles later this year.

It looks like the same controller that the company released last year, just with a big Xbox button at the top of the pad. It’s still lousy (complimentary) with buttons, rear rudder sliders, throttle sliders, switches, and knobs inspired by actual flight controls. It’s apparently everything required for “pitch, roll, yaw, throttle, trim, and core aircraft systems.”

The Echo Aviation Controller XPC shares little in common with any of the Xbox controllers you’ve come to know and love. It does have a TMR analog stick, but instead of rear buttons, it features sliding, hall effects rudder sliders that move in opposition to each other – when one goes up, the other goes down – to simulate actual aircraft rudder pedals. Its face buttons sport the usual Xbox-style ABXY layout, except they’re on the left side of the controller, just above the analog stick, rather than on the right. (You probably won’t be playing any FromSoftware games with it, although I’d be delighted to try. Can’t make me any worse at Elden Ring than I already am, right?)

Honeycomb Echo Aviation Controller XPC Xbox controller

This new flight pad will have some customizability, like the original. You’ll be able to swap out the caps on the sliders, for instance. It appears as though this one will work wirelessly or wired, based on the promo images Honeycomb shared with SBFPLAY. (The previous model uses a USB dongle for wireless connectivity, rather than Bluetooth.) And although it’s designed for the Xbox, it will still work on a PC, making it potentially an even better choice.

To see the controller in action, check out Honeycomb’s YouTube video for the original, which does a pretty good job showing the customizable throttle sliders and how each of its numerous controls work. The original costs $150, but the press release didn’t say how much the Echo Aviation Controller XPC will cost when it’s released in the fall.

Wes is a freelance writer (Freelance Wes, they call him) who has covered technology, gaming, and entertainment steadily since 2020 at Gizmodo, Tom’s Hardware, Hardcore Gamer, and most recently, The Verge. Inside of him there are two wolves: one that thinks it wouldn’t be so bad to start collecting game consoles again, and the other who also thinks this, but more strongly.

Virtua Fighter Crossroads Producer Credits HBO’s Watchmen Series for Inspiring the Game

Riichiro Yamada, producer of Ryu Ga Gotoku’s Virtua Fighter Crossroads, opened up about his surprising inspiration for reviving the highly-anticipated fighting game series after so many years.

Speaking with GamerBraves, Yamada revealed that his creative spark for the newest Virtua Fighter title was lit by none other than HBO’s Watchmen series, calling it his “biggest inspiration” for the game – less so because of the story itself, but more so because of how it managed to bring a 33-year-old comic back into the mainstream.

“Virtua Fighter, the series, has been very long. It has its own lore, it has its own settings that have been there, but [it] has never been used for decades and for 20 plus years,” he told the outlet.

“Watchmen was a very old American comics story which was revived as a drama 40 years-plus after,” he continued. “For me, I thought it was very similar to the situation with Virtua Fighter, and it told me a lot about how to modernize the old settings, the old story, and then revive it.”

From what we’ve seen thus far, Virtua Fighter Crossroads will boast an narrative-driven story mode helmed by a team of industry veterans. Yamada explained that RGG wanted to branch out from its usual storytelling methodology with this game, saying they wanted to expand Virtua Fighter’s existing lore.

“We wanted to do something different from RGG in terms of style or method of the story,” he said. “We wanted to tell the story more, and we wanted to have the player be more immersed into the game and feel the narrative.”

Those who are cutscene-averse need not worry, though; Yamada clarified that he wants fans to experience the story themselves through gameplay, rather than relying on cutscenes alone to tell the tale.

“A lot of people won’t be just satisfied with nice cuts in the game, and pretty scenes or pretty cinematics,” he said. “It’s way better if you can play through it and understand the story by yourself.”

He went on to confirm that Crossroads takes place “10 to 20 years” after the events of Virtua Fighter 5, with a focus on showing the “comeback” of the series’ classic characters after being “almost forgotten” in the game’s universe.

Virtua Fighter Crossroads is set to release in 2027, though no specific date has yet been established.

Virginia (she/her) is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Prime Video Announces Project Hail Mary Streaming Release Date

Amazon has confirmed that Project Hail Mary will be coming to Prime Video this Friday, July 3. The announcement comes just weeks after the sci-fi blockbuster became available on MGM+.

The release date was announced through a video clip published by Prime Video with the tag line, ‘Having a Moment.’ The clip shows Ryan Gosling’s Ryland Grace endearingly repeating Rocky’s excited exclamation that, “It is time go!” in celebration of the film’s streaming release, which isn’t technically its streaming debut.

Project Hail Mary first landed on digital after more than 50 days in theaters. It became available to stream on MGM+ on June 18, which produced some confusion about why Amazon would restrict streaming access to its lesser known service. It’s possible that Amazon was hoping the film’s exclusivity on MGM+ would lead to a boost in subscribers.

It’s not entirely clear whether the studio was always planning on having Project Hail Mary available to stream on both services, or whether the move to Prime Video is a response to how the sci-fi hit’s been performing as an MGM+ exclusive.

Project Hail Mary Rocky First Look

While Project Hail Mary landing on Prime Video certainly widens the availability of the movie, it follows a pretty significant change to Prime Video’s streaming plans. The service recently rebranded its ad-free tier to Prime Video Ultra, introducing support for streaming in 4K Ultra HD while increasing the plan’s price by $2/month. Subscribers who want to watch Project Hail Mary without ads will have to pay an additional $4.99/month on top of the standard $14.99 Prime membership cost.

The streaming announcement also follows confirmation of Project Hail Mary’s Blu-ray release date, and the reveal of a particularly beautiful limited edition steelbook.

Releases October 13, 2026

Project Hail Mary 4K UHD Steelbook

4

We had a lot of praise for Project Hail Mary, which we gave a solid 8/10 review and described as “thrilling, heartfelt, and hilarious.” The sci-fi adaptation currently sits as the third highest grossing movie of the year, and there are already talks of somehow expanding the novel adaptation into a wider franchise.

As a part of that endeavor, Amazon and Maze Studios have already announced a ‘mixed reality’ experience, titled Project Hail Mary: Journey Among the Stars, releasing later this year. Author Andy Weir participated in the project, which “expands what happens outside of the book.”

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at SBFPLAY who, when she isn’t following streaming news, spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Minecraft Creator Speaks Out Against ESA Calling Private Servers ‘Illegal’

Minecraft creator Markus ‘Notch’ Persson has spoken out against the Electronic Software Association for claiming that the game’s private servers are “illegal.”

Earlier this month, the California State Senate held a hearing regarding Stop Killing Games-backed bill known as the Protect Our Games Act. The bill aims to obligate publishers to find ways to make games playable, even after ending support for them. That would mean that live-service games would need to have some kind of functionality after servers are shut down. The subject of private servers was brought up as a feasible solution and cited Minecraft as a prominent example, to which ESA’s VP of State Government Affairs, Jennifer Gibbons, countered with a head-scratching argument.

Gibbons claimed that these private servers are actually “illegal”, a form of “piracy”, and, in the case of Minecraft, are unsanctioned by Microsoft. Gibbons went as far as comparing them to a gaming “black market.” None of this is true in the case of Minecraft, as its official website gives players the tools to create their own private servers and even boasts a browser filled with custom servers. It’s actively encouraged by Mojang.

Notch, the creator of Minecraft, spoke out against these comments, despite no longer working on the franchise.

“I’m not part of either any more, but I feel like the ESA is being incredibly scummy by pulling this,” he said. “I’ve never liked them, but even less so now. I did not wish for my work to be used against people. This is borderline evil.”

The ESA provided SBFPLAY with two statements on the matter yesterday, one that largely reaffirmed the comments made by Gibbons and another that softened things. Below is the updated statement, which walks back some of the definitive-ness of Gibbons’ original comments.

“Private servers that host or distribute copyrighted game content without authorization infringe on the intellectual property (IP) rights of game publishers. While publishers may take different approaches, all publishers reserve the right to exercise their rights against IP infringement. The provision in CA AB 1921 that proposed these servers as a legitimate alternative to keep games running raises concerns about a publisher’s ability to enforce their IP rights. In addition, private servers operate with no oversight from the publisher and do not uphold the same trust and safety standards. This could create an unsafe environment for players and be counter to the industry’s commitment to fostering safe and fun game play for all players.”

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Stranger Things’ Millie Bobby Brown Reveals the Unusual Way She’ll Play GTA 6

Stranger Things star Millie Bobby Brown has revealed her love for Grand Theft Auto and says she can’t wait for GTA 6 — even though she has an unusual way of playing Rockstar’s blockbuster action series.

While GTA is known for its car chases and flagrant disregard for pedestrian safety, Brown has said that she enjoys playing while also being a “very, very good” person — following the rules of the road and even stopping at the traffic lights.

Speaking on the Happy, Sad, Confused podcast, the Enola Homes actress was asked about her favorite video game of all time — to which she immediately said GTA, and revealed that she held a secret “passion” for it.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

“I’m so excited for GTA,” she said, admitting this was the first time she’d discussed the matter publicly. “It’s a passion. I follow the rules in GTA. I don’t break the rules. I stop at the red lights, I never run anyone over.

“My husband is like, ‘Why are you playing this like it’s [The] Sims?'” she continued. “I’m like, ‘I’m gonna go to the strip club… but I’m not going to get drunk.’ I’m very, very good.”

Brown added that she liked to play GTA as if her character was just on their commute to their job, even if missions sometimes required her job to be killing other characters. “I’m not a hitman, I’m a vigilante,” she concluded, sharing her internal rationale for situations such as these.

The past few weeks have seen a flood of information on GTA 6 materialize, as Rockstar finally begins the game’s lengthy marketing campaign ahead of its long-awaited launch this November. While new screenshots of the game look stunning, fans have criticized Rockstar’s decision to sell physical copies with a download code inside rather than a disc, something that perhaps makes more sense following Sony’s shock announcement today that it will eventually kill off PS5 game discs. There’s been more drama behind the scenes, too, as more employees attempt to unionize. Oh, and don’t expect the game to run at 60fps on current consoles, either.

Image credit: Roy Rochlin/Getty Images for Netflix.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Sony Announcement Sheds New Light on PS6, Analysts Believe

As the video game world digests Sony’s shock decision to kill video game discs on PlayStation consoles from January 2028, analysts believe it sends a strong signal about the PS6 — including when it will come out.

Sony has yet to announce the PS6, although it has spoken about its next generation hardware plans on a number of occasions. So, we know a new console is coming. But when, exactly?

Piers Harding-Rolls, games industry analyst at Ampere, tweeted to say that the January 2028 cut-off for on-disc PlayStation games “almost certainly guarantees” that PS6 won’t arrive until 2028 at the earliest. In fact, Harding-Rolls’ expectation is that PS6 will launch at the end of 2028.

But Sony’s announcement also suggests the standard version of a PS6 will not include a physical media disc drive. That’s “at a minimum,” Harding-Rolls said. Ditching a disc drive would in theory make the PS6 cheaper to produce amid the ongoing RAMpocalypse fueled by the AI boom.

“Sony will be looking for all the ways it can reduce the cost of its next-gen console, and this is an easy win,” Harding-Rolls added in a blog post. “It’s possible that an add-on disc drive could be made available to play older PS4 and PS5 games on disc. Removing the drive will upset some gamers that don’t want to pay for an add-on disc drive (if available) and that want to access their game collections on disc. It may be too impractical or too complex, but some process of transferral for older physical media to a digital license could alleviate some of these issues.”

The 100 Best PlayStation Games of All Time

But could the PS6 be something entirely unexpected? Last month, Sony suggested its next-gen console could work like the Nintendo Switch by enabling “a seamless experience that can be enjoyed naturally beyond the living room.”

The comments came from a recent Q&A with Sony Interactive Entertainment president and CEO, Hideaki Nishino, published in English by Sony itself. In it, the executive was asked how Sony will reengage with users PlayStation lost to PC gaming during Covid lockdowns, and how it would make significant changes with the next-generation platform.

Nishino replied to point out how Sony is trying to change the perception that “PlayStation equals the living room” with the release of PlayStation monitors and speakers people would typically use as part of a PC setup.

“PlayStation has long been strongly associated with the idea of playing in the living room,” Nishino began. “However, in recent years, more users globally have been using personal monitors. In response, we are selling peripherals such as monitors and speakers to break away from the fixed perception that ‘PlayStation equals the living room’ and to broaden usage scenarios.”

At this point, Nishino discussed Sony’s next-generation platform, without naming it or offering any concrete details.

“For the next-generation platform, rather than simply serving as an alternative to PCs, we aim to deliver value that is unique to PlayStation,” he said. “This includes not only technological advancements but also an expansion of usage styles, enabling a seamless experience that can be enjoyed naturally beyond the living room.”

It’s that last part that left people wondering if Sony will release a PlayStation hybrid console like the Nintendo Switch. A console that offers a “seamless experience that can be enjoyed naturally beyond the living room” sounds like something that could be taken on the go, like the Switch. But what could that look like?

There are a number of options. Sony is heavily rumored to be working on a dedicated PS6 handheld. Could this double as a PS6 console / controller hybrid that could be docked, as Switch is? Or perhaps Sony is working on a PS6 that’s little more than a next-gen PlayStation Portal, which Nishino said had seen strong sales.

Either way, Nishino pointed to cloud gaming as a potential solve for the trouble Sony is having with the RAMpocalypse.

“With regard to cloud gaming, our priority since our service launch in 2013 has been to ensure a high-quality user experience from the first time they use the service, as performance is highly dependent on network conditions and poor quality can quickly erode trust,” Nishino explained.

“For this reason, we designed PS Portal as a dedicated device to reliably deliver the PlayStation gaming experience, which is predicated on controller-based gameplay and a large screen. Because it is difficult to provide a sufficiently high-quality experience through smartphone touch controls or a PC’s keyboard and mouse, our cloud strategy is not to rapidly expand to smartphones and PCs, but rather to focus on environments where quality can be assured.

“While we do not disclose unit sales figures, PS Portal has seen strong demand across North America, Europe, and Japan, with servers reaching full capacity during the latest holiday season. Cloud streaming also requires minimal memory, making it an increasingly attractive low-cost thin client device in the current market environment where memory prices are rising. Looking ahead, we aim to expand cloud gaming experience while maintaining the quality cultivated to date.”

Microsoft has promised an ultra powerful next-gen console in the form of Project Helix, which will also play PC games, but it may also have similar plans to offer a range of options. Earlier this month, Xbox boss Asha Sharma said the spiralling cost of new and existing consoles would require “radically different business models” over the coming generation.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

As PlayStation Kills Discs, It’s Time to Remember Sony’s Iconic ‘This is How You Share Games on PS4’ Video

It is one of the most memorable punches ever thrown in the console wars. It is one of the best mic drops by a company, safe in the knowledge it was winning over hearts, minds, and wallets. And it is, arguably, the moment Sony won the console war for good, ensuring PS4 sales steamrolled the Xbox One (which led to PS5 doing the same with Series X/S).

I am of course talking about Sony’s brilliantly brutal “This is how you share your games on PS4” video, which showed former PlayStation execs Shuhei Yoshida and Adam Boyes passing a game box from one to the other.

“This is how you share your games on PS4,” Yoshida says, before he hands a game to Boyes.

“Thanks,” says Boyes.

This is how you share a game on Playstation (you don’t) https://t.co/yTLVyFtAJ2 pic.twitter.com/eNwPKCTOYC

— Barnabé Hausser (@BarnabeHausser) July 1, 2026

The reason this video had such an impact? It followed a confusing and controversial explanation of Microsoft’s plans for digital game ownership on Xbox One, laid out by former console boss Don Mattrick. Now, Xbox One had other problems too (remember Kinect?), but the uproar over Microsoft’s plans for redeeming codes and timed console check-ins felt fatal. While later U-turned on, fans were left incensed by Microsoft’s desire to effectively kill second-hand sales and stop them simply lending a copy of FIFA to a friend.

By contrast, Sony’s video — at just 21 seconds and 10 words — showed gamers that PlayStation offered another way. It was the way gamers were used to, the way console gaming had always worked. Until 2028, of course.

“It was really fun,” Yoshida said later, reflecting on the video. “We did not want to make fun of Xbox at the time, but they announced about their DRM and the system before we talked about PS4. So because lots of people and media were asking us questions [about] what we were doing, we tried to communicate what we were going to do in a very short form.”

Top 25 PlayStation 4 Games

13 years on from Sony’s video, PlayStation has today announced that no new PlayStation 5 games will ship on discs from January 2028 onwards. From that date onwards, all new games will launch digitally via the PlayStation Store, with some still sold in boxes at retail that will likely contain a digital download code (as will be the case later this year with GTA 6). In another change, Sony has also announced the closure of its PlayStation Store on the PS3 and Vita, beginning next month in certain countries.

Reacting to today’s news, analysts have suggested Sony will likely not ship the upcoming PS6 with a disc drive at all, whenever it finally arrives. The era of simply handing a PlayStation game to a friend really does seem to be over.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

What the Creator of Escape From Tarkov Did Next

Escape from Tarkov is the original first-person extraction shooter. While previous games had modes that extraction shooter fans would now find familiar, there can be no argument that the unashamedly hardcore Escape from Tarkov introduced the extraction mechanic to the wider gaming public — and Nikita Buyanov was at the heart of it.

The boss of Battlestate Games is widely credited with establishing the extraction mechanics that we see in so many other games now. Arc Raiders is a more accessible take on Escape from Tarkov. Even Call of Duty is getting in on the act with Modern Warfare 4’s upcoming extraction mode, DMZ. So, with well over a decade of Escape from Tarkov development behind him, and the extraction shooter genre now firmly in the grip of the mainstream, what’s next for Nikita Buyanov? The answer is Fragmentary Order.

Like Escape from Tarkov, Fragmentary Order is a hardcore (of course) first-person shooter, but this time we’re in science fiction territory, with a story set across the solar system. Buyanov established a new studio, Rant Gaming, to build the game separately from Escape from Tarkov, although he says he remains committed to the extraction shooter that started it all.

Fragmentary Order Screenshots

In the interview below, Buyanov tells me why he wanted to make a new game in the first place, what he’s trying to achieve with Fragmentary Order, and his verdict on the current state of the extraction shooter genre.

The Fragmentary Order alpha is set to launch later this year, but players can already start exploring the world through cor3.gg. The team has created a browser-based experience designed to introduce the universe and help players understand its systems. Resources earned through the COR3 terminal will carry over into Fragmentary Order at release, giving early participants a head start.

SBFPLAY: How did Fragmentary Order begin?

Nikita Buyanov: The baseline for this is that I’ve been doing Tarkov for more than 10 years. I really wanted to start a new thing in general because I was tired of making for more than 10 years the same thing. I always wanted to make something in the sci-fi genre, and by that I mean not only just some fancy ‘Tarkov in space’ kind of thing, but I really wanted to make proper sci-fi, like model the future, simulate the future to make it super realistic and grounded, that people will believe in.

And it’s not only related to just take some concept and make everything look fancy and futuristic. It means that I really want to take different parts of different kind of sci-fi, for example, cyberpunk, spaceship combat, the social element of the future, and combine it all together and make not the project but the whole universe.

I realized that life is short and we need to do what we can, especially if it still brings joy. I decided to give it a shot. And of course, because I know everything about how to make FPS realistic hardcore games, extraction shooters, I decided that maybe it will be my next trial.

I guess the Tarkov experience, it was like a testing phase for us for 10 years in a row, that we should start making some real games now, something that will be even more challenging to do. So another take to make something really interesting, something new in the genre, maybe create another genre, like how I did with extraction shooters. Who knows?

I put a lot of goals on myself and some of them are basically impossible, but it is how I did Tarkov — I’m still doing it by the way — to put these milestones which look impossible and try to fulfill them and make everything real. So it’s a lot of personal stuff in it and it’s a lot of heritage, I guess, that needs to be used. It became more serious. Creating Tarkov, nobody understood what it is and we basically were in the middle of nothing. We didn’t understand what it is all about, how it will be. In Fragmentary Order, it is more clear, but it doesn’t mean that it will be easier. Right now it’s even more challenging than Tarkov, like several times.

SBFPLAY: You talk about maybe creating a new genre again. What type of game is Fragmentary Order?

Nikita Buyanov: Of course, I cannot disclose everything, because people will use it, other companies will use it most likely! When I created extraction, it was a mechanic for how you can survive, basically. In the new game, we will have several options how to survive, and it doesn’t mean that you’ll need to extract via the classical way: infil / exfil type of extraction. There will be different options for you to survive. We will try to break patterns here because again, Tarkov created the whole concept of extraction shooters. It’s like a pattern, infil, load, shoot, exfil, extraction, even if you die, we’ll lose everything, blah, blah, blah. But I want to break that pattern and create some new stuff just to enrich the gameplay.

But the main goal is to add realism to everything. The most exciting thing in Fragmentary Order that we will utilize is future mechanics and future aspects, the potential future things. Everything will be covered with the different advanced mechanics that will tie to the actual lore and the visual sci-fi elements of the game. Everything will be made super grounded just for players to believe in. This is the main challenge.

The main thing is that we need to make the game realistic, not only with gun handling, combat, and all of the basic stuff that we have already everywhere. We want to create the whole concept, the whole world, the whole gaming session. It will consist of different things that will add more to the realism, and not only with small things, but also globally. We need to make people believe in that world and live in it. And this is the main thing that we want to achieve in general as a project.

It will be a dream world or something. It will be the living world, the universe. And as I like to say, it will be the passageway to the future for those who want to experience the future, even though we are sitting in the current gen. So that’s the thing. And everything, of course, will be super militaristic, realistic, tactical, and with a lot of different kinds of features that will only be available in the future.

SBFPLAY: Tarkov is famous for being ultra hardcore. Are you sticking with that philosophy for Fragmentary Order, or will you make it more accessible?

Nikita Buyanov: No, it will be more complex, more punishing, more painful, but the rewards will be bigger. You can imagine perfect Tarkov, which keeps you motivated to play it because you basically will feel yourself out of the loop, like out of the loop of your, let’s say, typical source of dopamine during your lifetime, not even games. Basically, you’ll be waiting to get that emotion from the game. And hopefully it will shift the whole philosophy around gaming to something else. You will be not playing it, you will be living that game, living that universe, and it won’t be for everyone. So that’s the thing. We basically will stand out and we will put this, that this is not for everyone. The same thing was for Tarkov by the way.

But right now about Fragmentary Order, we will say, “It’s not for everyone. We are not trying to earn all of your money. We need you guys to shape up this experience together for sure.” Because this is the next big thing that probably will be out of classical gaming. Maybe it will be like this perfect project for those who want to suffer, but receive a lot from that.

SBFPLAY: Is this a game that’s actively in production? Are you conceptualizing it still? Where are we at and what’s the plan for working on it?

Nikita Buyanov: Already we are two years working on it. The company is 130 people already. It’s not enough. We’re prototyping the new mechanics, the new features. We basically almost built the basic mechanics. We almost built the first location. A lot of content already. We have multiplayer builds. Basically, it’s not a startup. It’s not something that we just started.

We have huge lore being expanded every single day. We have really cool people onboarded like Ben Mauro and Aaron Beck, basically our art directors and all of that super fancy and grounded sci-fi approach to devices, world and everything. And we constantly get other people onboarded right now. So it is already like a factory, because we need to make it real and make it really fast. I don’t want to make it for another 10 years. I don’t have time for that. So that’s why I’m putting a lot of effort in it and a lot of additional resources to make it faster and faster and faster on the new engine. It is not like super close that we will be able to actually go public with a full scale release or something soon.

When I was working on Tarkov, I remember that we needed to show something. We need to make it like this live ops development, because basically it was the deal for us. Here, we will have the face of live ops development, but we want to make as much stuff as possible and as much of a perfect initial build as possible. So it already will be super balanced, super polished, and it will be ready to be tested in multiplayer right away.

At the current moment we are making the gameplay trailer, and it will have a pretty big amount of features that actually you won’t see in any kind of game. I’m not talking about every single feature, of course, but some of them are pretty neat, and it’s quite surprising and good that we still have a lot of things to do that nobody did. That’s kind of fantastic for us.

We’re already doing a second location, but we don’t want to spoil anything. And of course gamers are super demanding right now, especially Tarkov players. They love drama. They love to be speculating on things and making insults, this and that. We have these two huge armies, potential an army of Fragmentary Order fans and a Tarkov army, basically tens of millions of people, and they’re already kind of skeptical about everything and we need to actually place them all together.

Because my idea is to not break things, to not replace Tarkov. One of my goals is to give people a new adventure that will be just a different thing for those who love the aspects of super hardcore and realistic approach, even if it’s in the future. But still this is basically my thing, right? And it’s a lot of competitors who try to kill Tarkov, but I’m not trying to kill Tarkov, by the way. I just want to make something new and wonderful and groundbreaking again, or at least I will die trying to. So that’s the thing.

SBFPLAY: I understand you created a new company to make this game. Why did you feel it was necessary to create a new company to build it?

Nikita Buyanov: One of the main reasons is that Tarkov must go ‘Tarkov for life.’ We need to have a fully sustainable company to continue with Tarkov. And I’m basically working on the two projects simultaneously, and we have huge plans for Tarkov, by the way. It’s unrelated and I don’t want people to get distracted from that.

SBFPLAY: You’re credited with essentially creating the extraction shooter genre, which is an incredible achievement. It must be funny for you to see this attention on the genre now when you were the one who basically invented it years ago.

Nikita Buyanov: Yeah, I’m not concerned at all. So basically all of the competitors, those who actually try to do something and they actually achieved results, really good results, like Arc Raiders, Marathon and all that, they started doing that a long time ago. They started doing the production for years and years. I can feel and actually can see how they actually shaped their game design with us. Some of the things that I said on the podcast that we planned, they did it in advance because it was a good idea.

And my position here, it is a really good thing. Of course, I’m proud of myself and my team, BSG, that we actually did something that was designed initially for the super narrowed community. It actually spread to the mainstream with a lot of technical issues, with a lot of craziness and madness, how we did patches, the release, where basically the game wasn’t working for 24 hours at least. It was full of struggle and pain.

And it’s a funny thing to see how other companies with these budgets, they try to adopt the same thing, not to make our own mistakes. I’m not saying they don’t know how to do it, but they basically utilize all the patterns that we have or we planned for EFT to make their own extraction shooters. For example, Arc Raiders, they did a wonderful casual version of extraction shooters. They made the step not forward, as I said, they made a step to the side and created the whole parallel thing that allowed casual gamers to play extraction as a fun game. EFT wasn’t designed to have fun. It was an intentional design decision, but also it has had way more issues than now and it was also a painful, struggling experience.

I remember that when we had release issues on the Steam release date last year, people weren’t able to play the game for pretty long time. Some of my friends who are Tarkov lovers and have tens of thousands of hours, they said it’s part of the Tarkov experience to wait in the line, to wait for the load of your profile and all of that. I remember that I was so depressed about everything, and then I realized, I want to break this paradigm. I want to change it, because I didn’t want to create something really good with the lack of technical superiority. Tarkov is basically pretty obsolete in terms of visuals, but lately for the last month we actually did a lot of changing technical stuff, optimizations, loading issues, a lot of things actually were fixed, and now Tarkov is in the best shape. And it’s not the end because we plan to do more and more and more.

But then I realized in my new project, everything needs to be different. We need to make sure that we are covered in terms of potential technical issues. The servers, the load, because of the potential huge influx of the player. We need to stand. We need to actually be unbreakable. And that increased the amount of work and resources for the particular areas of Fragmentary Order related to the technical side. The servers, content distribution networks, and stuff like that. So we invested more and more and more in that, just to make sure everything will be fine.

Because for me, it’s like a nightmare. I don’t want to live that nightmare again and again and again, because I’m tired. I want to create a game a little less stressed, and this is quite important for me. This is why when I check all the games, all the competitors, I can see that they do good actually. I don’t know what they can do new in the genre, because it’s not a genre, it’s a mechanic, extraction mechanic. But I know what to do next. I know what to do next! How I can expand and enrich extraction mechanics and create something new for it even. That’s why I’m just monitoring the situation. I like how finally somebody is trying to make something different by keeping the basis of extraction shooters, but adding something new and expanding the audience. This is quite a good thing.

SBFPLAY: Arc Raiders has enjoyed huge success making extraction more accessible. Marathon though appears to be struggling, with people saying it’s too hard to obtain a mainstream audience. But that was never a problem for your and your game.

Nikita Buyanov: They don’t know the secret sauce. You need to put your life on the altar. You need to sacrifice, you need to take part of your soul and put it in a game. It sounds delusional, right? But what does it mean? And if I say it, they will use it. Okay, let them use it! You just need to make the world real. You need to make everything to make the player naturalized and settled in the world, like the actual living person. And by that I mean you need to add a lot of details, a lot of love in almost everything that you see that you experience. You just need to imagine, you need to sit on this chair and try to play it and try to experience it and add a lot of stuff, a lot of things.

You need to be risky. You need to make some mechanics and some content within an adequate concept. By that I mean for example, you are creating something that’s so super detailed, like a part of the location and this part of the location will be locked for almost everyone, 99%, but that will create a meaning that there is something more than just a widely spread and easy accessible location. There is something special in there for those 0001% and you won’t be getting there, but it will give you the sense this world is so complex, I want to be able to learn at 100%. And when the game is being learned 100% and you play with patterns, it actually brings out this soul from the game, and you need to constantly replenish that by creating areas of the game that nobody… Not like nobody, but for the most cases you won’t even access them. But who knows? Maybe at some point you will have access to it. You basically unlock this feature, or unlock this area, or unlock this special device or something and it will give you the superiority — and not like tactical superiority. It will give you the understanding and the meaning that you are something in this world that actually achieved something. And it brings the parallel for your life too, because our life is super complex and we don’t know 100% about everything which is going on right now.

So if you bring in the same concept in the game by creating this world that you cannot understand fully, like our announcement trailer, by the way, Fragmentary Order, it’s a lot of meanings in there. If you like it, if you want it, it will catch you and start asking questions inside of your head: how I can actually use this? What it is all about? It will have a lot of mysteries and a lot of things that basically won’t be accessible for everyone, and that will create this ladder of experience for those who know everything about the game. They will feel themselves great and meaningful and they will feel themselves settled in this universe. They will feel themselves like it is something real, because they have their role there and all of the benefits and perks that will actually produce these parallel emotions, like it is our natural life. We call it second life experience. This is the general idea around the whole core universe, to create second life experience with different genres connected all together in the whole system, with the whole economy system altogether.

It is not a mainstream approach. It is just an idea to create this living virtual world. It’s not a metaverse, but it’s actually a gaming world. There you will have an option to actually live in it and utilize your talents, real life talents, game talents, to make your life better in the game. And you’re able to play different roles. Fragmentary Order is a flagship that will allow you to play in different areas of the solar system as a combat clone.

SBFPLAY: Do you have any window in mind for when people might be able to get their hands on with Fragmentary Oder?

Nikita Buyanov: So all I can say right now, we already started the promotion of the game. So we have a site, fragmentaryorder.com. Because all this explanation and ambitious plans and interviews, people still will be pretty skeptical about it. And I believe that the gameplay trailer will shed light on the actual gameplay and actual visuals that we have. This year, 100% something will be released for sure.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

LEGO Boba Fett 18+ Set Announced

LEGO has unveiled a new buildable Boba Fett model, which it has rated as suitable for ages 18+.

Rather than the set including any content not suitable for children, LEGO’s rating refers to the set’s building complexity and the model’s status as a display piece, rather than being a toy meant for child-friendly play. There’s no sign of LEGO Smart Play here either.

The 75455 Boba Fett set depicts the bounty hunter in his iconic Return of the Jedi appearance, standing at a lengthy height of 41cm (16″). As you’d expect, Fett is shown wearing his iconic Mandalorian Beskar armor, Z-6 jetpack, EE-3 carbine rifle, flamethrower, concussion rockets, whipcord launcher, and kneepad mounted rocket dart launchers.

LEGO Boba Fett Set Photos

A major feature of the design is Fett’s fabric cape, which looks appropriately tattered. Along with the posable Fett model, you’ll also get to build a Boba Fett minifigure and information plaque.

The set follows other buildable LEGO Star Wars characters that are similarly listed as being for ages 18+, such as the 1138-piece C-3PO, or the bulkier 2319-piece Chewbacca. Elsewhere, LEGO lists numerous sets as technically being for adults only. SBFPLAY has a guide to the best LEGO sets for adults which states that LEGO’s own website currently lists 209 LEGO sets rated 18+ available for purchase as of June 2026.

“When browsing through them, you’ll notice the diversity of them,” we wrote, “how they range from home decor to agriculture to massive pop culture recreations to operable models and toys. There’s no one, correct way to be an adult – or to play like one.”

Tempted? Boba Fett will jet into a LEGO store near you on August 1, priced at $169.99 / £149.99 / €169.99.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Modern Warfare 4 Game Pass Reminder to Subscribers

Microsoft is sending notifications out to Xbox Game Pass members reminding them that Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 won’t be in the subscription service this year, so if they want to play the game at launch, they’ll have to buy it.

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 launches globally on Xbox Series X and S, PlayStation 5, PC via Battle.net, Xbox on PC, and Steam, and Nintendo Switch 2 on Friday, October 23, 2026. Microsoft has decided to stick with $70 as the standard edition price point for Call of Duty this year, resisting the temptation to go to $80 or beyond. The Vault Edition costs $100.

With Modern Warfare 4, Call of Duty is certainly changing tactics. For one, Activision has a Switch 2 version ready. Two, it’s finally leaving the last generation of consoles behind. And three, Modern Warfare 4 will not launch day one on Game Pass, after mainline Call of Duty games had done so in previous years.

The Best Call of Duty Campaigns

One of the first decisions new Xbox boss Asha Sharma made after she replaced Phil Spencer at the top of Microsoft’s gaming business was to pull new Call of Duty launches out of Game Pass, instead adding them in a year later, while cutting the price of a subscription as part of a wider effort to rebuild the brand in the eyes of hardcore fans.

Casual Game Pass subscribers had become accustomed to new Call of Duty games popping up in their libraries on day one, so you can understand Microsoft’s thinking here. With the pressure to maximize revenue at Xbox perhaps greater than it’s ever been, Microsoft wants to make sure it captures as many Call of Duty fans as possible at launch.

The change with Call of Duty is an outlier — other first-party Xbox games remain day one launches on Game Pass, such as Gears of War: E-Day, Clockwork Revolution, and Fable. Call of Duty, though, is a bigger release than all three of those games combined, and Microsoft clearly felt it needed to move the needle back towards game sales and the revenue it brings in for its biggest franchise.

Call of Duty notification sent via the Xbox app.

This all ties into the ongoing debate about whether Game Pass day one launches cannibalize sales. It’s an issue that has snapped at Microsoft’s heels ever since it launched the subscription service. Perhaps you could take the removal of Call of Duty as the final word on the debate — if Call of Duty can’t make Game Pass make sense, what can? But it will be interesting to see what Sharma does with Game Pass going forward. Amid rumors of a pause on new Game Pass deals with third parties, next to no growth on console, and the ongoing Xbox business “reset” that looks set to result in a handful of game studios either closing or being sold off, the future is unclear for Microsoft’s subscription service.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Quantic Dream Issues Statement on Star Wars Eclipse Amid Studio Layoffs

Quantic Dream has insisted Star Wars Eclipse is on course despite studio layoffs and claims from striking staff that it could be canceled.

Last month, Quantic Dream canceled its live service game, Spellcasters Chronicles, just three months after its early access launch. The studio best known for successful single-player story-driven games, such as Heavy Rain, Beyond: Two Souls, and Detroit: Become Human, said the Spellcasters Chronicles cancellation would result in layoffs, although it has yet to say how many are affected.

At the time of the cancelation, Quantic Dream insisted the development of Star Wars Eclipse would continue as “normal.” But according to French website gamekult, Eclipse is suffering from “a lack of resources, vision, and progress,” and could be canceled unless members of the Spellcasters Chronicles team are moved over to help finish the project.

Gamekult said Quantic Dream is reportedly considering laying off 115 staff — said to amount to a quarter of the company’s workforce — following the cancelation of Spellcasters Chronicles, which itself sparked a strike organized by the STJV union that took place in front of the studio’s Paris headquarters. Gamekult said striking staff are trying to save Star Wars Eclipse. They believe at least some of the Spellcasters Chronicles developers who are set to lose their jobs will be needed to make Star Wars Eclipse a reality without enduring crunch.

Apparently, on the day of the strike (June 25), a delegation from Lucasfilm was due to visit Quantic Dream to check the progress of Star Wars Eclipse. The striking staff wanted to send a clear message: as things stand, Eclipse cannot be finished if the redundancy plan goes through, or, as gamekult put it: “saving the company from a very painful cancellation, which currently hangs like a sword of Damocles over the employees.”

Now, Quantic Dream has issued SBFPLAY a fresh statement insisting the Star Wars Eclipse team has all it needs to finish the game.

Star Wars Games That Never Were

“As previously stated, the development of Star Wars Eclipse remains unaffected by the recent closure of Spellcasters Chronicles, a decision driven by the challenging market conditions in that segment,” a Quantic Dream spokesperson said.

“The development of Star Wars Eclipse is continuing as planned, with the full commitment of its team and all the necessary resources to complete its mission.

“Our priority is to ensure that employees affected by the restructuring process receive the appropriate support, care, and consideration. Out of respect for this ongoing process and for the employees concerned, we will not provide any further comment at this stage.”

Quantic Dream’s consultation process with affected employees is ongoing, but it seems unlikely that the studio’s latest comment will reassure concerned fans about the fate of Star Wars Eclipse, nor the developers at the studio who are set to lose their jobs. STJV wants the studio to sign a majority agreement with the union to mitigate the damage, which would in theory see fewer staff lose their jobs, and the remaining staff put to working helping get Eclipse out the door.

Announced in 2021 via a flashy cinematic trailer, Star Wars Eclipse is expected to integrate Quantic Dreams’ traditional story-based gameplay with an action-adventure game set in the franchise’s High Republic era. Beyond that, details are thin on the ground, and Quantic Dream has only commented on the project over the past few years to quash rumors of development trouble and delays, amid suggestions that the studio was struggling to hire staff following previous workplace allegations. Star Wars Eclipse is still without a release window even now, five years after it was announced.

Last year, Quantic Dream was forced to respond to closure fears amid Chinese owner NetEase’s pullback from western video game investment. In a statement posted to LinkedIn, Quantic Dream CEO and head of publishing, Guillaume de Fondaumière, said he was “deeply saddened to learn about the recent layoffs and studio closures affecting some of the NetEase group’s divisions,” but assured players that Quantic’s studios in Paris and Montreal remain “unaffected.”

“[Quantic president] David Cage and I would like to express our gratitude to the fans and friends who have reached out to us in recent days regarding Quantic Dream,” de Fondaumière wrote. “We want to reassure everyone that our studios in Paris and Montreal remain unaffected. We are continuing to develop our projects at full pace, with several open positions available in both locations.”

De Fondaumière added that despite NetEase acquiring Quantic Dream as a wholly owned subsidiary in 2022, “Quantic Dream remains committed to the strategy outlined by David and I in 2019,” insisting “NetEase has been a dedicated partner, providing us with creative freedom and the financial resources necessary for our studio to grow and strive.”

The CEO also revealed the studio’s back-catalog had seen an “exceptional performance,” contributing to the “highest revenue in [the company’s] history” in 2024.

“The developments of our current projects are progressing as planned, and we are fully committed to delivering and launching these innovative, high-quality titles in the future,” de Fondaumière said, but did not provide any specific update on its upcoming Star Wars game, Star Wars: Eclipse.

In March, it was revealed that NetEase cut off funding to the studio led by Yakuza franchise creator Toshihiro Nagoshi as part of its plan to reduce its video game development activities. Nagoshi’s game, Gang of Dragon, now appears to have been canceled.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Oblivion Remastered Nintendo Switch 2 Release Date Confirmed by Bethesda — And Yes, Its Physical Edition Includes a Cartridge

Bethesda will launch The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion Remastered for Nintendo Switch 2 on August 11, digitally via the eShop and in a physical edition that includes the full base game on a cartridge.

Boxed copies will include a proper cartridge (not a Game-Key Card) which also grants access to the Shivering Isles and Knights of the Nine story expansions (Bethesda is less clear about whether these are also on the card) and additional content you’ll have to download. Still, this isn’t a GTA 6 situation, with only a code in the game’s box.

This includes the Fighter’s Stronghold, Spell Tomes, Vile Lair, Mehrune’s Razor, The Thieves Den, Wizard’s Tower, The Orrery and the infamous Horse Armor Pack DLC. Finally, you’ll get a code that grants access to Akatosh and Mehruns Dagon armors, weapons and horse armor sets.

While that all sounds fine, fans have raised eyebrows at today’s The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion Nintendo Switch 2 release date trailer, below, which is largely a two-minute live-action skit featuring the game’s notorious Adoring Fan character. Around 20 seconds of actual in-game footage are shown towards the end, which viewers have variously described as “choppy” and “rough.”

“This runs like nuclear ass on my 13700k/5090 rig, and on PS5/XSX as well,” noted one poster on video game forum ResetEra. “This is going to be a disaster…”

“On one hand, Fallout 4 was rough on Switch 2 at first too, but I think I remember hearing its issues got ironed out in the end,” countered another fan. “On the other hand, this is Oblivion Remastered, a game that makes my RTX 4080 cry.”

The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion Remastered – Physical Deluxe Edition

2

In a press release sent to SBFPLAY, Bethesda confirmed that the Switch 2 version of The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion Remastered is designed to run with DLSS support on both handheld and docked mode at 900p 30fps on handheld and 1080p 30fps while docked.

The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion Remastered originally launched for PC, PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X/S back in April 2025. “Oblivion Remastered is a fantastic modernization of an iconic open-world RPG, even if it maintains some of the jank and rough edges of the original, we wrote in SBFPLAY’s The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion Remastered review, which returned an 8/10. Physical and digital pre-orders for the Nintendo Switch 2 version are now available.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

ESA Says It Has Two Lawsuits Pending Against ‘Illegal’ Private Minecraft Servers

The ESA has made the head-scratching claim that private Minecraft servers are “illegal,” arguing that they’re considered a form of “piracy” in a recent hearing.

During a California State Senate hearing over the Protect Our Games Act (a Stop Killing Games bill that would force game publishers to ensure games remain playable if servers are shut down), Assemblyman Chris Ward was questioned by the committee about how feasible it would be to keep games running on private servers if official support concluded. Ward noted that both Minecraft and Call of Duty utilize community servers, meaning it’s a solution that already exists in some cases.

However, ESA’s VP of State Government Affairs, Jennifer Gibbons, objected to his claim and stated that these are not officially sanctioned servers. In fact, according to Gibbons, they’re illegal.

“They’re illegal,” Gibbons responded. “They are not in any way affiliated with Microsoft. Microsoft, for Minecraft, has gotten a lot of criticism because of those community servers not employing the same safety standards that Microsoft does on their Minecraft servers.”

Gibbons was asked by a committee member if private servers are akin to a “black market” for video games, and Gibbons answered yes. The ESA executive went on to state that they even consider these servers as “piracy” and have lawsuits pending against private servers right now.

“Yes,” said Gibbons. “In fact, we consider it piracy. We have lawsuits, two pending lawsuits, against private servers right now, and the United States Trade Representative (USTR) in their Notorious Markets Reports on counterfeiting and piracy has named some of these big private servers as a notorious market.”

Minecraft Chaos Cubed Screenshots – Minecraft Live March 2026

To be clear, in the case of Minecraft, this isn’t true. Minecraft has multiple pages on its website where it encourages players to set up their own servers or browse third party servers. These servers are also verified and approved by Minecraft’s team to ensure they follow standards and guidelines.

“Each server offers its own brand of fun and uniqueness,” reads an excerpt about community servers on Minecraft’s website. “Find your favorite with our Server List Site, where all listed servers have been reviewed and verified as following our community standards and guidelines.”

SBFPLAY sent the ESA a link to this page and noted that it was encouraged by the Minecraft team when requesting a comment. An ESA representative responded with the following:

“Private servers infringe on the intellectual property (IP) rights of game publishers. Publishers reserve the right to exercise their rights against them. The provision in CA AB 1921 that proposed these servers as a legitimate alternative to keep games running raises concerns about a publisher’s ability to enforce their IP rights. In addition, private servers operate with no oversight from the publisher and do not uphold the same trust and safety standards. This could create an unsafe environment for players and be counter to the industry’s commitment to fostering safe and fun game play for all players.”

PC Gamer also noted that the UTSR’s Notorious Market Report referenced by Gibbons doesn’t specifically single out random community servers so players can play with friends, but rather ones that allow users to bypass games that require subscription services, such as World of Warcraft. Those servers allow players to get around a key piece of the game, rather than serving as an extension of the exisiting experience.

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

Ultimately, the Protect Our Games Act did not receive the necessary amount of votes to move forward, but it was granted a reconsideration, so it still has another chance to make its case. A Stop Killing Games campaign volunteer took to Reddit to address the situation, noting that “every one of these claims was designed to scare a busy legislator who does not have time to fact-check a well-dressed lobbyist in real time.

“It worked just well enough this round,” they continued. “It will not work when we are standing in the same room, with developers and players beside us, ready to answer every single claim as it happens. Here is what happens next. We are not stopping. Not even close. Next session, we come back with an in-person lobbying presence, the funding to do this properly, and a long list of organizations and developers signed on in support.”

UPDATE: An ESA representative issued a new, updated version of their previous statement:

“Private servers that host or distribute copyrighted game content without authorization infringe on the intellectual property (IP) rights of game publishers. While publishers may take different approaches, all publishers reserve the right to exercise their rights against IP infringement. The provision in CA AB 1921 that proposed these servers as a legitimate alternative to keep games running raises concerns about a publisher’s ability to enforce their IP rights. In addition, private servers operate with no oversight from the publisher and do not uphold the same trust and safety standards. This could create an unsafe environment for players and be counter to the industry’s commitment to fostering safe and fun game play for all players.”

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Love and Deepspace Cancels New Love Interest Valko

Otome game Love and Deepspace will no longer add new love interest Valko to its roster of potential partners. Developer Infold has released an official statement announcing “no additional love interests will be introduced in future content plans.”

A Letter to All Players

Dear Miss Hunters,

We sincerely apologize for reaching out once again. Over the past several days, our team has been closely following your conversations and feedback across all platforms. For the issues that have surfaced since the announcement of… pic.twitter.com/PsjNbKyTsB

— Love and Deepspace (@Love_Deepspace) June 30, 2026

New character Valko was due to be released on July 9 as part of a huge update to the game titled Version 6.0 A Shattered Quiet. The impending addition proved controversial among the Chinese fanbase.

“After reflecting on recent events, we recognize that we moved forward with the introduction of Valko before we were truly ready,” said the official statement.

“In doing so, we let down the players who have supported us from the start, and we also fell short of delivering the experience that players anticipating Valko deserved.”

In the statement, Infold also told players that the other Version 6.0 updates – including the Home 2.0 and AR Photobooth features – would still be released as planned. The rewards that the company had planned as rewards for the Valko-focused Hunt In Linkon event will be given to players for free via in-game mail, along with free Deepspace Wishes.

Love And Deepspace Valko Trailer

“Going forward, the entire team will focus on further developing the stories and long-term companionship experiences of our five existing love interests, while ensuring a stable pace of Main Story production and updates,” said Infold.

The news about Valko’s cancellation has been met with disappointment by the North American Love And Deepspace community, many of whom had been sharing their excitement and affection for Valko on social media. It’s now asking Infold to consider releasing Valko on the game’s global servers. A petition has been launched, and already has 42,000 signatures at the time of writing.

Love And Deepspace has five existing love interests. The game launched in January with three, Rayfael, Xavier and Zayne, with Sylus joining the line up in July 2024, and Caleb in January 2025. Last May AppMagic noted the game had seen more than 31 million downloads, and put user spending at over $1 billion.

If you’re a hardcore LADS fan or are just starting out, check out SBFPLAY’s Love And Deepspace guides.

Microsoft Reportedly Considering Canceling Marvel’s Blade and Shutting Arkane Down

Microsoft is reportedly considering canceling Marvel’s Blade and shutting its developer, Arkane, down.

The Verge said Arkane is one of five studios the Xbox owner is considering closing, after Blade’s planned late 2026 release window was delayed internally to late 2027 and it went over budget. Blade, from the team behind Deathloop, was announced in December 2023 with a reveal trailer, but we’ve seen nothing of it since.

Arkane may be sold rather than closed, The Verge added, which is in-line with what we’ve heard Compulsion Games, Double Fine, Ninja Theory, and, more recently, Undead Labs, are going through. This process may take some time, and even if the studios are spun off, they may not avoid layoffs.

SBFPLAY has asked Microsoft for comment about the layoffs reports, but it has yet to respond. SBFPLAY has also asked Marvel Games about the status of Blade, but it failed to respond.

The news of Blade’s potential cancelation comes just days after Bethesda Game Studios head Todd Howard was quoted as saying he’d recently seen what the Deathloop team at Arkane Lyon was cooking up and was impressed. “I’m not at liberty to say when [we’ll see more],” Howard teased, “but I saw some stuff just yesterday [on May 21] and the folks at Arkane [Studios, the developers] are doing a really, really great job.” Fans first began to fear the worst after Blade was a no-show at the 2026 Xbox Games Showcase.

Blade isn’t the only Xbox game under threat of cancelation. There is fresh concern for State of Decay 3 and its developer Undead Labs after reports overnight suggested both are under threat of closure as part of impending layoffs at Xbox. Psychonauts developer Double Fine, South of Midnight developer Compulsion, and Hellblade developer Ninja Theory are also said to be in talks with Microsoft over potentially buying themselves out. Hundreds of jobs are at risk either way, not just at these studios, but across Microsoft’s gaming business, which includes Bethesda and Activision Blizzard studios and publishing operations.

State of Decay 3, like Ninja Theory’s Senua, was at Microsoft’s Xbox Games Showcase earlier this month. According to Game File, Microsoft allegedly planned to close or spin off Ninja Theory when it revealed Senua at the showcase event, and it did so thinking that “the promise of a newly announced game would help draw investor interest in the studio.” Game File’s Stephen Totilo suggests Ninja Theory management may not have even been aware of Microsoft’s plan.

Every Video Game Franchise Xbox Owns After Acquiring Activision Blizzard

Concern for Xbox kicked off with Xbox CEO Asha Sharma’s “reset” memo, which most took as a signal that Microsoft planned big layoffs and studio closures. Microsoft published the memo just days after Xbox Games Showcase — which had gone down well with core Xbox fans. In it Sharma revealed that Microsoft’s gaming business has a 3% accountability margin (assumed to mean profit margin), which is down year-on-year. “Excluding Activision Blizzard King, over the past five years, we have spent over $20 billion on ongoing investments in our content, platform, and hardware subsidy, but our annual revenue has declined nearly half a billion during that time. Going forward, this cannot continue,” Sharma said. One analyst told SBFPLAY “the studios most exposed are brilliant for prestige and rotten for the spreadsheet.” The likes of Compulsion, Double Fine, and Ninja Theory have struggled for commercial success in recent years.

Reports then emerged that Microsoft had started to take action. The Game Business revealed that Xbox Game Studios boss Craig Duncan had stepped down, and news of various Microsoft studios potentially closing down was not far behind. Bloomberg’s Jason Schreier has warned of a “bloodbath” at Xbox. SBFPLAY has asked Microsoft for comment specifically on the studio closure reports but it is yet to respond.

Xbox Games Series Tier List

Xbox Games Series Tier List

Yesterday, unionized Xbox workers called for immediate bargaining following the layoff reports, hosting a press conference to say “we’re done paying for executives’ failures.” A Microsoft spokesperson told SBFPLAY it will continue to negotiate with the CWA to reach agreements across Xbox.

“We respect the right of our team members to make their voices heard,” the spokesperson said. “We have a long track record of good faith partnership with labor organizations, as demonstrated by the several finalized bargaining agreements our teams have reached with the CWA and our labor principles. We are continuing to negotiate in good faith with the CWA to reach agreements across Xbox.”

Microsoft cut an eye-watering 9,000 staff in July 2025 in a company-wide round of layoffs that also hit gaming. A number of titles were canceled as part of those cuts, including Rare’s Everwild, and studios shut down, such as Perfect Dark developer The Initiative. Staff who remain at Xbox are now bracing themselves for a potential repeat situation just a year later.

Microsoft closed a number of Bethesda studios, including Redfall maker Arkane Austin, and Hi-Fi Rush and The Evil Within developer Tango Gameworks, in May 2024. The developer of Blade is the surviving Arkane studio, based in Lyon, France.

A recent report claimed Sharma is now speeding up development on new The Elder Scrolls, Fallout, and Halo games as she prepares to hit the reset button. Details on the potential shakeup come from The Information (via Reuters), whose sources indicated that Microsoft hadn’t ruled out turning the Xbox brand into a wholly-owned subsidiary. It’s said the move could result in Xbox being operated as a joint venture with other partners or even potentially sold.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Netflix Willy Wonka Reality Series The Golden Ticket Resurrects Gene Wilder’s Voice Using AI

Netflix has used AI technology to revive the voice of Gene Wilder for its new Willy Wonka reality show, Wonka’s The Golden Ticket.

The nine-episode series will debut via Netflix on September 23, and see 12 contestants enter a fresh version of Wonka’s infamous chocolate factory to face challenges meant to test their physical, mental and moral strength in the hope of winning a “life-changing prize.”

A trailer for the series released today is narrated by an AI reproduction of Wilder, which Deadline reports was recreated by ubiquitous celebrity AI voice company ElevenLabs with consent from Wilder’s estate. Of course, Wilder starred as the infamous confectionary maker in the beloved 1971 movie Willy Wonka & the Chocolate Factory, adapted from Roald Dahl’s timeless novel.

Step into a world of pure imagination when the gates of the Chocolate Factory reopen this Fall.

Wonka’s The Golden Ticket, a new @netflix reality competition series, arrives on September 23.@FremantleUS@EurekaTVGroup pic.twitter.com/W6FHbOuW41

— Fremantle (@FremantleHQ) June 30, 2026

If the name ElevenLabs sounds familiar, it’s the same firm that just released a new version of The Odyssey narrated by an AI reproduction of Michael Caine, and also recently paid to capture the voice rights of late Marvel legend Stan Lee for use in various commercial ventures.

“More than five decades after Gene brought Willy Wonka to life, people of all ages and backgrounds around the world continue to find joy, laughter and inspiration in his performance,” reads a statement from the late actor’s widow, Karen B. Wilder, on behalf of the Gene Wilder Estate.

“Gene had a remarkable ability to bring humor, wonder and heart into people’s lives, and that connection has endured for generations. We are delighted that Wonka’s The Golden Ticket celebrates the warmth and imagination that he brought to the role, introducing that magic to a new generation while honoring the fans who have cherished it for decades.”

Gene Wilder as Willy Wonka. Image credit: Silver Screen Collection/Getty Images.

Alongside its AI Wonka, The Golden Ticket will feature some actual talent from Wilder’s beloved 1971 film in the guise of Rusty Goffe, who returns as an Oompa Loompa for the show.

The 93-year-old Caine previously described ElevenLabs’ AI voice technology as “using innovation not to replace humanity, but to celebrate it… It’s not about replacing voices; it’s about amplifying them, opening doors for new storytellers everywhere.” The company now owns a library of living and dead celebrities that also includes Judy Garland, David Hasselhoff, Albert Einstein, and Matthew McConaughey — the latter of whom has also invested an undisclosed amount in the company.

Last year, Sir David Attenborough issued a strongly-worded statement saying he was “profoundly disturbed” that AI was being used to have him say pretty much anything.

Image credit: Silver Screen Collection/Getty Images

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Ex-PlayStation Boss Defends PC Strategy as Sony Pivots Away from Multiplatform Releases

Shawn Layden, the former President and CEO of Sony Interactive Entertainment of America, has explained why PlayStation’s PC strategy made sense.

When speaking with the YouTube channel PSI, Layden was asked about the value of exclusives. The former executive explained that it makes sense to have games that you can only get on PlayStation, but it also makes sense to make them available to other audiences later. Layden noted that the expansion into PC was not to make money, but to grow their IPs beyond those that are already embedded in the PlayStation ecosystem.

Particularly, that importance grew when PlayStation began making plans to adapt its IPs into films and TV shows, as it meant that they needed to expand their reach.

Marvel’s Wolverine Screenshots June 2026

“The PC thing, in my mind at the time, was not to make money, frankly,” said Layden. “It was, ‘How do I get my intellectual property in front of people who wouldn’t normally see it? How do I get the world of Horizon to be seen by people who aren’t in the PlayStation world?’ Not necessarily because they’re going to buy a PlayStation, I wasn’t that crazy. But as we take our [IP] across other media, whether it’s into film, television, comic books, or whatever… you need to have as many eyeballs that are aware of this character [and] this story.

“Just concentrating on the PlayStation population and only telling them these stories, and then try to bring it off that platform into other media, that’s going to be a hell of a jump.”

Layden went on to note that those who were buying these games on PC likely weren’t going to buy a PS5 regardless, as the time between the console version and the PC port meant that anyone who really wanted the game would’ve bought a console for it.

God Of War Laufey Reveal

“If someone’s waiting 18 months for something to come on PC, we didn’t lose a sale to them. They weren’t going to buy the hardware anyway.” Layden said.

The news comes following reports that PlayStation is abandoning PC as a platform for its narrative-driven single-player games. That means Marvel’s Wolverine, Intergalactic, and God of War Laufey will not come to PC in the future. Instead, the company plans to use the platform for live-service titles, and that’s about it. There’s no case-by-case play here.

PlayStation reportedly felt that the PC versions of its games were inconsistent and weren’t driving enough revenue, making them somewhat redundant for the brand going forward. Although the PC releases weren’t topping any sales charts, they were indeed reaching people that otherwise may not have played these games, like Layden said. However, in a time where companies are looking to cut costs wherever they can, it may not have been an expense that PlayStation could continue to spare.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Reacher Season 4 Returns in August, Neagley Spin-Off Lands the Following Month

Prime Video has confirmed the premiere dates for both Reacher Season 4 and its upcoming Reacher spin-off, Neagley.

Reacher Season Four will return on Wednesday, August 12, 2026. As with previous seasons, it will launch with the first three episodes and be followed with a new episode weekly. New episodes will run until Wednesday, September 16. In conjunction with the Reacher Season 4 finale, all eight episodes of Neagley will also hit Prime on September 16.

Prime released a handful of stills from Neagley, as well as a brief outline of the story. For those who may have forgotten – or those yet to tune into Reacher – ex-military police officer Frances Neagley is a private investigator in Chicago, and the former protégé of Jack Reacher during their time in the Army’s 110th Special Investigations Unit.

Maria Sten as Neagley.

Her spin-off series will see her digging into a dangerous case involving a friend from her past who has been killed in a suspicious accident. Maria Sten returns as Frances Neagley, alongside Greyston Holt as Detective Hudson Riley, Adeline Rudolph as Renee Birdwhistle, Jasper Jones as Keno, Matthew Del Negro as Pierce Woodrow, and Damon Herriman as Lawrence Cole. Alan Ritchson will guest star as Reacher. The Neagley series is not based on any specific Reacher novel, so fans of the books needn’t be concerned about Reacher himself having any of his stories snatched out from beneath him.

Alan Ritchson will guest star as Reacher in the spin-off.

Prime Video recently confirmed its hit action-drama has been renewed for a fifth season already. The third season of Reacher reached 54.6 million viewers globally during its first 19 days on the service, which Prime notes makes it the most-watched season on the service since the first season of Fallout over the same timespan.

It’s not known what book Reacher Season 5 will be based on, but Season 4 is based on the 13th novel in the series, Gone Tomorrow – which was published in 2009.

For his part, Ritchson himself also has a new film – Motor City, alongside Shailene Woodley, Pablo Schreiber, and Ben Foster – arriving in cinemas in July.

Luke is a Senior Editor on the SBFPLAY reviews team. You can track him down on Bluesky @mrlukereilly to ask him things about stuff.

Hideo Kojima’s Xbox Horror Game, OD, Is Safe From Microsoft ‘Reset’ Plan and Remains in the Works

Hideo Kojima’s OD is set to survive Microsoft’s big “reset” of the Xbox business, SBFPLAY understands.

A source familiar with Microsoft’s plans indicated Kojima’s upcoming horror game remains in the works at Kojima Productions and with Xbox publishing, even as Microsoft reassesses its video game investments.

007 First Light developer IO Interactive today announced layoffs after the publisher of its upcoming fantasy game pulled the plug. SBFPLAY understands this game was being funded by Xbox.

Microsoft told Bloomberg it is “taking a fresh look at where we invest so we’re focusing on our highest priorities.”

“We’re not reducing our overall investment in games. We expect to invest about the same in content as we did last year. What’s changing is where we’re investing and the kinds of projects we’re backing.”

Five internal Xbox studios are reportedly at risk from closure as part of the reset: Marvels’ Blade developer Arkane Lyon, Psychonauts developer Double Fine, Hellblade developer Ninja Theory, South of Midnight developer Compulsion, and State of Decay 3 developer Undead Labs. Studio leadership is said to be working to secure their future, either via a studio selloff or management buyout that would see the subsidiaries spun off.

OD, published by Xbox Game Studios in collaboration with Get Out director Jordan Peele, is still shrouded in mystery, but we do know something of what to expect. The original plan was for the game to feature three main actors: Sophia Lillis, Hunter Schafer, and the late Udo Kier. Kier died in November aged 81, and while Kojima Productions had completed a scan of the legendary actor, it didn’t manage a shoot in time.

Every Video Game Franchise Xbox Owns After Acquiring Activision Blizzard

“I wanted to do something new. I wanted to do something different,” Kojima recently told Entertainment Weekly. “I had this OD concept since I was working on DS1 [Death Stranding] and I was working on it just by myself. I can’t reveal much detail, but it’s something that no one has ever seen before. A new game system.”

“I pitched to many people, to the big companies, and also to the up-and-coming companies. All of them said the same thing,” Kojima continued. “They said that I’m crazy, and that they really don’t understand the concept — that they will not be able to do it.”

Former Xbox boss Phil Spencer did understand the concept, however, and signed the game. Spencer was replaced at the top of Microsoft’s gaming business earlier this year by Asha Sharma, who told EW she’s just as keen on it as her predecessor.

“I’ve got great artists and creatives that can pick a great game better than I can, and so I want to give it space, but most importantly, I think it just represents another kind of game,” Sharma said.

A game like OD tells Sharma that Xbox has “not reached the boundary of games,” Sharma continued, “and, therefore, we need to make sure our platform is sufficiently open so more creators and developers can come on board and be successful, because the next Kojima is yet to be known.”

Photo by Rosdiana Ciaravolo/Getty Images.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Card Shop Shuts Down Yu-Gi-Oh Tournaments Because of Smelly Players

An Oregon card shop has halted its Yu-Gi-Oh tournaments for a week after receiving multiple complaints and bad reviews due to smelly players.

Chronos Games & Gifts, an independently-owned game store in Beaverton, Oregon, is going viral for taking a hard stance against poor hygiene.

In a statement posted in its public Discord channel, the shop confirmed that it is suspending its Yu-Gi-Oh tournaments for a week, placing the blame on stinky duellists.

“We have had issues with people mistreating the restrooms and multiple bad reviews because of poor hygiene. As a reminder, we encourage players to follow Konami guidelines and report anyone who does not,” its statement reads.

Konami famously implemented official tournament rules specifically targeting player hygiene in 2019, saying that all persons attending a tournament — not just players — must be “clean and wear clean clothing,” or risk being “penalized.”

“You are expected to be clean when you enter a tournament,” the official Yu-Gi-Oh Tournament Guide says. “Neglecting to wash or put on clean clothes contributes to an unpleasant atmosphere at the event, as the tournament can be crowded and the day can be long.

“Persons who neglect self-care to the point that they are negatively impacting the tournament may be asked to correct the issue to continue in the event.”

Screens – Yu-Gi-Oh! MASTER DUEL

At the time, this policy was welcomed among players, and Chronos Games & Gifts is similarly receiving praise from local attendees for keeping its venue stench-free.

They aren’t the only organization that’s done this; in 2025, the Nebraska Pokemon Organized Play Facebook page published a statement reminding players to keep themselves clean, as laid out in the official Play! Pokemon Tournament Rules Handbook, which also includes a section detailing requirements for player hygiene.

“Individuals are also required to maintain a socially acceptable level of hygiene during the event,” the Handbook says. “Depending on the attire or level of hygiene, the Tournament Organizer may allow for a tournament participant to change or update their personal hygiene and attire and return to the venue.

“If a participant refuses to comply with tournament staff’s requests, this is grounds for removal from the tournament and venue, and the participant must relinquish their badge to tournament staff.”

Roy Rochlin/Getty Images for ReedPop

Virginia (she/her) is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Christopher Nolan’s The Odyssey Gets Official Multiplayer Roblox Tie-In Game

Christopher Nolan’s The Odyssey now has an official Roblox tie-in game, which you can play right now.

If you want to experience Odysseus’ journey yourself, fire up Roblox right now. The new free-to-play game, known as The Odyssey: Defy the Gods, allows you to sail across the ocean with friends while scavenging for supplies and solving puzzles. The game claims to have a “new ocean” with every voyage, suggesting it may be procedrually generated or have dynamic elements to it. There are storms and whirpools that will make your journey more challenging, as well.

The Roblox companion game is for ages 18 or older, due to violence and “fear,” according to the game’s official rating. This likely won’t come as a major surprise given The Odyssey is an R-rated film, but nevertheless, it’s a fun way to build some excitement for one of the biggest films of the summer.

Previously, films like Black Adam and the live-action remake of How to Train Your Dragon have used UGC Roblox games to help market their theatrical releases. UGC seems to be a big part of Hollywood’s marketing strategy and has even extended to other games like Fortnite.

As for The Odyssey, the film is just a few weeks away. The highly anticipated film is Christopher Nolan’s first movie since he swept at the Oscars in 2023 for Oppenheimer. It’s believed he essentially got a blank check to adapt Homer’s epic and has spared no expense in bringing it all to life. The nearly three hour long film boasts a star-studded cast, including Matt Damon, Tom Holland, Robert Pattinson, Zendaya, Anne Hathaway, Jon Bernthal, and many, many others.

Tickets for The Odyssey are currently on sale, but if you want to check it out in 70MM IMAX, it might be a bit tricky. Tickets for the film’s intended format sold out pretty quickly, but IMAX has been extending showings through August to ensure more people will have the opportunity to see it the way Nolan intended.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Hyperkin’s Drakong Launches $35 Challenger Controller for Xbox and PC

Hyperkin’s young sub-brand Drakong is putting out a new Xbox and PC controller, called The Challenger, that’s planted firmly in budget territory at just $35. And, somehow, it’s packed with pro controller creature comforts that could make it a real contender in a crowded field of great controllers.

The Challenger looks and sounds like a pretty standard, pro-style controller. It’s got textured grips and hall effects sticks, two programmable back buttons, and even haptic feedback, hall effects analog triggers. It even has a 3.5mm headphone jack on its bottom edge. It ships with a 10-foot USB-C cable, as well.

Drakong The Challenger Xbox Controller

So what corners did Drakong cut? Well, the obvious one is in the fact that this is a wired-only controller. I’d be curious to see how it feels in-hand, too. Can you feel the seams on your palms? Are the buttons clicky in all the wrong ways? Is the traditional four-way d-pad absolute trash?

That’s all impossible to know until a reviewer you trust gets their hands on it, or you take the plunge yourself. Thankfully, at $35, it won’t set you back too far. The Challenger is available to order today, at Amazon and Drakong says shipments will start going out on July 9th.

Wes is a freelance writer (Freelance Wes, they call him) who has covered technology, gaming, and entertainment steadily since 2020 at Gizmodo, Tom’s Hardware, Hardcore Gamer, and most recently, The Verge. Inside of him there are two wolves: one that thinks it wouldn’t be so bad to start collecting game consoles again, and the other who also thinks this, but more strongly.

IO Interactive Announces Layoffs After Publisher Pulls the Plug on Fantasy Game

007 First Light and Hitman developer IO Interactive has announced layoffs after an unexpected setback revolving around its upcoming fantasy game, which was reportedly set to be published by Xbox.

The Danish developer took to social media to confirm that a relationship with an “external partner” that was working on the studio’s upcoming fantasy game had ended. As a result, IO Interactive is laying off an unconfirmed number of staff, but it insisted it remained committed to supporting those who are impacted.

It is believed that these layoffs are unrelated to the successful release of 007 First Light, which IOI celebrated in the same post.

Every Video Game Franchise Xbox Owns After Acquiring Activision Blizzard

Here’s IO’s statement in full:

Dear gaming community,For a good while, it has been all positive news from IO Interactive. We remain humbled and honored by the response to our latest outing with a young, unproven Bond. A bold new story and a take on one of the most famous characters in entertainment, which the world has embraced with love.However, today we have to share some more downbeat news. A relationship with an external partner on our own IP, Project Fantasy, has come to an end. This means we have to adapt to this new reality and its short-term consequences, including staffing decisions, which is what is happening as we write this update, and we are fully committed to supporting those affected through this challenging transition.Project Fantasy is a game, a world, and an IP that we absolutely love and remain 100% committed to, now and in the future. This wonderful universe will see the light of day.

Although IO Interactive did not explicitly name the external partner, Project Fantasy was reportedly set to be published by Xbox. According to a leaked document from the FTC vs. Microsoft trial in 2023, Microsoft had the game (then known as Project Dragon) listed as an exclusive for Xbox and PC. It also stated that the title would be published by Xbox Game Studios.

The IOI news also comes ahead what are expected to be significant restructuring at Xbox. Microsoft is planning a “reset” for the Xbox brand, which will reportedly include studio closures, game cancellations, and mass layoffs. Unionized Xbox employees are attempting to push back against the reset and cement protections for staff, but it remains to be seen what will happen.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

GTA 6 Developers Ask Rockstar for Official Union Recognition

Rockstar developers have applied for voluntary recognition of the IWGB Game Workers Union in a bid to make the Grand Theft Auto 6 developer the second UK games studio with a recognized union.

If recognized, the union would give its members additional protections and rights via a formal structure for collective bargaining on issues including pay transparency, flexible working, and excessive overtime (crunch), the IWGB said in a statement issued today. Disco Elysium developer ZA/UM is currently the only UK studio with formal union recognition.

The IWGB claims to represent a “significant portion” of the Rockstar workforce across its offices in Edinburgh, Dundee, Lincoln, Leeds, and London, and that its existence has contributed to “unprecedented” average pay rises and financial incentives for crunch for the first time ever.

Rockstar North and Take-Two Office Protest Photos Nov 2025

Josh Walter, a senior QA tester at Rockstar Lincoln, said: “Rockstar leads the industry in the games we create. We believe it can also lead the industry in how it treats the people who make them. There is so much that is special about the studio and the work we put out. We want to protect that. When people are confronted with pay disparities, excessive overtime or a lack of flexibility in arrangements, they are not in the best position to do their best work. We want to sit down with management and build a future where both the games and the conditions of the people who make them are as strong as possible.”

Shanti Easton-Steel, production co-ordinator at Rockstar North, added: “This is a landmark moment for the Rockstar Game Workers Union, and hopefully for the industry as a whole. It’s thanks to the hard work of so many of our members — both those currently with us and those who were fired last October — that we are now in a strong enough position to pursue formal recognition. Whilst it’s painful that our dismissed colleagues are not here to share this milestone moment, the best way we can honour their contribution now is by succeeding in the fight they helped us to start, and making them proud to have been a part of it.

“This recognition bid only comes after years of effort by our members and could not have happened without the support of many of our non-member colleagues too. We hope lots more people will now feel comfortable to join the union, but even for those that don’t, we ask that they remain supportive of the cause as we move forward with momentum towards our key objectives of pay transparency, fairer crunch practices and better flexible working arrangements.”

A spokesperson from Rockstar Games issued SBFPLAY the following statement: “We strive to make the best games possible by giving our talented teams world-class work environments and ongoing career opportunities. We have fostered a culture which is focused on teamwork, excellence, and kindness, and where we support and reward the team across all levels of the business through competitive compensation and benefits policies. We are proud that as a result, our employee retention is well above the industry standard.

“We have received a request from a union seeking to discuss voluntary recognition. We value an open and constructive dialogue with all stakeholders and will arrange to meet.”

The recognition application comes amid an ongoing legal dispute over what the IWGB claims was union busting by Rockstar. Rockstar has insisted the employees it fired late last year were dismissed because they leaked game features for upcoming and unannounced titles in Discord, not because they were trying to unionize. 34 members of staff at Rockstar were dismissed, 31 in the UK and three in Canada, sparking protests outside the office of GTA 6 developer Rockstar North in Edinburgh, Scotland, and outside parent company Take-Two’s office in London.

The IWGB is challenging the dismissals through a Glasgow employment tribunal, which in January rejected an application for interim relief filed on behalf of the fired developers.

“We welcome the decision, which is consistent with Rockstar’s position throughout,” a Rockstar Games spokesperson told SBFPLAY at the time. “We regret that we were put in a position where dismissals were necessary, but we stand by our course of action as supported by the outcome of this hearing.”

A final hearing is scheduled to begin in September 2026, where it will be decided whether workers were unlawfully fired for trade union activity.

This all comes ahead of the launch of GTA 6 in November, which is expected to be the biggest entertainment launch of all time. The IWGB said the opening of preorders last week reportedly generated $3 billion.

“Many people assumed that Rockstar dismissing 31 union members last year would weaken organising at the company — but in fact the union is now stronger than ever,” Alex Marshall, President of the IWGB Union, said.

“Over the last four years, workers have built a significant presence across Rockstar’s sites, and now represent a large proportion of the workforce. Applying for union recognition is the next step in strengthening their presence in the workplace. Rockstar has maintained that it respects workers’ trade union rights. This is now an opportunity for it to demonstrate that in practice.

“GTA 6 has reportedly already generated more than $3 billion in preorder sales. Rockstar bosses can easily afford to sit around the table with the people whose hard work created these games, and give them a meaningful voice in their workplace.”

Rockstar can refuse to acknowledge the union, which would then open the door to the IWGB submitting its application for statutory recognition from the Department for Business and Trade’s Central Arbitration Committee (CAC). But could its members go on strike? The IWGB told SBFPLAY “members will decide on the organising strategy they use to secure” recognition.

Photo by Lesley Martin/PA Images via Getty Images.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

New Nintendo Switch 2 Screen Reportedly Surfaces as Fans Hope for Ghosting Issue Fix — But No, This Isn’t the OLED Upgrade We’ve Been Waiting For

Nintendo looks set to update the Switch 2’s screen, with fans hoping this new display alleviates the console’s so-called “ghosting” issues.

Rather than your Switch 2 packing up and never communicating with you again, “ghosting” here refers to image remnants briefly left behind on the console’s display, causing a motion blur-like effect. It’s an issue reported by some fans since Nintendo’s newest console launched last year.

Officially, Nintendo is yet to announce any update to the Switch 2’s LCD display, though photos of a redesigned screen apparently manufactured by tech company Sharp have now popped up online. In a post on Bluesky, Nintendo Patents Watch states that the new panel initially appeared on a Chinese resale site.

Nintendo Switch 2 System and Accessories Gallery

Details suggest this display is the same 7.9″ size as the Switch 2 launch model, and once again a 1080p-capable LCD screen. So, to be clear, this isn’t the eagerly-anticipated OLED upgrade some fans believe is still coming in future.

Nintendo raised eyebrows when it failed to go with an OLED display like the one in the most recent Switch 1 model for Switch 2, though defended its decision by pointing to its choice of LCD screen, which it said was of higher quality than the LCD in Switch 1. (Opting for LCD over OLED will also have kept component costs down, at a time that console prices are already skyrocketing.)

As Nintendo Patents Watch cautions, it’s currently unclear when Switch 2 units with the new screen incorporated will hit shop shelves, or how much of a difference this new display will make. It also remains to be seen whether Nintendo will telegraph this change publicly or make the change silently. Historically, console manufacturers have often swapped out internal components with little fanfare unless there’s a significant change to the console’s overall form factor, performance or price.

One possibility here is that this change is being made alongside other alterations to the Switch 2 design required by EU legislation that demands consumers have access to the console’s internal battery to enable self-replacement.

The Nintendo Switch 2 just ended its first 12 months on sale as the second fastest-selling hardware in U.S. history, behind only Nintendo’s own Game Boy Advance. Globally, Nintendo has said Switch 2 is its fastest-selling hardware ever, boosted by particularly strong sales in the company’s homeland of Japan. However, it remains to be seen how the console will fare over the coming year as Nintendo has announced price rises for Switch 2 consoles set to kick in on September 1 in the U.S. and Europe, blaming “changes in market conditions.”

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Bananya and Crunchyroll Are Celebrating 10 Years With Bananya Buddies Mobile Game and Anime Special

Bananya and Crunchyroll are celebrating the franchise’s 10th anniversary by releasing a new mobile cat-collecting game this summer called Bananya Buddies and an anime special that will premiere at Anime Expo on July 4 before streaming on Crunchyroll on July 9.

Bananya Buddies is being published by Crunchyroll and TMS and will arrive exclusively on Crunchyroll Game Vault. In fact, this will be the first original game to appear on Crunchyroll Game Vault, and it comes from independent studio The MIX.

This game is designed to “capture all the magic of the series in a cute, cozy package where fans can play mini-games, earn rewards, and deck out the ultimate Bananya hangout pad.” The action takes place on Bananya Planet, and the goal will be to go on shopping sprees, boost your Bananyas’ Buddy Points to get more rewards, reach Best Buddies status with the kitties to earn a sleepover, get your status to Best Buddies Forever status for a special surprise, and much more.

Bananya Buddies will join nearly 100 other titles in the Crunchy Game Vault, and all of the games will be available to Crunchyroll members at the Mega and Ultimate Fan tiers. By being a member, players will also get to stream the original Bananya series, Bananya and the Curious Bunch, Bananya Around the World, and much more.

If you’re interested, you can pre-register on Google Play right now and on iOS in the near future.

As for the Bananya 10th Anniversary Anime Special, this will debut during Anime Expo on July 4, which just so happens to be exactly 10 years since the release of the first episode on July 4, 2016. As we also previously mentioned, the special will come to Crunchyroll on July 9.

“When I open my eyes, a bizarre world spreads before me. I spot strange kitties inside bananas… Bananyas, if you will,” the official description reads. “Hold on a moment, what is going on? Did I turn into a Bananya myself?! Through the forest, over the mountain, and across the land, we set out on a journey with the Bananyas in search of missing treasures.”

Bananya Buddies Screenshots and Artwork

Alongside a brand-new theme song (‘Nyanderful nyanderland (character voice : BANANYA / Yuki Kaji) by TAMAchan) to celebrate this big milestone, the special will also feature an all-star voice cast that includes SPY x Family’s Atsumi Tanezaki as Stray Banana, Zundamon’s Yuina Ito as Little Bananya, and Naruto’s Toshiyuki Morikawa as Tall Bananya.

There will be plenty of other ways to celebrate Bananya as it turns 10, and more release schedules, event announcements, and details on merch, celebratory projects, and more will be revealed in the future.

Adam Bankhurst is a writer for SBFPLAY. You can follow him on X/Twitter @AdamBankhurst, Instagram, and TikTok, and listen to his show, Talking Disney Magic.

Brand New Day Trailer Stars Messi

Lionel Messi has appeared in the latest Spider-Man: Brand New Day trailer, which sees the World Cup superstar swinging through Manhattan alongside Tom Holland.

The short trailer, released today as the World Cup’s knockout stage continues, sees one of the world’s most recognizable sporting icons join the Spider-Man: Brand New Day hype train.

As the trailer begins, Peter Parker is sat in a café chatting away on the phone when he spots someone extremely famous walk in. It’s Argentine football (not soccer!) legend Lionel Messi! After tripping over himself in excitement, Peter tells Messi he recognizes him. “Si,” says Messi. But why are you here, Messi?

Spider-Man: Brand New Day Cast and Characters: Who’s Confirmed for the MCU Sequel?

“Spider-Man,” Messi simply says, holding up his phone. The device can be seen displaying the Spidey Tracker tool developed by Peter’s former friend Ned and released publicly earlier this month, which fans can use to follow the superhero’s location. I suppose this makes sense — Messi is in the right country, after all.

Peter rushes off to get changed, quickly reappearing in his Spidey suit to satisfy Messi in his hunt for the hero. The trailer concludes with Peter then asking Messi if he likes heights (“Como?” Messi replies) and then the pair majestically swinging together through Manhattan while Messi yells like he’s voicing Super Mario.

Who’s got next?#SpiderManBrandNewDay is in theatres July 31. Get tickets now. https://t.co/Gm9mNYmuub pic.twitter.com/uiQOtcBElX

— Spider-Man Movie (@SpiderManMovie) June 30, 2026

With a month to go until Spider-Man: Brand New Day’s July 31 release in theaters, the summer blockbuster’s promotional campaign is now in full swing. While this trailer features footage that almost certainly won’t be included in the final film, we recently got a proper trailer that officially revealed the Hulk’s presence in the movie and further teased Sadie Sink’s mysterious role that looks increasingly to be an MCU version of Jean Grey.

Amid press and fan appearances, we’ve also had Holland trying his hardest not to spoil details of the MCU’s future — with mixed success. Holland flat-out revealed that one person still knew that Peter Parker was Spider-Man despite Doctor Strange’s spell. Asked if he was in Avengers: Doomsday or Secret Wars, Holland declined to answer though strongly hinted he was.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

James Bond Ex-Casting Director Shoots Down Current 007 Frontrunners Jacob Elordi and Callum Turner

James Bond’s former casting director has discounted the current crop of actors in the running to replace Daniel Craig as 007, suggesting they’re already too well known.

Frankenstein’s Jacob Elordi, Babygirl’s Harris Dickinson and Fantastic Beasts’ Callum Turner are currently seen as the most likely candidates to become the next James Bond, with auditions now finally underway.

In previous years, these auditions would be led by Debbie McWilliams, who cast Craig and his two predecessors, Pierce Brosnan and Timothy Dalton. But with McWilliams now retired and Amazon in charge of the franchise, the decision now rests elsewhere. However, speaking to The Independent, McWilliams still had thoughts on who should and shouldn’t be the next James Bond — and believes it needs to be an actor has comes “completely out of the blue.”

“It is absolutely essential that he retains a total enigma,” McWilliams said. “I don’t want to see any of [the main frontrunners] as Bond because we now know so much about them,” she added, reflecting that all have established acting careers.

The Next James Bonds Who Never Played 007

“We want to know as little about them personally as possible, because that’s what spies are,” McWilliams continued. “We don’t need to know where he goes shopping or who his parents are, or where he lives. We never want to see him at home. And a vital element of the whole thing is his job description. He’s licensed to kill, and we have to believe that he can do that. If you don’t, then you’ve lost the audience.”

When McWilliams cast Dalton and Brosnan, neither were “particularly well known,” she said. Craig, meanwhile, was just starting to find mainstream fame after starring in British gangster film Layer Cake. “Daniel had had a career in independent films and a fairly colourful romantic life beforehand, but he wasn’t a household name, and that helps enormously,” McWilliams reflected.

While Elordi, Dickinson and Turner are popular fan picks, McWilliams pointed back to the initial backlash against Craig being cast as a blond James Bond — before his debut in Casino Royale silenced most of his haters.

“He was such an unpopular choice,” McWilliams said. “Nobody supported it. Not the studio. Not the director… I have a theory that this totally spurred him on. He thought, ‘I’m going to show you bastards,’ and he did. And everybody went, ‘Oh my God, isn’t he wonderful?’ So don’t ask the people who they want, because they won’t know.”

Recent months have seen longterm favorite Idris Elba rule himself out of the running, saying it was never “realistic” that he’d win the part. You can also check out what Spider-Man star Tom Holland had to say about rumors about his potential casting last summer. James Bond 26 will be the first 007 film from Amazon MGM Studios and new producers David Heyman and Amy Pascal, who took over from Bond franchise producers Barbara Broccoli and Michael G. Wilson. Dune director Denis Villeneuve has signed on to helm the movie.

Image credit: Cindy Ord/Getty Images.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil Movie Will Follow a Regular Guy Burdened by a Sacred Mission ‘Like Frodo Going Into Mordor’

Weapons director Zach Cregger has said his Resident Evil movie will feel like “one gigantic sequence” that follows its regular guy protagonist Bryan as he undertakes a perilous journey “like Frodo going into Mordor.”

Cregger has spoken before about his take on Resident Evil deliberately avoiding the characters from Capcom’s beloved survival horror series — so don’t sit down in the theater expecting Leon S. Kennedy or Claire Redfield to turn up.

Now, Cregger has discussed the game’s main character Bryan (played by Weapons’ Austin Abrams) in more detail — and said he was created to provide an alternative to the gun-toting, combat-tested characters who often are the protagonists of Resident Evil games.

Resident Evil Movie Trailer Slideshow

“The concept here is that we’re following an idiot,” Cregger told Empire. “Not that he’s stupid, but he’s not your typical game character, with no combat skills whatsoever and completely inept at survival. Bryan is very much an everyman who happens to be burdened with this kind of sacred mission that’s going to take him into the heart of everything. It’s kind of like Frodo going into Mordor.”

While still taking place in a version of Raccoon City (although seemingly one designed not to feel like it could crossover with the games) and featuring a zombie virus created by the villainous corporation Umbrella, it’s here that many similarities will end.

Of course, video game fans will be able to spot Easter eggs — but it sounds like Cregger’s take on the franchise will be one for anyone to enjoy, whether they know their Spencers from their Ashfords, or their Crimson Heads from their red herbs.

This stance has disappointed some fans keen for a more direct adaptation, though Cregger has previously said he was uninterested in retreading ground covered by the video games (and previous movies) already. Still, Cregger sounds like he’s keen to capture the pace and action sequences from Capcom’s games, with events spiralling out of control after about five minutes.”

“It feels like one gigantic sequence,” Cregger teased. “Things pop off about five minutes in and it basically stays like that until the end. What I love about the games is that you move from set-piece to set-piece. Every location has a unique challenge. So again, I’m borrowing from the games directly in that rhythm, where you’re just running through a gauntlet.”

Cregger’s Resident Evil movie will creep into theaters September 18, 2026. Until then, you can read why the series’ unofficial loremaster is calling for disappointed fans to be patient.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

How to Watch Obsession Online in 2026

In the midst of a monstrous box office run, Obsession has suddenly become available on premium video-on-demand platforms. The digital version of the breakout horror hit, which arrives on PVOD without any preceding announcement, is now available to rent for $19.99 or purchase for $24.99.

Obsession has also become available to preorder on Blu-ray with a release date of July 14. Both the Blu-ray and the digital version of the film include extras like a behind-the-scenes featurette titled ‘Obsession Unleashed.’

Obsession Now Available on Digital Streaming, Blu-ray Up for Preorder

Obsession

1

After breaking the mysterious “One Wish Willow” to win his crush’s heart, a hopeless romantic finds himself getting exactly what he asked for but soon discovers that some desires come at a dark, sinister price.

Obsession’s digital release was originally slated for June 2, which would have given the film just two weeks of theater exclusivity. Meanwhile, the film was seeing not only a massive box office turnout – it easily made back its budget in just its opening weekend – that turnout was steadily increasing every week.

It wasn’t too surprising, then, when the digital release was delayed. After more than two months in theaters, Obsession has grossed over $370 million and taken the crown as Focus Features’ highest-grossing movie. It recently made its way into the top 20 highest-grossing horror movies of all time. Yes, of all time.

Obsession (4K Ultra HD + Blu-ray + Digital)

0

Reddit forums have popped up predicting a digital release pretty much every week since that delay, but the time has finally come. This particular release date was already theorized over this past weekend based on a ’When to Stream’ calendar update that was referenced in a Forbes article.

The surprise move to digital doesn’t mean the film is out of theaters just yet, as a number of showtimes are still available across most popular theater chains through the next week. It does, however, suggest that the box office monster is winding down its theatrical presence.

From Matt Donato’s review of Obsession for SBFPLAY:

“Thanks to fantastic turns by Michael Johnston and Inde Navarrette, you’ll be addicted to this sour Valentine’s Day counterprogramming. The film plays on familiar romance and monkey’s paw tropes, turning a wish against the wishee, but Curry Barker’s execution takes things to the next level.”

Obsession, directed by Curry Barker, actually premiered at the Toronto International Film Festival in late 2025. We had the slightest hint about how big of an impact the movie would make upon its wide release: when SBFPLAY first unveiled a clip which happened to be part of the now internet famous dinner date scene, it quickly became one of the biggest posts on any of our social media platforms that day.

Still, few could realistically anticipate the film’s record-breaking (and still ongoing) success.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at SBFPLAY who, when she isn’t following streaming news, spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Concern for State of Decay 3 and Undead Labs as Xbox Layoffs Reportedly Loom

There is fresh concern for State of Decay 3 and its developer Undead Labs this morning, after reports overnight suggested both are under threat of closure as part of impending layoffs at Xbox.

Gamesbeat reported on work being done behind the scenes to find a buyer for Undead Labs, which is based in Seattle, Washington — a report that was backed up by Windows Central. If a buyer can’t be found, the reports indicate, Microsoft may cancel State of Decay 3.

Undead Labs is one of a number of Microsoft-owned studios reportedly fighting to prevent a closure order. Psychonauts developer Double Fine, South of Midnight developer Compulsion, and Hellblade developer Ninja Theory are also said to be in talks with Microsoft over potentially buying themselves out. Hundreds of jobs are at risk either way, not just at these studios, but across Microsoft’s gaming business, which includes Bethesda and Activision Blizzard studios and publishing operations.

State of Decay 3, like Ninja Theory’s Senua, was at Microsoft’s Xbox Games Showcase earlier this month. According to Game File, Microsoft allegedly planned to close or spin off Ninja Theory when it revealed Senua at the showcase event, and it did so thinking that “the promise of a newly announced game would help draw investor interest in the studio.” Game File’s Stephen Totilo suggests Ninja Theory management may not have even been aware of Microsoft’s plan.

State of Decay 3’s Xbox Games Showcase announcement brought confirmation of a PlayStation 5 version and a release window in 2027, but there was no firm release window, disappointing some fans. This July marks six years since the third entry in the zombie survival franchise was announced, and while we are now seeing plenty of gameplay footage emerge from playtests (you can still put your name down to be added to the waiting list), State of Decay 3 will not be released this year. The latest reports, however, suggest it could never be released at all.

Concern for Xbox kicked off with Xbox CEO Asha Sharma’s “reset” memo, which most took as a signal that Microsoft planned big layoffs and studio closures. Microsoft published the memo just days after Xbox Games Showcase — which had gone down well with core Xbox fans. In it Sharma revealed that Microsoft’s gaming business has a 3% accountability margin (assumed to mean profit margin), which is down year-on-year. “Excluding Activision Blizzard King, over the past five years, we have spent over $20 billion on ongoing investments in our content, platform, and hardware subsidy, but our annual revenue has declined nearly half a billion during that time. Going forward, this cannot continue,” Sharma said.

One analyst told SBFPLAY “the studios most exposed are brilliant for prestige and rotten for the spreadsheet.” Concern started to grow for the likes of Compulsion, Double Fine, and Ninja Theory, neither of which have seen significant commercial success in recent years.

Every Video Game Franchise Xbox Owns After Acquiring Activision Blizzard

Reports then emerged that Microsoft had started to take action. The Game Business revealed that Xbox Game Studios boss Craig Duncan had stepped down, and news of various Microsoft studios potentially closing down was not far behind. Bloomberg’s Jason Schreier has warned of a “bloodbath” at Xbox. SBFPLAY has asked Microsoft for comment specifically on the studio closure reports but it is yet to respond.

Yesterday, unionized Xbox workers called for immediate bargaining following the layoff reports, hosting a press conference to say “we’re done paying for executives’ failures.” A Microsoft spokesperson told SBFPLAY it will continue to negotiate with the CWA to reach agreements across Xbox.

“We respect the right of our team members to make their voices heard,” the spokesperson said. “We have a long track record of good faith partnership with labor organizations, as demonstrated by the several finalized bargaining agreements our teams have reached with the CWA and our labor principles. We are continuing to negotiate in good faith with the CWA to reach agreements across Xbox.”

Xbox Games Series Tier List

Xbox Games Series Tier List

Microsoft cut an eye-watering 9,000 staff in July 2025 in a company-wide round of layoffs that also hit gaming. A number of titles were canceled as part of those cuts, including Rare’s Everwild, and studios shut down, such as Perfect Dark developer The Initiative. Staff who remain at Xbox are now bracing themselves for a potential repeat situation just a year later.

A recent report claimed Sharma is now speeding up development on new The Elder Scrolls, Fallout, and Halo games as she prepares to hit the reset button. Details on the potential shakeup come from The Information (via Reuters), whose sources indicated that Microsoft hadn’t ruled out turning the Xbox brand into a wholly-owned subsidiary. It’s said the move could result in Xbox being operated as a joint venture with other partners or even potentially sold.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Resident Evil 2 Director Jokingly Pitches Sequel With Retired Leon — And It Sounds Very Different to Resident Evil Requiem

Legendary game director Hideki Kamiya has described his vision for a cosy Resident Evil sequel starring Leon S. Kennedy in his retirement, in what would be a bold new direction for the survival horror franchise.

Kamiya, who directed Leon’s introduction to the series in Resident Evil 2, recently made headlines when he was filmed jokingly suggesting that there should be a “non-scary mode” for Resident Evil Requiem, where he could just enjoy the series’ puzzles.

Now, Kamiya appears to have thought more about this idea — as he has pitched a distinctly non-scary sounding Resident Evil sequel on social media. Responding to a fan who asked if Kamiya could one day develop a new Resident Evil game that tied up the storylines of Leon and Claire Redfield, Kamiya suggested a concept that saw Leon enjoying his latter years with no zombies in sight.

Resident Evil Requiem – Leon Gameplay

Rather than harpooning mutant crocodiles, Leon would now spend his time quietly fishing for his dinner. Rather than finding Regenerators in the freezer, he would now fix home appliances for his elderly neighbours. And as for zombie canines? The only dog he’d see would be his loyal pet hound.

“If I made it, it’d turn into a game where retired Leon goes fishing in the countryside,” Kamiya said of his cozy sequel idea, via a post on X/Twitter.

“Forages for wild veggies, bakes bread, walks the dog, tends a home garden, drives 50 km to the general store for supplies, invites old buddies over for a barbecue, fixes the neighbor grandma’s oven at her request, sells homemade lemonade at the local festival… but that’d be cool, right…?”

I for one would absolutely play that game, but sadly, it’s unlikely this is actually what’s in store for Leon just yet. Resident Evil Requiem is still due to receive a big story expansion at some point in the future, and fans have a wishlist of things they’d like to see (Ada! Chris! A marriage reveal!) that do not include picking veggies. Still, who knows what Capcom is actually cooking up. And of course, all of this is separate to the recent reveal of Resident Evil: Veronica, which is set to launch at some point in 2027.

If you’re still negotating Requiem’s scarier moments, SBFPLAY’s Resident Evil: Requiem guide will help you every step of the way through RE9. Take note of these key tips and tricks to stay safe, and focus on finding these important items early. Plus, our comprehensive walkthrough will make sure you don’t miss a single Bobblehead or file as you try to survive from the Rhodes Hill Chronic Care Center all the way to Raccoon City.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Resurrection Season 2 Is Bringing Back a Dead Villain

Spoilers for Dexter: Resurrection Season 1 are featured in this article.

Dexter: Resurrection Season 2 will bring back one of Dexter’s foes, much to the surprise of fans.

In the first season of Dexter: Resurrection, the titular serial killer embeded himself in a secret society of other murderous fiends, all hosted by a wealthy true crime obsessive known as Leon Prater. One by one, Dexter picked them off – but there were two that he didn’t actually kill himself. One is Al, a wholesome family man with a dark side who managed to flee back home to the Midwest near the end of the season. The other is Mia, played by Krysten Ritter, who will return in Season 2 per a new report from Deadline.

Dexter believed he could have a Bonnie and Clyde-esque relationship with Mia where the two take down evil doers together, but he quickly realized she doesn’t share his code. Dexter ultimately framed Mia for the murder of a man killed by his son, Harrison, and sent her off to prison. In prison, Prater’s bodyguard, Charley, paid off a guard to kill Mia and make it look like a suicide. So, with all of that said, it may come as a shock to learn that Krysten Ritter will return in Dexter: Resurrection Season 2.

Deadline reported the news, but noted that it isn’t aware of who Ritter will play. It would be surprising if she played anyone other than Mia, given they already did the twist of a killer with a secret twin last season, but nothing is off the table. Some fans previously theorized that Charley had paid a guard to make it look like Mia was dead but, instead, it was a ruse to break her out of prison. It’s unclear if that’s where things are going, though.

What’s more likely is that Mia is featured in a flashback, or as one of the many ghosts that haunt Dexter. The show frequently sees Dexter communicating with deceased friends and foes as an extension of his conscious. Whether or not someone like Mia really made enough of an impact to be featured like that remains to be seen. Uma Thurman is expected to return as Charley this season, so perhaps Mia’s re-appearance will be connected to her.

Dexter: Resurrection Season 2 is expected to be pretty massive, with Brian Cox playing the New York Ripper – an elderly serial killer who torments the families of his victims. He will be joined by Dan Stevens, who is playing the Five Borough Killer, as well as Kane Hodder and Chris Jericho, who are both expected to play victims of Dexter.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Fighting Souls Blade, Deadpool, and Loki Reveal Trailer Is Packed With Easter Eggs

Marvel Tōkon: Fighting Souls has revealed the final three playable characters rounding out its roster, and there are a number of fan-favorites in there as well as a quick look at a PlayStation icon.

The fifth team in Arc System Works’ tag fighting game is called Samurai Outriders, and it includes the previously announced Ghost Rider and three new playable characters: Blade, Deadpool, and Loki.

The look at Deadpool, voiced by Nolan North, is particularly fun, as it includes a number of Easter eggs. We see Deadpool perform his own version of ‘Toasty!’ from Mortal Kombat, do Johnny Cage’s famous Ball Buster move, perform the Jack-O’-Pose from Arc System Works’ own Guilty Gear series, and there’s even a fun nod to the fan expectation that the team would be called Midnight Sons.

But my favorite moment in the trailer is a true blink-and-you’ll-miss-it look at Polygon Man of PlayStation fame. At the 1:43 mark, Deadpool attacks with what he calls “random bulls**t go!” and as part of that he repeatedly hits his opponent with the geometric head that is Polygon Man.

Polygon Man is a giant purple floating face made of geometric shapes who served as the original marketing character and intended mascot for Sony’s PlayStation brand in North America in 1995 before being famously scrapped, and later resurfaced as the main antagonist and final boss in the 2012 crossover fighting game PlayStation All-Stars Battle Royale. So, perhaps we can say PlayStation All-Stars Battle Royale, which includes Dante from Devil May Cry, shares a universe with Marvel Tōkon: Fighting Souls? Sure, why not?

Polygon Man confirmed for Marvel Tokon!

It’s a really fun addition for Marvel Tōkon: Fighting Souls, which is a PlayStation-published game set for PlayStation 5 and PC on August 6, 2026. As part of today’s reveal, Sony also announced that an open beta is set for PS5 and PC 24-26 July, which will let everyone try the game before launch.

I’m particularly excited by the addition of Deadpool, not just because it’s a welcome return to the character for Nolan North, but because I’m looking forward to all the character specific banter. We hear some of that in the trailer, when Deadpool goes up against Wolverine, for example. And of course you can expect Deadpool to break the fourth wall.

Be sure to check out SBFPLAY’s interview with Arc System Works straight from the Evo fighting game tournament to find out more.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

New Vegas Director Josh Sawyer Gives His Thumbs Up to Amazon’s Fallout TV Show

Fallout: New Vegas director Josh Sawyer has given Amazon’s Fallout show the thumbs up, saying it’s one of the best video game adaptations ever seen on film or television.

Fallout Season 2 is set in New Vegas, which was the setting and title of Obsidian’s much-loved 2010 entry, Fallout: New Vegas. Sawyer was director and designer on that game, so he’s a great person to ask about Amazon’s adaptation. And that’s exactly what The 41st Precinct did in a new video interview about Sawyer’s career.

Responding, Sawyer was very enthusiastic, even though he has a few criticisms that he’s not even sure he would classify as actual criticisms.

“I think it’s an amazing adaptation,” Sawyer began. “Like, honestly. I know that the bar is not always very high for TV or film adaptations of video games, but I think it’s one of the best that I’ve seen, certainly.

“I guess I would say that there are sort of critiques or like personal things where I would say, ‘I don’t know if I would have taken the plot in that direction,’ or, ‘I don’t know if I would have done that with that character,’ but that’s like, any writer is going to look at something and be like, ‘I don’t know if I’d do that.’ I don’t think they’re like real criticisms.

“As far as how Mr. House was handled — I didn’t write Mr. House. I didn’t create Mr. House. That was [lead writer] John Gonzalez to be clear — I love Justin Theroux and I just love him in everything, and I think he was a great Mr. House, personally. I am very interested to see where it goes.”

Fallout Season 2, Episode 1 Video Game Details – Locations

Sawyer went on to touch on complaints some Fallout fans had with the accuracy of the show as it relates to the video games, although he insisted Amazon did a great job of it.

“I did get a chance to actually see the set in Season 2,” he revealed. “I got to see the vault and I got to see Freeside [a district of New Vegas in the Mojave Wasteland]. They look like the game. They look really, really close. I mean, the layout is not exactly the same. The same thing with Novac.”

At that point, Sawyer brought up complaints from some fans about the Dinky the T-Rex statue in the town of Novac. In Fallout: New Vegas, Dinky faces away from the town to act as a sniper perch. In the Fallout show, however, Amazon had it rotated 180 degrees to face towards the motel. While this change was made so protagonist Lucy could appear as a sniper and shoot enemies outside the motel in Season 2, Episode 1, some Fallout fans didn’t like that Dinky was, as they put it, facing the wrong way.

Fallout Season 2, Episode 1 Video Game Details – Items and Iconography

Sawyer, though, understood the change and said he wasn’t bothered by it, although he admitted he might have incurred the wrath of Fallout fans for saying so.

“I remember people were really upset that Dinky has turned around, and I’m like, personally… I get why people get upset about that, but also the scene wouldn’t work at all because it’s about Lucy firing into the thing or whatever.

“So I understand why they did it. I wasn’t personally really bent out of shape about it. Maybe people will say I’m a traitor to Fallout now or something! I thought it was a good representation of a lot of the iconic stuff that you see in it. I am very interested in where it’s going to go. I think it’s probably one of the best adaptations of a video game franchise I’ve seen to TV or film. And I’m looking forward to the next season.”

Dinky is facing the “wrong” way in the Fallout TV show, but there is a good reason for it. Image credit: Prime Video.

“What’s interesting though is the plot is like, yes, New Vegas was there, but it wasn’t about the plot of New Vegas,” Sawyer continued, as thoughts turn to Season 3. “It’s their own plot that they’re charting. Location-wise, I don’t know, but it’s clear that they have their own specific story that they’re telling through all of these areas.”

Warning! Spoilers for Fallout Season 2 finale follow…

Interestingly, the ending of Fallout Season 2 sets up Colorado as the location for Season 3, with The Ghoul, played by Walton Goggins, already on his way. The snowy peaks of post-apocalyptic Colorado have yet to be explored by the mainline Fallout video games, but it was the setting of a canceled version of Fallout 3, codenamed “Van Buren,” which Sawyer worked on as lead technical designer back at Black Isle Studios.

As a result, everything Season 3 brings to the table will feel brand new to Fallout fans, and we can expect a significant expansion of the Fallout canon. The Fallout TV show is set after all the games, but are within the Fallout timeline and are canon. So everything we see in the show continues the overarching Fallout storyline.

Bethesda chief Todd Howard recently said pre-production was underway on Season 3, which starts shooting this month in Los Angeles. Amazon has announced a number of actors joining the cast for Season 3, including Manny Jacinto from Star Wars show The Acolyte, Thomasin McKenzie from Jojo Rabbit, Emily Mortimer from The Newsroom, and Breaking Bad star Aaron Paul. Howard has described Paul as “a Fallout fan from way back.”

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Netflix Alice in Borderland Gets Japan Theme Park Attraction Where Guests Wear ‘Explosive’ Collars

A theme park in Japan is getting an escape room experience in which participants will wear a “bomb collar” that gives a real electric shock.

As spotted by Dexerto, Alice in Borderland: Immersive Death Game is an upcoming attraction at Huis Ten Bosch theme park in Nagasaki, Japan. A collaboration with the Netflix series Alice in Borderland, the event aims to offer an intense and immersive experience, mimicking the deadly battle royale-style games in the show.

For those who missed it, the 3-season Netflix thriller Alice in Borderland is based on the manga of the same name by Haro Aso. Set in a dystopian version of Tokyo, it follows obsessed gamer Arisu as he and his friends must complete a series of unfair and deadly challenges. Each game is based on a different suit of a pack of playing cards.

The new theme park attraction, Alice in Borderland: Immersive Death Game, opens on August 27, 2026. Participants will take on a Heart challenge, the suit which involves testing players’ emotional resilience. Each player will wear a “Bomb Collar,” just like in the Jack of Hearts game from the show. They must complete the game within the time limit or “face the consequences.” The game will last 30 minutes.

The attraction has safeguards in place. Participation is limited to those over 15 years of age. Those with certain conditions, such as persons with blood pressure issues and individuals with pace makers, are not allowed to take part. In addition, each player must sign an agreement prior to participating. According to Huis Ten Bosch’s official page for the attraction, participation is included in the price of a “Passport” ticket to the park, however daredevils who want to take on the Alice in Borderland attraction must sign up for a free, same-day timeslot ticket on the website.

Huis Ten Bosch is Japan’s largest theme park, and draws on the history of Nagasaki’s trade with the Netherlands. It opened in the late 1980s and features traditional Dutch style buildings and canals designed to make visitors feel as if they have teleported to Holland. While keeping the traditional buildings, Huis Ten Bosch has been entering into collaborations with various characters and shows over the last decade. These include Evangelion The Ride 8K, a new ride based on Hideaki Anno’s famous anime, and multiple attractions featuring the Dutch children’s book character Miffy.

Verity Townsend is a Japan-based freelance writer who previously served as editor, contributor and translator for the game news site Automaton West. She has also written about Japanese culture and movies for various publications.

Extended Cut of Backrooms Hits Theaters Soon

Backrooms is getting an extended cut very soon, and it’s coming to theaters.

Although it has yet to be formally announced by director Kane Parsons or A24 itself, multiple theater chains like AMC Theatres have begun posting listings for a new version of the Backrooms movie, titled Backrooms: Everything Must Go Edition. The film promises an additional 15 minutes of footage, which may not be released on home video. The description notes that the footage is “theatrically exclusive” and will be inserted after the credits, suggesting the film’s original structure remains unchanged. The new cut will be released in theaters on July 3.

It’s unclear if the new footage will include deleted scenes, behind-the-scenes extras, or something else entirely, but if you enjoyed Backrooms, this will likely come as a fun surprise. This isn’t the first time a film has done this, though it often happens as a way to boost a movie’s box office earnings. A24 may be trying to aggressively compete with Obsession’s impressive box office run.

In the past, films like Spider-Man: No Way Home and Avengers: Endgame were re-released with additional footage, though the consensus was that these weren’t “better” versions of the original movie. Unlike a director’s cut, which can dramatically improve a movie, these were deleted scenes that were removed for a good reason. Avengers: Endgame is being re-released once again later this year with even more new footage, which will directly tie in with Avengers: Doomsday.

As for Backrooms, director Kane Parsons is reportedly eyeing a sequel for Backrooms and potentially an adaptation of Valve’s puzzle game, Portal. It remains to be seen what his next project will be, but Parsons will be an in-demand director for the foreseeable future.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Bungie Co-Founder Reveals Roblox-Exclusive Extraction Shooter Drifters

Roblox has pulled back the curtain on a selection of six new 18+ games, including Drifters, an extraction shooter developed by Bungie co-founder Alexander Seropian.

Roblox Studio unveiled the new games as part of Roblox Incubator, a six-month program that allows experienced developers to “take promising novel game concepts from prototype to polished games.” The 2026 cohort includes 26 teams, with Roblox Studio providing support throughout development, with “additional resources and support” made available as teams reach certain milestones.

The six new early-in-development Roblox games look to bring 18-and-older players in the U.S. lots of variety. Although our first look at the projects is limited to short clips and screenshots, it seems each developer is promising truly fleshed-out experiences all within the Roblox platform.

Drifters is a new extraction shooter from Bungie co-founder’s Look North World.

Drifters may be the clearest example of that. As Bungie finds its footing with its own extraction shooter take with Marathon, Seropian, who now serves as founder and CEO of Look North World, has his own ideas. Look North World features talent from Bungie, Disney Interactive, EA, Epic Games, and more, and its first game is said to be set in a “dangerous world full of hostile enemies and even-more-hostile players.

“I spent my career trying to zig while others have zagged, always looking for new opportunities to learn and grow as a game developer, and my journey on Roblox so far has been the most exciting and personally rewarding since my early days making games on the PC,” Seropian said. “There’s just such an energy around the audience growth, tools, and opportunities on this brand-new (to me) platform, and I think it represents a really important part of Interactive’s future.

“We’ve decided to build our game here on Roblox to reach this new gaming audience. And we’ve been pleasantly surprised by the quality and depth of the tools and energy that support our craft of making the best games we can.”

Cosmic Carnage, on the other hand, falls into the car combat genre. Sold as almost a Twisted Metal-like action game, developer Ghost Fox Games says its goal is to bring true destruction derby gameplay to Roblox players. Talent backing the project includes developers from EA, Unity, Disney, and more.

Developer Nibblebyte is creating Fossil Force, another extraction shooter that plops players into the Mesozoic Era to fight off dinosaurs. It promises to further explore experiences the team dived into with its Be Dino dinosaur simulation game, but with a bit more bite.

Roblox players hoping to get lost in a new universe can look forward to Pixel Blaze Studio’s Aetherfall. An open-world, progression-driven RPG, the game promises to let players loose in a world shaped by an event that introduced inhabitants to elemental powers.

Pixel Count is creating Sky Pixel, a 2D action-adventure RPG that lets players build, automate, and expand on floating islands. Finally, there’s developer Ignition Switch, which is working on an open-world driving game called Octane. It will allow players to explore the streets of La Vista by themselves or with friends, promising the freedom to design tracks and customize cars.

Roblox 2026 Incubator Cohort – Screenshots

“We’re excited by what we’ve seen so far from this year’s Incubator cohort,” Roblox Studio said. “Teams are building everything from an RPG where players wield mysterious elemental powers to a dinosaur-themed extraction shooter to an open-world driving game. There is still a long way to go before Incubator concludes, but some teams are already showing off early glimpses of their work—leveraging our latest environment, creation, performance, and avatar technology—as they begin pushing the boundaries of Roblox Studio.”

The games on display today are just a taste of the 2026 Roblox Incubator cohort. It’s currently unclear when any of the games plan to launch as Roblox invests in experiences for older gamers across its expansive gaming platform.

Applications for the Incubator program are closed. However, those interested in getting into Roblox game development for the first time can read more about its Jumpstart initiative here.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Unionized Xbox Workers Call for Layoff Protections With Gaming Cuts Reportedly on the Way

Unionized Xbox workers have demanded layoff protections ahead of what is reportedly a significant round of cuts to Microsoft’s gaming business.

CWA members have called for immediate bargaining following the reports that sweeping layoffs will be finalized at the end of Microsoft’s fiscal year on June 30.

Earlier this month, Bloomberg’s Jason Schreier said the Xbox layoffs will likely result in a “bloodbath” of job losses and studio closures, leaving developers “punished” simply for following Microsoft’s orders.

A Microsoft spokesperson told SBFPLAY is will continue to negotiate with the CWA to reach agreements across Xbox.

“We respect the right of our team members to make their voices heard,” the spokesperson said. “We have a long track record of good faith partnership with labor organizations, as demonstrated by the several finalized bargaining agreements our teams have reached with the CWA and our labor principles. We are continuing to negotiate in good faith with the CWA to reach agreements across XBOX.”

Every Video Game Franchise Xbox Owns After Acquiring Activision Blizzard

Word of Xbox staff redundancies and development studio shutdowns is now rife, following an ominous warning from newly-installed Xbox CEO Asha Sharma that the console maker’s slim profit margin was no longer sustainable. While it has been reported that Xbox studios such as South of Midnight maker Compulsion Games, Kiln and Keeper developer Double Fine, and Hellblade helmer Ninja Theory are just some of the teams now facing shutdown, the exact details remain unclear.

It has been alleged that Microsoft announced Ninja Theory’s new game, Senua, at its Xbox Games Showcase earlier this month knowing that it planned to shut the studio down because it believed the promise of a newly announced game would help draw investor interest in the developer. There is now concern that Senua may never come out.

Microsoft laid off an eye-watering 9,000 staff in July 2025. A number of games were canceled as part of those cuts, including Rare’s Everwild, and studios shut down, such as Perfect Dark developer The Initiative. Staff who remain at Xbox are now bracing themselves for a potential repeat situation just a year later.

“Across XBOX, more than 3,500 workers have chosen to form unions with CWA since 2022, following Microsoft’s agreement to a neutrality framework that allowed workers to make that choice freely, without fear of retaliation or coercion,” the CWA said in a note to press.

It’s unclear what the CWA can do to prevent the cuts, however. Microsoft’s vast gaming business includes a long list of first-party studios, including the developers of Halo, Gears of War, and Forza Horizon. But it also owns Bethesda (The Elder Scrolls, Fallout), Activision Blizzard (Call of Duty, Diablo, World of Warcraft), and, let’s not forget, mobile hit Candy Crush and the best-selling video game of all time, Minecraft.

Xbox Games Series Tier List

Xbox Games Series Tier List

A recent report claimed Sharma is now speeding up development on new The Elder Scrolls, Fallout, and Halo games as she prepares to hit the reset button. Details on the potential shakeup come from The Information (via Reuters), which reported on the latest in a long line of recent shifts at the company. It says that, according to three of its sources, Microsoft hasn’t ruled out turning the brand into a wholly-owned subsidiary. It’s said the move could result in Xbox being operated as a joint venture with other partners or even potentially sold.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Bracing for Layoffs, Unionized Xbox Developers Hold Press Conference to Make Their Point

Unionized Xbox employees are pushing back against the company’s looming layoffs and have outlined various demands.

Earlier today, the CWA (Communications Workers of America) held a press conference in which various unionized Xbox employees spoke out against Microsoft. The conference was held ahead of reported layoffs at Xbox, which insiders have stated will be a “bloodbath.”

It’s also a painful reminder of last year’s layoffs at Microsoft, where 9,000 people lost their jobs across the entire company (not just Xbox) and resulted in multiple projects being cancelled, including the long-awaited reboot of Perfect Dark. The studio behind that game, The Initative, was also shuttered without having ever released a game.

Xbox Games Series Tier List

Xbox Games Series Tier List

The upcoming layoffs reportedly puts more studios, such as Double Fine and Ninja Theory, at risk of closure. South of Midnight developer Complusion Games is also reportedly at risk of shutting down, despite winning a Peabody Award earlier this year. New Xbox boss Asha Sharma celebrated the win on her socials, months before the studio’s reported demise: “A well-deserved recognition for storytelling that truly matters!”

These developers are reportedly negotiating with Microsoft to find new owners or to go independent, but it remains to be seen what exactly will happen. Microsoft hasn’t explicitly confirmed layoffs or studio closures to the public, but Sharma did state in a memo that the company will be performing a “reset” in order to better situate the company for the future. As a result, Xbox developers are fearful of their future.

During the CWA press conference, speakers stated that they were growing frustrated as Microsoft hadn’t given all of the union reps time to bargain, with one CWA member stating that Microsoft had sat on a proposal for four months. One member did give credit to Microsoft after the World of Warcraft bargaining team at Blizzard saw “real gains” this past weekend.

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

The speakers also outlined what they want from Microsoft, including advance notice of layoffs, two years recall rights (the ability to be rehired if their position is reopened after layoffs), adequate severance, voluntary severance to avoid involuntary layoffs, and for Microsoft to transfer impacted staff to other studios or roles within the larger company. They’re also hoping to cement protections for all workers, not just those who are unionized.

A Microsoft spokesperson told SBFPLAY that it is working with the CWA to find an appropriate agreement. “We respect the right of our team members to make their voices heard,” said the spokesperson. “We have a long track record of good faith partnership with labor organizations, as demonstrated by the several finalized bargaining agreements our teams have reached with the CWA and our labor principles. We are continuing to negotiate in good faith with the CWA to reach agreements across XBOX.”

During the press conference, speakers said they felt “expendable” and “dispensable.”

“We refuse to be left in the dark as the company decides to restructure in a way that seriously affects us all,” said ZeniMax Online Studios senior encounter designer Morgan Goin. “We’re being treated as expendable, valued one week, and cut the next. Why would a game developer bother to put forward their best work under these conditions? Hard work and great games do not save you from layoffs under Microsoft. That’s why we’re coming together across Xbox to make our voices heard and to demand real accountability.”

Goin claimed that Microsoft’s own actions have created problems others are now paying for. Last week, Xbox announced yet another price hike on consoles, which has been sparked by a component crisis. Heavy investment into AI has led to massive price increases on RAM, which in turn has caused issues with producing affordable consoles, and Microsoft is a significant player in the AI space.

“Even as the company calls us too costly to keep, it is raising console prices on players again, citing a RAM shortage that Microsoft itself has exacerbated,” Goin continued. “Layoff rumors are swirling, players are paying more and executives are calling it a reset.”

Diablo senior environment artist Mahreen Fatima echoed this sentiment, pointing out that Microsoft’s investment in AI proves that the tech giant has plenty of money to go around. “Leadership points to revenue and margins to justify cutting us and then [last] week, raised console prices on players for the third time since 2025,” said Fatima. “They are not short on money. Look at the billions that they’re using to invest in AI. They’re just choosing not to protect us.”

Blizzard senior editor Alison Veneto stated that the lack of protections and looming layoffs make it harder for people to do their jobs, creating issues for those trying to make great games.

“My coworkers just want to focus on making amazing games for players,” said Veneto. “They do not want to spend every day worrying about whether another round of layoffs is coming. It drains away the energy we should be using to be creative. We want layoffs to be treated not as a quick fix to a quarterly balance sheet, but only as an absolute last resort. But if they’re truly unavoidable, we are asking Microsoft for common sense protections around layoffs and a real effort to lessen the burden on affected employees, not only for the workers at the bargaining table, but for everyone who will be affected by Xbox layoffs. Our game developers deserve that.”

It remains to be seen what will come of this, but Activision QA tester Andrew Snell and Fatima both made it clear that Microsoft’s actions don’t just impact workers, but also the players: “Workers and players are on the same side of this and we’re done paying for executives’ failures,” said Snell.

“We, the developers, demand that you respect our labor and our games,” added Fatima. “Together we’ve built a huge community and touched the lives of millions of gamers everywhere. Don’t disrespect the developers. Don’t disrespect the gamers.”

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Edgerunners 2 Teaser Features Cyberpunk 2077 Locations

The first Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 teaser is here, and fans have already found some of the locations the new season pulled from Cyberpunk 2077.

Netflix, CD Projekt Red, and Studio Trigger returned with a minute-and-a-half teaser for Season 2 of its anime adaptation today. As if there was ever any doubt, it’s a brutal trailer, using Rico Nasty’s “You Can’t Run From Me” to show how characters like Weak Kingsley, D, Roman Carax, and Talia Yang will tear back into Night City.

Despite offering such a small slice of the 10 episodes set to premiere this fall, Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 has already given fans a lot to sink their teeth into. Watchers have been so starved for updates that some Cyberpunk 2077 players have already loaded back into Night City to find where some of the show’s scenes will take place.

New crew. New story. Same Night City.

Get ready to jack back in. Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 is coming Fall, 2026. pic.twitter.com/27OTFA31pi

— Cyberpunk: Edgerunners (@edgerunners) June 29, 2026

X user @K_a_l_e_n_k_o compiled just a few shots from the trailer that players can find in CD Projekt Red’s 2020 RPG. The first shows an image of young cinephile Roman, who appears to be standing on a bridge above the Riot nightclub between Watson and City Center.

Another aerial shot overlooks the Afterlife, a bar that will be familiar even to players who only spent a few hours in Cyberpunk 2077. It’s one particularly important location in game protagonist V’s story, so it makes sense that Studio Trigger would reimagine it for its anime version of Night City.

Another location highlight from the Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 teaser, one that is a bit more difficult to spot, seems to be set right by the Deravaja Dojo in Little China. A stunned D can be seen standing here for just a few moments.

2. Right outside the front entrance of the Afterlife pic.twitter.com/mschlkYrtc

— Kalenko (@K_a_l_e_n_k_o) June 29, 2026

Meanwhile, in a separate GIF posted ahead of the teaser release, Talia can be seen waving to a group of Maelstrom goons in a construction site next to the Arasaka Industrial Park. Kalenko shared side-by-side images for these Cyberpunk 2077 locations, too. Some fans also pointed out that this is the same area where V and Takemura meet for a stakeout in the Gimme Danger mission.

“The way this anime is so f**king game location accurate makes my heart burst of joy,” one X user said.

“Such a small detail but the adverts in the anime being the same as the adverts in the game really shows they care,” another said.

Found the location where Talia seems to have some fun with some Maelstromers.
It’s the construction site next to the Arasaka Industrial Park.#Cyberpunk2077 #CyberpunkEdgerunners2 pic.twitter.com/B6lIvZvMCG

— Kalenko (@K_a_l_e_n_k_o) June 29, 2026

This level of attention to detail is nothing new for Studio Trigger. Since Cyberpunk: Edgerunners Season 1 premiered in 2022, fans have celebrated its frequent use of in-game locations that players can visit to relive moments from the show. CD Projekt Red even returned the favor by adding a few nods to the original Edgerunners crew with updates for Cyberpunk 2077.

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 is currently set to premiere on Netflix this fall. Fans will no doubt continue to compare every sidewalk and skyscraper to the ones featured in the game it’s based on. While we wait, additional details about its new characters can be found here. You can also read about how Season 1 nearly had an even sadder ending than the one it got.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Persona Live-Action TV Show in the Works at Netflix

A live-action Persona TV show is reportedly in development at Netflix.

The streamer has begun work on a series adaptation of Sega and Atlus’ critically acclaimed RPG franchise, according to Variety. Star Trek: Picard and 9-1-1 alum Christopher Monfette is attached to write the show while also serving as its executive producer and showrunner.

21 Laps’ Shawn Levy and Robert Atwood are also attached to executive produce, as are Dmitri M. Johnson, Michael Lawrence Goldberg, and Timothy I. Stevenson of Story Kitchen. Sega producer Toru Nakahara will also aid as an executive producer. Netflix declined Variety’s request for comment.

It’s unclear if its plot will pull directly from any particular entry or tell a new story entirely. Five mainline games, a treasure trove of spin-offs, and even a few remakes have been released since the franchise’s inception in 1996, giving the live-action Persona TV show plenty of material to pull from. The most recent numbered entry, Persona 5, introduced fans to the Phantom Thieves when it first launched in 2016 and expanded the story with Persona 5 Royal in 2024.

Although nothing story-wise is confirmed yet, fans will surely waste no time spinning theories about what elements or characters may carry over to the series adaptation. As the project is early in development, release date and casting details also have yet to be announced.

Netflix has most notably worked with 21 Laps on its sci-fi mega hit Stranger Things, which ended late last year. It was also involved in the production of other television projects like The Perfect Couple and Last Man Standing. Its movie credits include Deadpool & Wolverine (which Levy directed) and Backrooms, with future projects like Star Wars: Starfighter (which Levy is also directing) in the cards.

Upcoming New Video Game Movies and TV Shows: 2026 Release Dates and Beyond

Story Kitchen has pursued a number of video game adaptations in the past. The company most famously backed Sega’s live-action Sonic the Hedgehog movies, but its plans for the future including projects based on Sifu, It Takes Two, Just Cause, Life is Strange, and more.

It may be some time before Netflix’s live-action Persona TV show materializes into something more. While we wait for updates, you can read about how the streaming giant is still trying to bring its Gears of War movie to life. You can also catch up on Persona 4 Revival and Persona 6, which was announced after years of anticipation at the Xbox Games Showcase earlier this month.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Supergirl Could Lose Warner Bros. $100 Million

Supergirl is reportedly projected to close its theatrical run with a global box office total that could lose Warner Bros. more than $100 million.

That’s according to Variety, which reported on dark skies ahead for the sophomore DCU film after it bombed in theaters on its opening weekend. Its first four days in theaters saw it bring in a disappointing $38 million domestically, for a $68 million global total, and it doesn’t sound like it will have the legs to break even.

The site said Warner Bros. and DC spent $170 million to produce Supergirl and $120 million to market it. Although, as noted by Variety, the cut for theater owners would usually bring the break-even number to a staggering $375 million, one source says it will need to reach $300 million to recoup its costs.

The Milly Alock-led superhero flick kicking off its run with $68 million already suggests Warner Bros. is in store for an uphill battle to reach those numbers, but there are even more factors at play. Being poised to be an early summer blockbuster with its June 26 release date means Kara Zor-El will soon face a crowded space as audiences flock to new films throughout July.

Things start early with the release of Minions & Monsters July 1. Evil Dead Burn and the live-action Moana remake then both follow July 10. Mid-to-late July is where things get especially busy, as moviegoers will almost certainly leave Supergirl as an afterthought when Christopher Nolan’s The Odyssey makes landfall July 17, while Spider-Man: Brand New Day will bring superhero movie fans back to theaters July 31.

With so little room to breathe, Supergirl is currently only projected to accumulate $200 million to $210 million throughout its worldwide box office run. Mixed reactions from fans online could steer interested fans away from showings, too, potentially leaving it with even more disappointment down the road.

Supergirl Images

An already optimistic $200 million in box office earnings would theoretically leave Warner Bros. with $100 million to $120 million in losses. However, one Variety source familiar with the film’s financials said that, should projections pan out, the loss would be closer to $80 million to $85 million. A reported lack of backend deals for the cast and crew will help it break even, but the Warner Bros. picture is still off to a rough start.

“This was always going to be a tough hurdle for DC and Warner Bros. because Supergirl isn’t a character that has ever created an event-level blockbuster,” Exhibitor Relations analyst Jeff Bock told Variety. “Audience perception of Supergirl was not good. This is just a case of the film wasn’t good enough to become an event.”

As fans take to social media to argue about needle drops and story decisions, Supergirl reviews haven’t been particularly strong. Review aggregator Rotten Tomatoes currently shows a “rotten” critic score of 54%, while its audience score sits at a somewhat more favorable 76%. SBFPLAY gave the film a 6/10 review.

DC Universe: Every Upcoming Movie and TV Show

Despite Supergirl’s struggle, the DCU is showing no signs of slowing down. Superman began DC Studios’ rebooted comic book movie universe with a sonic boom when it premiered last year. While more TV shows like Lanterns and a Jimmy Olsen / Gorilla Grodd project are in the works, the next film, Clayface, is already set to break the mold this October. Man of Tomorrow will see David Corenswet – and Alcock – return to the big screen in July 2026. Beyond that, DC Studios plans to introduce Batman into the new DCU via a Brave and the Bold movie, there are plans for a Wonder Woman film, and co-CEO James Gunn has spoken openly about eventually getting to a new Justice League.

“While Supergirl didn’t meet our box office expectations,” DC Studios co-CEO Safran told The New York Times in the aftermath of Supergirl’s opening weekend, “it’s just one component of a broader, long-term strategy at DC Studios that we remain confident in.”

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Don’t Expect GTA 6 to Have a 60fps Mode, Tech Experts Say

You might have seen reports doing the rounds that GTA 6 will come with a mode that lets you play it at 60 frames per second, based on retailer listings that have emerged online. Well, like so many things around Rockstar’s upcoming gaming behemoth, do not believe everything you read.

The tech experts at Digital Foundry have said there’s nothing they’ve seen of GTA 6 so far — including the recently released screenshots and brief video clips — that suggests a 60fps mode is possible on the current generation of consoles, although of course Rockstar has yet to make anything official.

“Unfortunately, the level of detail evident in the trailer, preorder screenshots and other, more recent footage seems extremely challenging to scale down in a way that allows for a 60fps mode,” DF’s Will Judd said.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

That assessment is based on the established demands that games heavy on simulation have on the CPUs of the nearly six-year-old consoles (“the GTA 6 world looks another level of magnitude more challenging than the likes of Dragon’s Dogma 2 or Baldur’s Gate 3”). With GTA 6 this is an even tougher challenge because of the speed you can move around the open world. DF predicts 30fps for GTA 6 across the consoles, saying “60fps feels like a bridge too far.”

Even the more powerful PS5 Pro would struggle to output GTA 6 at 60fps, DF suggests, because it only offers “a fractional CPU performance bump” over base PS5 (the Pro is more more about improved Ray Tracing and support for PSSR upscaling than it is higher framerate). At best, DF suggests a 40fps mode could be possible on PS5 Pro, but again, that’s unconfirmed for now.

And it’s worth noting Rockstar’s own release history suggests 60fps isn’t happening for GTA 6. GTA 4, GTA 5 and Red Dead Redemption 2 all launched at 60fps on console, with the focus on fidelity at 30fps. The developer just doesn’t tend to release games built around delivering 60fps.

A supposed quality and performance mode isn’t the only questionable gta 6 rumor doing the rounds. Over the weekend, we reported on viral social media posts and articles that claimed a physical disc copy of GTA 6 was in the works, all of which turned out to be untrue. Why has Rockstar decided not to go with a disc version of GTA 6, risking angering core gamers in the process? There are a number of reasons, analysts told SBFPLAY this week, and they all make commercial sense. Meanwhile, some retailers are refusing to sell GTA 6 because the physical version lacks a disc.

Last week, SBFPLAY reported on the results of our own poll where we asked if you’re going to buy the $100 Ultimate Edition or the $80 Standard Edition. Somewhat surprisingly, over 70% of you intend to buy the more expensive version.

GTA 6 releases on PS5 and Xbox Series X and S on November 19, 2026.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Steam Machine Companion Cube Canceled Because Dbrand Didn’t Ask Valve for Permission

Tech accessory company dbrand has canceled its Steam Machine Companion Cube enclosure effective immediately because it didn’t ask Valve for permission to make it in the first place.

The company offered fans of the massively popular cosmetic a lengthy explanation – and an apology – with a post on its subreddit. Refunds are already in the works as of today, with buyers encouraged to reach out if they haven’t received one by the end of the week.

Unfortunately, dbrand’s account of the Companion Cube kerfuffle is painfully simple: “We built the idea into something real without ever asking Valve if we could.”

“We’re going to regret that decision for a very long time,” it added.

The now-canceled Steam Machine Companion Cube.

The accessory company recounts the events of November 12, 2025, the day Valve announced its PC-and-console hybrid, the Steam Machine. Interested gamers and, more specifically, fans of Portal, the game the accessory pulled its iconic model from, will remember seeing a concept render and sign-up page for the Companion Cube enclosure. As it turns out, despite going “moderately viral,” Valve never gave dbrand the OK to do this in the first place.

Dbrand says it “poured our souls” into the Steam Machine Companion Cube, spending “thousands of hours” ironing out the kinks in hopes of delivering a product that looked like it had been ripped right out of Aperture Science. It was redesigned from scratch “more than once” to make sure it cradled the Valve device perfectly.

Dbrand even added that it was set up to lose money on every $99 Poverty Cube alternative it sold. However, for the team putting their everything into the Portal love letter, “it didn’t matter” because “this had turned into a passion project for the entire organization.”

“Unfortunately, being proud of the thing we made did not give us the right to make it,” dbrand said.

The Steam Machine Companion Cube became the company’s second-fastest-selling product when orders opened last week. Then, Valve reached out.

“They stated that the Companion Cube is Valve intellectual property, for which dbrand does not have a license,” dbrand’s message continued. “They requested we take down the product and launch film immediately. This was entirely within their rights, and they were direct, fair, and respectful throughout.

“We took everything down and made an appeal. We asked Valve whether there was any way to keep the project alive: properly licensed, with their blessing, on their terms. They said no. Given our backwards approach of building first and asking permission later, it was a fair answer.”

Dbrand admitted that it “made something a lot of people were excited about, then incinerated our shot at bringing it to market.” It then called the situation “a hard lesson to learn publicly.”

Steam Machine – Hands On Photos

Mentions of the Steam Machine Companion Cube have already been wiped from dbrand’s website and social media feeds. It’s been so thoroughly cleared that links to its previous store page now redirect straight to the Reddit post.

“It goes without saying, but we’ll say it regardless: Valve didn’t do anything wrong here,” dbrand added. “They built a game franchise a lot of people love and they alone get to decide how it’s used.

“To everyone who was as excited about this project as we were: thank you, and sorry. Refunds are being issued today. If it hasn’t landed in your account by the end of this week, you know how to reach us.”

“To Valve: thank you for Portal, and sorry for the headache. We should’ve asked first.”

Valve opened reservations for its Steam Machine last week and was immediately faced with scalpers. For more, you can read SBFPLAY’s original coverage of the Companion Cube – even if it will never see the light of day.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Sony Suggests PS6 May Work Like Nintendo Switch

Sony has suggested its next-gen console — widely assumed to be the PlayStation 6 — could work like the Nintendo Switch by enabling “a seamless experience that can be enjoyed naturally beyond the living room.”

The comments come from a recent Q&A with Sony Interactive Entertainment president and CEO, Hideaki Nishino, published in English by Sony itself. In it, the executive was asked how Sony plans to reingage with users PlayStation lost to PC gaming during Covid lockdowns, and how it will make significant changes with the next-generation platform.

Nishino replied to point to how Sony is trying to change the perception that “PlayStation equals the living room” with the release of PlayStation monitors and speakers people would typically use as part of a PC setup.

“PlayStation has long been strongly associated with the idea of playing in the living room,” Nishino began. “However, in recent years, more users globally have been using personal monitors. In response, we are selling peripherals such as monitors and speakers to break away from the fixed perception that ‘PlayStation equals the living room’ and to broaden usage scenarios.”

At this point, Nishino discussed Sony’s next-generation platform, without naming it or offering any concrete details.

“For the next-generation platform, rather than simply serving as an alternative to PCs, we aim to deliver value that is unique to PlayStation,” he said. “This includes not only technological advancements but also an expansion of usage styles, enabling a seamless experience that can be enjoyed naturally beyond the living room.”

It’s that last part that has people wondering if Sony plans to release a PlayStation hybrid console like the Nintendo Switch. A console that offers a “seamless experience that can be enjoyed naturally beyond the living room” sure does sound like something that could be taken on the go, like the Switch. But what could that look like?

There are a number of options. Sony is heavily rumored to be working on a dedicated PS6 handheld. Could this double as a PS6 console / controller hybrid that could be docked, as Switch is? Or perhaps Sony is working on a PS6 that’s little more than a next-gen PlayStation Portal, which Nishino said had seen strong sales.

PlayStation 5 – 1TB – Certified Refurbished

3

Either way, Nishino pointed to cloud gaming as a potential solve for the trouble Sony is having with the ongoing RAMpocalypse.

“With regard to cloud gaming, our priority since our service launch in 2013 has been to ensure a high-quality user experience from the first time they use the service, as performance is highly dependent on network conditions and poor quality can quickly erode trust,” Nishino explained.

“For this reason, we designed PS Portal as a dedicated device to reliably deliver the PlayStation gaming experience, which is predicated on controller-based gameplay and a large screen. Because it is difficult to provide a sufficiently high-quality experience through smartphone touch controls or a PC’s keyboard and mouse, our cloud strategy is not to rapidly expand to smartphones and PCs, but rather to focus on environments where quality can be assured.

“While we do not disclose unit sales figures, PS Portal has seen strong demand across North America, Europe, and Japan, with servers reaching full capacity during the latest holiday season. Cloud streaming also requires minimal memory, making it an increasingly attractive low-cost thin client device in the current market environment where memory prices are rising. Looking ahead, we aim to expand cloud gaming experience while maintaining the quality cultivated to date.”

The 100 Best PlayStation Games of All Time

My take is that Sony is working on a number of PS6 options, each of varying price. I’m sure there will be a traditional home console version of the PS6, one that provides the most horsepower but also commands a premium price. But then I wouldn’t be surprised to see Sony offer a cheaper, less powerful PS6, as Microsoft has done with the Xbox Series S. On top of this, I suspect Sony is indeed working on a PS6 handheld that may work like the Switch. And then there’s a potential cloud gaming-powered next-gen PlayStation Portal, which is potentially the cheapest option of the lot.

Microsoft has promised an ultra powerful next-gen console in the form of Project Helix, which will also play PC games, but it may also have similar plans to offer a range of options. Earlier this month, Xbox boss Asha Sharma said the spiralling cost of new and existing consoles would require “radically different business models” over the coming generation.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Meccha Chameleon Dev Reveals Surprising Behind-the-Scenes Details as It Crosses Over 10 Million Sales on Steam

Launching on June 10, Meccha Chameleon is a Japanese indie game that has exploded in popularity on Steam. In just 16 days, the game surpassed over 10 million sales. Over on X, one of the developers has spilled some surprising behind-the-scenes details on the making of this breakthrough indie hit.

Meccha Chameleon is a fresh twist on hide and seek. Players are split into Hider and Seeker teams, and to win, the Seekers must find all the Hiders within the time limit. Hiders disguise themselves using the game’s key mechanic: by spray painting their plain white bodies to match their surroundings. The goal is to blend into the background like a chameleon and evade detection by the opposing team. Players frantically trying to manually paint themselves to match the background has resulted in many hilarious and ingenious moments, making Meccha Chameleon a popular game with streamers. For example, Meccha Chameleon players have been creatively hiding themselves in famous paintings and all manner of other bizarre spots.

Meccha Chameleon Steam Screenshots

Surprisingly, Meccha Chameleon was made by a two-person team: Lemorion, who created the maps and models, and Haganeiro, who handled system development. According to Haganeiro’s posts on X, the game took only two months to develop, with the duo reworking features from their previous games (which share a similar cartoony style and feature penguins in some shape or form).

Haganeiro explained that the duo got to work on developing Meccha Chameleon just one day after Lemorion came up with the key concept of “paint your body in a game of hide-and-seek.” “Basically, we have been developing it while testing on the fly, adjusting the specs as needed to ensure it works as a game,” Haganeiro said. The developers are continuing to make frequent updates and improvements to the game, adding more languages, fixing issues, and adding new maps and other elements. On June 27, Meccha Chameleon got GeForce Now support, making it easier for those with lower spec PCs to get in on the fun.

With the sheer amount of titles published on Steam every week, it is very hard for new indie games to get noticed. Ironically, for a game about blending into the background, Meccha Chameleon has managed to stand out from the crowd, with Wishlist momentum building prior to release. However, Haganeiro said the developers didn’t spend a single yen on marketing.

In the same post, Haganeiro explained that Meccha Chameleon uses Epic Online Services (Epic Games’ free online system) to handle all the online multiplayer elements like player matching. Haganeiro noted that they used this for their previous title Link Penguins, an online co-op game that involves making bridges.

Meccha Chameleon has maintained a steady and impressive concurrent player count since launch, with a 24-hour peak of 280,840 players, and an all-time high of 340,534 players, according to recent figures from SteamDB. It is currently top of Steam’s global sales chart and its daily active user count is fifth, beating out big names like Apex Legends and Overwatch. Meccha Chameleon is proof that a hit game doesn’t have to be a massive AAA title, and sometimes all it takes is a well-executed quirky, fun idea with mass appeal at an affordable price.

Meccha Chameleon’s playful aesthetic of hiding miniature people that look like they are made of Play-Doh in everyday surroundings has also prompted various real-life parody clips to go viral on social media.

We’ve got some Meccha Chameleon Tips and Tricks to help you blend in and avoid detection, plus a guide to each of the Meccha Chameleon maps, with recommended hiding spots – and a guide on how to play Meccha Chameleon with friends.

Verity Townsend is a Japan-based freelance writer who previously served as editor, contributor and translator for the game news site Automaton West. She has also written about Japanese culture and movies for various publications.

Sony Says It Does Not Intend to Sell PlayStation Hardware at a ‘Significant’ Loss

Sony has insisted it has no plans to sell hardware at a “significant” loss, with concern growing over the potential price of the PlayStation 6 amid the ongoing RAMpocalypse.

Current generation consoles have gone up in price, with Sony, Microsoft, and Nintendo struggling to cope with the component shortage fueled by the AI boom. Sony raised the price of PS5 consoles in April, bringing the cost of a standard PS5 to $649.99, the PS5 Digital Edition to $599.99, and the PS5 Pro to $899.99. It blamed the move on “continued pressures in the global economic landscape.”

Just last week, Microsoft announced significant Xbox price rises of its own, which kick in this August. They come less than a year after the last Xbox price rises in October 2025. “We hoped another price increase would not be necessary, and we have spent the last several months working with suppliers on options,” Microsoft explained. “Unfortunately, console storage and memory prices have increased by more than 2.5x and we expect another doubling by the fall of 2027. The entire consumer electronics industry is struggling with the current components crisis, but the effects are particularly hard on consoles. Unlike phones, computers, speakers, and other consumer devices, consoles are typically not sold at a profit, but instead for less than they cost to make.”

The 100 Best PlayStation Games of All Time

There is not only concern that Sony will be forced to raise the price of PS5 yet again, but that the next-generation of consoles — the so far unannounced PS6 and Microsoft’s Project Helix — with cost at least $1,000 unless both companies are willing to take a significant loss on each console sold.

In a recent Q&A with Sony Interactive Entertainment president and CEO, Hideaki Nishino, published in English by Sony itself, the executive suggested taking a big hit on next-gen consoles isn’t something PlayStation will do.

Nishino was asked:

“Considering consumer behavior, could you update us on your current thinking regarding hardware pricing and profitability? For the next-generation platform, is it reasonable to assume that your pricing will continue to prioritize profitability of the hardware, as it does today?

Here’s Nishino’s response:

“First, we regard hardware as the base for providing the gaming experience, and by offering products such as the PlayStation Portal Remote Player (PS Portal), we aim to provide experiences tailored to users’ play styles beyond the living room, which has traditionally been considered the primary usage environment.

“As for pricing, it is not realistic for us to absorb all component cost increases, and we have already implemented some price increases outside Japan. At present, however, sales are proceeding as planned, and we do not believe this has led to a decline in customer demand.

“As a principle, we do not intend to sell hardware at significant losses. At the same time, we are carefully monitoring the market and continuing to evaluate our approach. We believe it is important for us to make every effort to ensure that customers fully understand the value we provide in relation to pricing.”

There are a few things worth unpacking here. Nishino’s mention of the PlayStation Portal and providing “experiences tailored to users’ play styles beyond the living room,” could be taken as yet another hint at the long-rumored PS6 handheld or hybrid console. There’s also an acknowledgement that Sony will pass on some component cost increases to the consumer, and has done so already with those PS5 price rises. In short, gamers are going to have to take the hit here.

Then there’s the suggestion that sales are proceeding as planned despite these price rises. Data from the U.S. perhaps suggests otherwise. As SBFPLAY reported last week, May was a catastrophic month for PlayStation and Xbox sales in the U.S., driven by price rises that have clearly had a significant impact on consumer interest in buying a new console. According to new Circana data, PS5 spending fell 43% year-on-year, and unit sales plummeted 58%. In fact, PlayStation hardware unit sales fell to their lowest May total since May 2000, and Xbox hardware unit sales were the lowest ever recorded for a May month in the U.S.

PlayStation 5 – 1TB – Certified Refurbished

2

While Sony struggles to deal with the RAMpocalypse, it has said it has yet to decide when to launch the PS6. The near six-year-old PS5 is approaching the 100 million sold mark (93.7 million), although it continues to lag behind the PS4. It’s worth remembering that PS4 had seen various price cuts at this point in its lifecycle, making it a compelling casual purchase. This generation, however, has swung the other way, limiting the potential install base. There are even concerns that Sony and Microsoft won’t be able to release enough consoles into the retail channel to meet the demand this Christmas fueled by the guaranteed system seller that is GTA 6. During a financial Q&A in May, Sony boss Hiroki Totoki insisted that Sony had enough materials to see it through the rest of 2026.

It’s also worth noting recent reports that Sony may have to delay the release of the PS6 to 2028 or even 2029 as a result of the AI-fueled chip crisis. In January, an analyst report suggested that Sony may push the launch of the PS6 beyond 2028 and lengthen the PS5 lifecycle. David Gibson, senior analyst at MST international who focuses on game and tech companies, predicted that “rising memory prices will not impact short-term performance thanks to Sony’s existing inventory.” However, he noted that increased memory costs could become an issue for Sony in the next fiscal year (ending in March 2027), saying “Sony might pass future cost increases onto consumers.”

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Jesse Eisenberg Reveals How It Felt to Turn Aaron Sorkin Down for The Social Reckoning

Jesse Eisenberg has explained his decision not to reprise his role as Mark Zuckerberg for The Social Reckoning, saying turning down writer and director Aaron Sorkin felt like “letting down America.”

Earlier this month, Sorkin revealed he had spent three days trying and failing to convince Eisenberg to play Meta boss Mark Zuckerberg again, having starred as the controversial tech boss in 2010’s The Social Network. Eisenberg scored an Oscar nomination for his performance, ultimately losing out to Colin Firth for The King’s Speech.

The Social Network explored the people and drama that led to the creation of Facebook, but The Social Reckoning attempts to tackle the social media platform’s effects on its users in a story that takes place years later. Eisenberg, however, doesn’t play Zuckerberg this time. Instead, Succession actor Jeremy Strong plays an older Zuckerberg.

Sorkin, who wrote the first film, told Vanity Fair that he felt Eisenberg should play Zuckerberg and tried to make it happen. “I felt like it belonged to him,” Sorkin said, “and he was certainly battle-tested.”

“He simply did not want to be conflated with Mark Zuckerberg anymore, that he has his problems with the guy,” Sorkin explained, referencing a moment from The Social Network: “He doesn’t like kids coming up to him in airports with business cards that say ‘I’m CEO, bitch’ for him to sign.”

Now, speaking to Variety while promoting his new movie, Minions & Monsters, Eisenberg revealed what it felt like to turn the celebrated writer Sorkin, who is behind much-loved political dramas such as The West Wing and The Newsroom, down.

“It’s an honor to speak to Aaron in any capacity because he’s so articulate and charming and so bright,” he said. “And yeah, we talked about doing the movie for several days, as he said. The way Aaron speaks is… he speaks so wonderfully as he writes, that in a way, if you’re not gonna do something with him it feels almost like you’re letting down America.

“I just told him I’m kind of moving in different directions in my life. What he said summed it up nicely. I don’t want to be associated with that character. But all of my reasons for not wanting to do the movie have nothing to do with how wonderful the movie is, and will be, and I’m sure is already.”

Sorkin has won plaudits for his “walk and talk” storytelling technique, where his characters will speak speedily to each other while pacing towards some important meeting. It’s a style that helped make The West Wing one of the most beloved political dramas of all time, and The Social Network’s dialogue a standout of 2010s filmmaking.

The Social Reckoning — without Jesse Eisenberg — premieres October 9, 2026.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

New Report Alleges Quantic Dream’s Star Wars Eclipse Is in Trouble as Staff Go on Strike Over Layoffs Plan

A new report has shed light on the goings on at French studio Quantic Dream and revealed concern about the future of Star Wars Eclipse.

Last month, Quantic Dream canceled its live service game, Spellcasters Chronicles, just three months after its early access launch. The studio best known for successful single-player story-driven games, such as Heavy Rain, Beyond: Two Souls, and Detroit: Become Human, signalled that the Spellcasters Chronicles cancelation would result in layoffs, although it has yet to say how many are affected.

At the time of the cancelation, Quantic Dream insisted the development of Star Wars Eclipse “is not affected by this decision and continues as planned.” But according to French website gamekult, Eclipse is suffering from “a lack of resources, vision, and progress.” SBFPLAY has asked Quantic Dream for comment.

Announced in 2021 via a flashy cinematic trailer, Star Wars Eclipse has flown under the radar in the years since. Set within the franchise’s High Republic era, Eclipse is expected to integrate Quantic Dreams’ traditional story-based gameplay with an action-adventure game set in the Star Wars universe.

Beyond that, details on what to expect remain thin on the ground, and Quantic Dream has only commented on the project over the past few years to quash rumors of development trouble and delays, amid suggestions that the studio was struggling to hire staff following previous workplace allegations. Star Wars Eclipse is still without a release window even now, five years after it was announced.

Gamekult said Quantic Dream is reportedly considering laying off 115 staff — said to amount to a quarter of the company’s workforce — following the cancelation of Spellcasters Chronicles, which itself sparked a strike organized by the STJV union that took place in front of the studio’s Paris headquarters. Gamekult said striking staff are trying to save Star Wars Eclipse. They believe at least some of the Spellcasters Chronicles developers who are set to lose their jobs will be needed to make Star Wars Eclipse a reality without enduring staff crunch.

Star Wars Games That Never Were

Apparently, on the day of the strike (June 25), a delegation from Lucasfilm was due to visit Quantic Dream to check the progress of Star Wars Eclipse. The striking staff wanted to send a clear message: as things stand, Eclipse cannot be finished if the redundancy plan goes through, or, as gamekult put it: “saving the company from a very painful cancellation, which currently hangs like a sword of Damocles over the employees.”

Last year, Quantic Dream was forced to respond to closure fears amid a pullback from western gaming companies from Chinese owner NetEase.

In a statement posted to LinkedIn, Quantic Dream CEO and head of publishing, Guillaume de Fondaumière, said he was “deeply saddened to learn about the recent layoffs and studio closures affecting some of the NetEase group’s divisions,” but assured players that Quantic’s studios in Paris and Montreal remain “unaffected.”

“[Quantic president] David Cage and I would like to express our gratitude to the fans and friends who have reached out to us in recent days regarding Quantic Dream,” de Fondaumière wrote. “We want to reassure everyone that our studios in Paris and Montreal remain unaffected. We are continuing to develop our projects at full pace, with several open positions available in both locations.”

de Fondaumière added that despite NetEase acquiring Quantic Dream as a wholly owned subsidiary in 2022, “Quantic Dream remains committed to the strategy outlined by David and I in 2019,” insisting “NetEase has been a dedicated partner, providing us with creative freedom and the financial resources necessary for our studio to grow and strive.”

The CEO also revealed the studio’s back-catalog had seen an “exceptional performance,” contributing to the “highest revenue in [the company’s] history” in 2024.

“The developments of our current projects are progressing as planned, and we are fully committed to delivering and launching these innovative, high-quality titles in the future,” de Fondaumière said, but did not provide any specific update on its upcoming Star Wars game, Star Wars: Eclipse.

In March, it was revealed that NetEase cut off funding to the studio led by Yakuza franchise creator Toshihiro Nagoshi as part of its plan to reduce its video game development activities. Nagoshi’s game, Gang of Dragon, now appears to have been canceled. Could Star Wars Eclipse endure a similar fate?

As for the staff at Quantic Dream, union discussions are said to be ongoing. STJV wants the studio to sign a majority agreement with the union to mitigate the damage and move forward, which would in theory see fewer staff lose their jobs, and the remaining staff helping to get Eclipse out the door.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Studio Ghibli Voice Actor Akihiro Miwa Passes Away at 91

Japanese news sources including Mainichi announced over the weekend that iconic Japanese singer and actor Akihiro Miwa passed away aged 91 on June 20.

Miwa lent his distinctive voice to Studio Ghibli’s Princess Mononoke and Howl’s Moving Castle anime movies, playing wolf goddess Moro and the Witch of the Waste respectively.

A flamboyant singer, actor, author and drag queen, Miwa was a household name in Japan with a varied career spanning over seven decades. Starting out as a cabaret singer of French chanson in the 1950s, Miwa was one of the country’s first openly gay celebrities in the postwar period. As well as releasing hit songs like 1964’s Yoitomake no Uta, Miwa also played lead female roles in live action films like the titular femme fatale thief in 1968’s Black Lizard, by Battle Royale director Kinji Fukasaku.

R.I.P. Akihiro Miwa (1935–2026), legendary chanteur, actor & drag queen. Star of Terayama’s “La Marie-Vison” and Mishima’s “Black Lizard”, Miwa survived Nagasaki and championed pacifism. Miwa also voiced Moro in MONONOKE and was among Japan’s first openly gay public figures. pic.twitter.com/m53I4I3nzy

— Japan Society Film (@js_film_nyc) June 28, 2026

A survivor of the Nagasaki Atomic Bomb, Miwa was strongly anti-war and critical of movements to revise the pacifistic Article 9 of the Japanese constitution. As well as voicing characters for Studio Ghibli movies, Miwa also voiced Arceus in the 2009 movie Pokémon: Arceus and the Jewel of Life.

Miwa frequently appeared on Japanese radio and TV, including weekly talk show Aura no Izumi (2005-2010), which interviewed celebrities but with a spiritual slant. He continued to perform concerts and talk shows up until 2019, when he suffered a stroke. After recovering, Miwa reprised his weekly Sunday radio spot until March 2020, and continued to make occasional TV appearances.

NTV news published a special final message from Miwa: “In this world, the only weapon we have for survival is words of love. The key to solving all of the world’s problems is love. If we have love, then there would be no war.”

美輪明宏さんの黒蜥蜴は、一度観たら忘れられない。
あの妖しさも美しさも、本当に唯一無二。pic.twitter.com/faUj0Hcwom

— TLで拾った変な宝石 (@tlhouseki311) June 28, 2026

Anime voice actors mentioned how encouraging words from Akihiro Miwa had uplifted them through their careers. Veteran VA Megumi Ogata (known for playing Sailor Uranus in Sailor Moon and Shinji Ikari in Neon Genesis Evangelion) commented on X that Miwa’s words had saved her many times. “This final message will also stick with me as I move forward,” Ogata said, adding that Miwa was “a truly unique person.”

Another well-known VA, Fumi Hirano (who played Lum in Urusei Yatsura), shared a clip of Miwa’s laugh making director Hayao Miyazaki crack up. She mentioned being a fan of Miwa since influential artist Junichi Nakahara started using Miwa as a model in the late 1950s. “When we finally met, (Miwa said), ‘You do such fine work.’ Taking pride in these words has enabled me to live my life like this.”

ああ、この表情・・。これもまた美輪さん。

丸山明宏さんの時代に中原淳一さんに見出された美輪さんに昔から憧れていて、ついにお目にかかれたとき
「いいお仕事なさってるわね」と。

私はその言葉を誇りにいままで生きてこられた。
老衰とはまた見事な大往生。敬服。深謝。合掌。#23club https://t.co/afFncyL5Wm

— hiranofumi 平野文です (@hiranofumi) June 28, 2026

Metal Gear Solid and Death Stranding creator Hideo Kojima chimed in that Miwa’s passing prompted him to consider rewatching 1968’s Black Lizard or its sequel Black Rose Mansion.

Tonight, I was planning to revisit Jeannot Szwarc’s “Supergirl” (1984) for the first time in over 40 years. But after hearing of Akihiro Miwa’s passing, I’m thinking of revisiting Kinji Fukasaku’s “Black Lizard” (1968) series instead. Maybe I’ll watch, “Black Rose Mansion”… pic.twitter.com/RF58iG7VnS

— HIDEO_KOJIMA (@HIDEO_KOJIMA_EN) June 28, 2026

Photo by Tomokazu Tazawa/WireImage.

Verity Townsend is a Japan-based freelance writer who previously served as editor, contributor and translator for the game news site Automaton West. She has also written about Japanese culture and movies for various publications.

Dead or Alive 6 Last Round Pummeled by Negative Reviews as Koei Tecmo Asks Players to Rebuy DLC

Dead or Alive 6 Last Round has fallen to “Mostly Negative” reviews on Steam as players warn of persistent bugs, lacking features, and a requirement to rebuy some previously owned DLC.

At the time of this story’s publication, only a staggering 23% percent of ratings for the PC version of the 3D fighting game are positive following its June 24 launch. It all stems from a variety of criticisms being lobbed against the re-release, as veteran players and newcomers alike demand fixes.

When Dead or Alive 6 Last Round arrived last week, it replaced the now-delisted original 2019 version of the game. Koei Tecmo and Team Ninja positioned the new version as a slight upgrade that bundles in new features, with the promise that new DLC is also in development.

Priced at $40, it also includes five previously released add-on characters, as well as five new costumes. A free-to-play version, subtitled “Core Fighters,” is also available but does not include the story mode and limits the roster to Kasumi, Marie Rose, Honoka, and NiCO.

In the seven years since its first launch, the game has accumulated a list of 440 DLCs. Although a portion of that includes bundle offers, some quick math makes it painfully clear that there is a lot that does not come with Dead or Alive 6 Last Round. This point of contention is just the tip of the iceberg for fans, with many also pointing out that those who previously owned the add-on content can transfer most – but not all – of it to the new game.

“Good game but the negative review stays until the game comes with all the seven-year-old DLC from the previous edition of the game,” one Steam review said.

Even if one player had theoretically purchased every last character and costume pack prior to that June 24 launch date, Dead or Alive 6 Last Round would still bar them from two of its playable DLC fighters: Mai Shiranui and Kula Diamond. An explanation on the Team Ninja website clarified that Mai and Kula and their costumes cannot be carried over.

The two King of Fighters crossover characters are the exceptions to Koei Tecmo’s transfer plan, meaning players need to pay extra cash to unlock them even if they had already done so for the 2019 release. To make matters worse, as pointed out by GameSpot, both Mai and Kula used to cost $8 each – now they’re $11.

Realistically, the fact that Mai and Kula are crossover characters from SNK Corporation would be the factor at play here. It would appear that, whatever agreement Koei Tecmo has in place with SNK for the appearance of Mai and Kula, it does not include the ability to wheel them out in re-releases in perpetuity. Unfortunately, Koei Tecmo’s updates to the base experience have done little to cushion the blow. The main selling point here, as laid out on the Dead or Alive 6 Last Round website, is the promise that the game has been “improved and updated for current-gen hardware.” However, most players are struggling to find any noticeable changes. Some of the more vicious “copy-paste” allegations point out that the pause menu still features a graphic for the 2015 iteration of the Steam controller.

“It’s the same exact game with the same bugs that were reported six years ago with a few changes,” another Steam review said. “So my review is the same but without the 5.5K hours of modding the game… and no mouse navigation in the menus too. Also, mods are now broken.”

Dead or Alive 6 Announcement Screenshots

“I thought there would be some sort of differences to this than base DOA6, like noticeable graphics improvements or better character models with more details,” another said. “But it’s the exact ******* same. No wonder there was basically no info on this before its release. If there are any differences, they’re so minor that I can’t tell. There is literally no need to currently buy this if you already have base DOA6.”

Dead or Alive 6 Last Round’s other major selling point is its new photo mode, though it appears to be a drop in the bucket compared to what was expected. Instead of sharing creations online, most players are voicing concerns about bugs that have persisted through releases, as well as missing features, such as crossplay or rollback netcode.

“There [are] no balance changes, no major visual change; all they did was add a new photo mode and lighting changes,” one reviewer said. “The new character coming is DLC and didn’t release with the launch of the game, so who knows if it will be free or not.”

They continued: “This hurts, man. It feels like Team Ninja/Koei Tecmo just don’t care about DoA anymore. I honestly don’t even dislike DoA6 mechanics outside of the meter system, but Last Round just feels kinda scammy.”

Steam reviews for Dead or Alive 6 Last Round are filled with comments calling it “shameful,” “too expensive,” an “absolute joke,” and much, much more. Koei Tecmo and Team Ninja have not officially commented on the uproar. What they have commented on, however, is the first post-launch DLC: a new character named Minato. How much they will cost is unclear.

SBFPLAY’s 6/10 review called Dead or Alive 6 Last Round a “great fighting game wrapped up in a very bad package” when it launched for PC, PS5, and Xbox Series X|S last week. We added that it does “little to justify why this re-release wasn’t just another DLC pack.” SBFPLAY gave the original version of the game a 7.7/10 review.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Brand New Day Star Tom Holland Working to Bring Miles Morales to the MCU

Tom Holland will soon return to the Marvel Cinematic Universe (MCU) for Spider-Man: Brand New Day, but he’s already “working towards” a future where Miles Morales and his Peter Parker can swing side by side.

The Spider-Man actor opened up about his “aspirations” for a post-Brand New Day world during an interview with Hobby Consolas. Although nothing is set in stone, when asked about how his wall-crawler may mentor another Spider-Man in the future, he said he’s putting in the work to bring Miles Morales into the fold.

“I think at this point in time, we’re being really open-minded about what the future looks like,” Holland said. “I know that I have aspirations to bring Miles Morales into the universe, however that works out. You know, we’ve got a lot of work to do to bring that to life.”

Miles Morales is a character fans have hoped to see swinging through the streets of an MCU New York City since Spider-Man: Homecoming first premiered in 2017. That film, Holland’s first standalone project as Peter Parker, even featured at least one major reference to the Marvel hero with a cameo appearance from his uncle, Aaron Davis (Donald Glover).

The character, also known as the Prowler, has close ties with Miles Morales in projects like the Marvel’s Spider-Man video games and the Into and Across the Spider-Verse movies. Although Miles Morales has yet to show up in Holland’s neighborhood, Homecoming’s version of Uncle Aaron has at least referenced having a nephew somewhere in the MCU.

Back in 2017, Marvel Studios’ Kevin Feige played coy when it came to any potential future appearance for a second Spider-Man. Although Holland stops short of outright confirming that he will appear in an MCU movie after Brand New Day, it at least something he’s working toward.

Spider-Man: Brand New Day Cast and Characters: Who’s Confirmed for the MCU Sequel?

“I feel incredibly grateful for the way I was introduced into this world, and that I was shepherded by [Robert Downey Jr.], and I would love to return that favor to the next generation of people that get the luxury of making these movies,” he added. “So that is definitely something I’m really working towards.”

Holland seems to be homing in on Miles Morales, specifically, after previously teasing his interest in an MCU version of the character late last month. When speaking about the future of his Spider-Man at the time, he said he would “love to be a part of setting up” the next chapter.

Spider-Man: Brand New Day swings into theaters July 31, 2026. While we wait to see if it features any more Miles Morales breadcrumbs, you can see what he had to say about the new MCU film’s mystery villain. Check out a first look at its popcorn buckets here.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Supergirl Box Office Opening Weekend Sits at $68 Million

Supergirl suffered a crash landing in theaters with a $68 million opening weekend at the global box office.

The new DCU film scooped up just $38 million domestically and about $30 million internationally. It’s a split that puts the Milly Alcock superhero movie below expectations, which had Warner Bros. and DC Studios hoping to pull in $50 million across 3,600 North American theaters in its first weekend.

Those early projections already set a low bar for the Supergirl movie despite its position as a highly anticipated follow-up to 2025’s Superman. Adding insult to injury is the film’s budget, which, according to Deadline, is between $170 million and $186 million, before marketing costs. A disappointing start means the project faces a long road before it can even think about breaking even as the DCU works through what seems to be its first letdown in theaters.

Poor performance at the box office could be a result of the film’s reception. Critics and fans alike aren’t quite sure how to feel about Supergirl, with review aggregator Rotten Tomatoes showing a 56% score for the latter while the former carries a higher rating of 77%. Most opening weekend reactions say Alcock’s Kara Zor-El and the movie’s use of practical effects are worthy of praise, while others struggled to connect with the overall story. Hideo Kojima, at least, seemed to like it.

SBFPLAY gave Supergirl a 6/10 review ahead of its June 26 premiere. We said, “Supergirl borrows from the best, but Milly Alcock’s great take on Kara Zor-El gets lost in the spare parts from other movies used to assemble her story.”

The breakdown landed the Kryptonian icon in the number two spot at the box office, falling in second to Disney’s Toy Story 5. The long-running Pixar franchise maintained its top spot with a $70 million domestic haul in its second weekend. That’s a 56% drop from its mid-June premiere, with its domestic and worldwide totals now sitting at $297.2 million and $585 million, respectively.

Supergirl Images

Other domestic highlights from the weekend include yet another strong weekend for Obsession, which came comfortably in third with $9.8 million after more than a month and a half in theaters, bringing its worldwide total to an unbelievable $370.109 million. Jackass: Best and Last, which also released June 26, accumulated $8.4 million across its 2,885 North American theaters and landed in fourth. Disclosure Day came in fifth with $8.1 million after its third weekend.

For more on Supergirl, you can read our exploration of the debate at the heart of the film. You can also see how director Craig Gillespie said the song used in its final act came together.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Christopher Nolan Tells Mainstream Movies to Stop Playing It Safe and Take More Risks

The Odyssey director Christopher Nolan has a word of advice for filmmakers working on mainstream movies: “The biggest risk of all is to play it safe.”

The moviemaker behind time-bending films like Interstellar and Tenet offered his perspective on mainstream films and audiences during an interview with The New York Times. He cautioned filmmakers from shying away from traditional risks, saying that audiences will show up for films that offer something different.

“If you’re really interested in movies and the history of movies,” Nolan said, “the one thing you see absolutely is that you have to take risks to succeed. The biggest risk of all is to play it safe.

“That’s what, consistently in mainstream movies, doesn’t work. The audience is looking for something new.”

Nolan didn’t say which mainstream movies he had in mind, but it’s hard to deny that Nolan has a group of die-hard fans who will turn out for even his most out-there projects. Oppenheimer, which retold the real-life story of atomic bomb creator J. Robert Oppenheimer in 2023, is the most recent example. The biopic pulled in a box office total just shy of $1 billion (via Box Office Mojo) despite its non-linear structure and three-hour runtime.

One example he brought to the discussion involved his 2000 picture, Memento. He recalled showing its script to his wife and producer, Emma Thomas, saying that she “responded well” to its backwards structure but felt “it was taking a lot of risk.”

“And I was able to say to her: No, I can do this,” Nolan continued. “There are a lot of filmmakers who can do it in a more straightforward way. Actually having something new to bring to the table mitigates the risk, it gives you a way to distinguish yourself.”

The Odyssey New Images May 2026

He then explained that he tried to sell the Memento script to “people who didn’t get it,” admitting she was “completely right.” The film did eventually find a dedicated audience, though.

“The risk is the intermediaries — the financiers, the studio. If you can get to the audience — I mean, I’m not making any predictions for [The Odyssey], but in the past we’ve been well rewarded for having faith in the audience.”

Nolan will return to theaters in July with The Odyssey, a nearly three-hour movie that serves as an adaptation of Homer’s ancient Greek epic. It’s set to premiere July 17, 2026. Scalpers have already started reselling tickets for hundreds of dollars.

Photo by Jeff Kravitz/FilmMagic.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Edgerunners 2 Reveals New Characters and Release Window

Netflix has revealed first character details and a fall release window for its anime sequel series, Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2.

Netflix, CD Projekt Red, and Studio Trigger took to X/Twitter to roll out information about the new cast of characters coming to Season 2 of the Cyberpunk 2077 anime spin-off. It came with the promise of a fall 2026 release window, narrowing down its premiere timeline as fans await a more specific release date.

Meanwhile, the announcement came with a sneak peek at four new characters: Weak Kingsley, D, Roman Carax, and Talia Yang. The new gang graces the cover of the first Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 poster, which you can see below.

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2. Image courtesy of Netflix.

Netflix published information about the four new Night City names across social media and in collaboration with various content creators. As shared via Crunchyroll, Weak Kingsley is described as a veteran Edgerunner who “now lives in the shadow of his former glory.” D is a Snack Nation Netrunner looking for revenge as he “hunts the killer who wiped out his clan.”

Roman Carax is the youngest of the group and is described as a “cinephile in search of real stories in a city that abandoned cinema for braindances.” Finally, there’s Talia Yang, an individual with corpo and Maelstrom ties whose “heart belongs to chrome and violence.”

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 is directed by Kai Ikarashi, with character designs handled by Kanno Ichigo. Original writers Bartosz Sztybor and Masahiko Otsuka are also back to work on Netflix and Trigger’s sequel show.

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 was officially announced in July of last year with a brief teaser trailer (above), which, if you look closely, seems to feature some of the characters featured in today’s poster. A new teaser trailer will be revealed tomorrow at 8:30 a.m. PT / 11:30 a.m. ET, but don’t expect a firm release date for at least a little while longer.

“Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 presents a new standalone 10-episode story from the world of Cyberpunk 2077— a raw chronicle of redemption and revenge,” an official description for Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 says. “In a city that thrives in the spotlight of violence, one question remains: when the world is blinded by spectacle, what extremes do you have to go to make your story matter?”

See you tomorrow! 👋

📺: https://t.co/IQZEUTlPWC pic.twitter.com/DfG2HrK6rV

— Cyberpunk: Edgerunners (@edgerunners) June 28, 2026

We don’t know much about the plot of Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2, but given the events of Season 1, most fans are already expecting the worst for this new cast of misfits. For more on the world of Cyberpunk 2077, you can read about how the show’s first season nearly included endings that were somehow worse than the one we got.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

GTA 6 Scalpers Are Finding Buyers on eBay

Rockstar Games fans seem to be paying eBay scalpers extra for pre-order copies of GTA 6 – even if there isn’t much of a reason to.

Listings for pricier versions of Rockstar’s new Grand Theft Auto game have already started popping up on the auction website after pre-orders went live for all on June 25. While the retail price for the standard edition is currently locked in at $80, some scalpers have managed to successfully flip their pre-ordered copy for around $90, with some going for even more.

It’s something that usually wouldn’t come as much of a surprise in the gaming space, especially considering this particular release is one fans have anticipated for more than 13 years. What many already know, however, is that there isn’t actually anything stopping players from pre-ordering GTA 6 without an inflated price.

Much to the dismay of physical game collectors everywhere, GTA 6 will only be available as a digital title after Rockstar announced it was ditching discs for its November launch. For those who just need to have that box in hand come this fall, you can still purchase a physical edition, which only comes with a download code inside its case.

That effectively means players won’t have to deal with stock shortages since all versions of the game will be available digitally anyway. Even supply for the physical box seems to be holding up, too, as major retailers like Amazon, Best Buy, and Target suggest fans can check out their online marketplaces to pre-order code-in-box copies at the time of this story’s publication. For some reason, players – and scalpers – are still heading to eBay.

Interestingly, these eBay listings seem to include both physical boxes and digital copies of the game, with some sellers pointing out that those who buy the latter will not need to pay any shipping fees when the launch arrives. Those purchasing physical copies via this method will also be subject to delivery fees on top of the already steeper price they’re paying.

Whether you’re buying directly from Rockstar or purchasing a copy for a little extra on eBay for…some reason, GTA 6 has a release date of November 19, 2026, for PS5 and Xbox Series X | S. Meanwhile, a new report has claimed that Rockstar has no plans to ever release a disc for GTA 6. For more on scalpers, you can see how some are trying to flip Valve’s new Steam Machine.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

PlayStation Deleting More Than 550 Movies from PSN Accounts

PlayStation has notified users that it will soon delete more than 550 digital movies from users’ PSN accounts due to a licensing agreement with Studio Canal.

Sony began sending out its warning message via email earlier this week. X/Twitter user @somatyk was one of the first to share the notification, which says the move affects “any” Studio Canal content they may have purchased (via Kotaku).

PlayStation lays it out clearly: “The content will be removed from your video library.” The movies will be deleted September 1, 2026. You can see the 551 digital titles affected in a list posted on PlayStation’s website.

PREVIOUSLY PURCHASED
$7.535B 2025 profit, but Sony are quite happy to shaft their customers, given half the chance. pic.twitter.com/2QVpSJ7e9D

— somatyk (@somatyk) June 25, 2026

“From September 1, 2026, due to our content licensing agreements, you will no longer be able to access your previously purchased content from Studio Canal, and it will be removed from your video library,” Sony’s message says bluntly. “Thank you, PlayStation Store.”

If you have ever purchased digital movies through the PlayStation Store, you might want to go check out that list. There are plenty of lesser-known films that may not affect many PSN users, but there is a healthy number of popular titles, too.

Some digital versions of movies you may recognize include Apocalypse Now: The Final Cut, Attack the Block, Evil Dead, Highlander, Hot Fuzz, Paddington, Rambo: First Blood, RoboCop (2014), Sharknado, Terminator 2: Judgment Day, and The Beatles: Eight Days a Week – The Touring Years. There are some TV shows on the list, too, including American Gods Season 1 and Below the Surface Season 1.

The Biggest Movies Coming in 2026

For now, there is no sign of refunds or alternatives for those who purchased any of the movies on the list. SBFPLAY has reached out to Sony for comment.

This isn’t the first time Sony has made an announcement regarding the sudden removal of digital movies and shows from the PlayStation Store. In December 2023, the company revealed that Discovery content would be pulled from purchasers’ accounts with a message almost identical to the one shared today.

It resulted in quite a negative reaction from those who expected to maintain ownership of titles they had purchased. Just weeks later, Sony reversed course, saying that Discovery titles would no longer be deleted. It said the change of plans was the result of “updated licensing arrangements,” thanking fans for their “ongoing support and feedback.” At the time, that secured the ability for users to access their purchased Discovery titles “for at least the next 30 months.” That 30-month timeline came to an end this month, June 2026.

Sony announced it would “no longer offer movie and TV purchases and rentals on the PlayStation Store” back in 2021. As it moves to delete movies from PlayStation accounts with only a few months’ heads-up, fans online are once again discussing what it means to “own” a digital product. It’s a topic Time Extension explored in a guest column in 2024. As the fight for digital, movie, TV, and game ownership continues, you can read about why many Grand Theft Auto 6 players are upset with Rockstar Games’ latest physical release plan.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Supergirl Director Credits James Gunn for Song in Slow-Motion Fight Scene

Director Craig Gillespie says he credits DC Studios co-CEO James Gunn for helping choose the song used in the slow-motion Supergirl fight scene that has caused a stir on social media.

Warning! Spoilers for Supergirl follow.

The filmmaker spearheading the latest live-action DCU installment spoke about the process of choosing tunes for the movie during a conversation published by Rolling Stone yesterday, June 26, 2026. One topic of discussion involved a late-story moment where Kara Zor-El (Milly Alcock) defends her companion, Ruthye (Eve Ridley), from an onslaught of Brigands and their leader, Krem (Matthias Schoenaerts).

This specific moment, featured in some trailers, sees Supergirl using all of her Kryptonian power as audiences are treated to a slow-motion scene that serves as the film’s final major action sequence. What pre-release footage didn’t reveal is that the moment is also backed by a cover of Jimmy Eat World’s “The Middle” performed by Kelty Greye and KidMotel.

Gillespie and screenwriter Ana Nogueira recall that choosing the song was far from a simple process. Ultimately, after looking at “about 45 songs” to fit the scene, the director says it was Gunn who he credits for helping with the final call.

“Oh, God. It went ’round and ’round, didn’t it?” Nogueira said. “There were a lot of options.”

“That was probably the biggest discussion,” Gillespie chimed in. “And it was down to the very last week, and I gotta give James credit for that one.”

Supergirl Images

It would make sense that the DC executive and Superman director would have a hand in such a pivotal point in Supergirl. Unfortunately, it’s not a call that seems to have played out well for the film, at least online.

Fans aren’t sure what to make of the second DCU movie as it swoops through its first weekend in theaters, but this song choice, specifically, has left many scratching their heads. Many have taken to social media to dicuss its implementation, making it one of the prevailing talking points currently surrounding the project. Even a few who enjoyed the film – including some who like The Middle cover on its own – aren’t sure what to make of it.

“I largely thought the movie was fine to pretty good most of the time but I just…. WHY did they use that version of the song?” one fan commented. “Why didn’t they just do the normal one?”

Made with love, but I had to do it. pic.twitter.com/QCQfCdIfv2

— HiTop Alex (@HiTopFilms) June 26, 2026

“If you are considering 45 songs for a needle drop don’t do a needle drop,” another said. “A good theme for her would have been better than any needle drop.”

“The one thing I noticed about Supergirl reviews was the comment about a final song not fitting,” another fan argued. “I’m sorry but that song was absolutely perfect. Kara’s gonna be alright.

Supergirl premiered June 26, 2026. While we wait to see how fans are taking Alcock’s take on Kara, you can read SBFPLAY’s 6/10 review. You can also read about how one of our writers feels about the film’s final act.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Steam Machine Scalpers Sell Reservations for Double the Price on eBay

Valve has finally opened Steam Machine reservations, and like clockwork, scalpers have already taken to eBay to sell the new tech for more than double its retail price.

The Half-Life and Steam company began allowing eager buyers to sign up for a random chance to buy one of its four Steam Machine reservation options earlier this week. Emails notifying users whether they successfully ended up in the “reservation queue” or the “waitlist” started going out over the last few days.

Stock for the already expensive gaming device, which is priced at $1,049 for its controller-less 512GB model, was always expected to be quite limited, which is why Valve opted for what it called a “less frustrating and more fair” randomized reservation system. Although requirements for the system aimed to get Steam Machines into actual players’ hands with less “friction” than a standard purchase rollout, it looks like plenty of scalpers managed to gain access to the launch, too.

Steam Machine reservation listings on eBay have popped up in the hours since Valve started sending those emails, with prices ranging from a few hundred dollars more than the retail listing to more than double the price. One successful listing for the 512GB option with a controller, which is priced by Valve at $1,128, sold for $1,500 – a nearly $400 mark-up.

An eBay listing for the 2TB Steam Machine with a controller (retail $1,428) sold at a $670 mark-up for a total of $2,100. A pricier example of a sold eBay listing saw the 2TB model sell for $2,899 without a controller – more than double Valve’s asking price of $1,349. Don’t forget to calculate potential shipping costs, too.

It’s far from unexpected, especially when it comes to a Valve release. Just last month, similar scalper listings showed up online in the wake of the pre-order battle for the new Steam controller. Originally priced at $99, some listings sold for more than $250.

Steam Machine – Hands On Photos

Meanwhile, those willing to wait are unsure when Valve will notify them that it’s their turn to purchase a Steam Machine for its standard price. As the company works to make more of its pricey PC-and-console hybrid into players’ hands, you can check out SBFPLAY’s 8/10 review of the device.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Five Nights at Freddy’s 3 Enlists It and Annabelle Writer for Its Script

Five Nights at Freddy’s 3 has reportedly tapped It and Annabelle scribe Gary Dauberman to write its script.

Blumhouse Atomic Monster and Universal seem to have made their first real move for yet another sequel in their series of video game-to-movie adaptations, according to Dread Central (via The Hollywood Reporter). It’s a sign not only that work on the next FNaF movie is underway but that the team is looking to spice up Freddy Fazbear’s Pizza this time around.

Dauberman’s resume includes credits on projects like the 2017 It reboot, its sequel, and 2014’s Annabelle. He also helped write The Nun and last year’s Until Dawn movie and is attached to the upcoming Street Fighter and Helldivers films.

The first Five Nights at Freddy’s film, which premiered in 2023, was co-written by creator Scott Cawthon and director Emma Tammi. Its sequel then followed in 2025 and was written by Seth Cuddeback. It’s unclear if Dauberman will write the new script alone as Blumhouse and Universal attempt to reanimate the franchise’s terrifying animatronic for Five Nights at Freddy’s 3.

Five Nights at Freddy’s 3 has not been formally announced, but it wouldn’t be a surprise to see it get the green light. The first two movies were tremendous successes, with the first quickly becoming Blumhouse’s biggest ever at the time, and the sequel bringing in a solid opening haul, too. Global box office totals saw Five Nights at Freddy’s 1 finish with $291.5 million and Five Nights at Freddy’s 2 finish with $238.5 million, according to Box Office Mojo.

The Hollywood Reporter says that, should work on Five Nights at Freddy’s 3 move forward, Tammi, who directed the first two films, is expected to return. Cawthon is also expected to be involved as a producer. Although stars like Josh Hutcherson, Piper Rubio, and Elizabeth Lail have not officially signed on for another installment, the site says “many are expected” to return, too.

Five Nights at Freddy’s Character Posters

Even as audiences have flocked to see Freddy, Chica, Foxy, and Bonnie hit the big screen, the movies have been notoriously panned by critics. Movie review aggregator Rotten Tomatoes has the first currently sitting at a 33% critic score and 85% audience score, with ratings for the second at 17% from critics and 82% from audiences. SBFPLAY gave FNaF 1 a 4/10 and FNaF 2 a 3/10.

Blumhouse Atomic Monster and Universal may be hoping to even out those scores as Dauberman gives Five Nights at Freddy’s 3 some fresh blood. For more, you can check out our worst-reviewed movies of 2025.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

A Physical Disc Copy of GTA 6 Is Not in the Works, Contrary to Online Reports

Viral social media posts and articles claiming a physical disc copy of GTA 6 is in the works are incorrect.

Various articles and social media accounts reported that GTA 6 would launch on an actual disc by the end of this year after an image featuring comments from Rockstar Support went viral, garnering millions of views. The support email said: “You will be able to acquire a physical copy during the following months.” While the email is legitimate, it does not indicate a disc version is in the works.

The Hollywood Reporter confirmed that the support email was a genuine response to a ticket filed to Rockstar Support asking for a disc version of GTA 6, and that while the response was poorly worded, it did not announce any change in policy, nor confirm a disc release was in the works.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

THR said “a source with knowledge” of Rockstar’s GTA 6 launch strategy told it there are “no plans” for GTA 6 discs to be printed, “not at launch, and not months after.”

When Rockstar Support mentioned a “physical copy,” it was referring to the physical version the company has already announced — the one that comes with just a code in the box. “The following months,” just means following preorders going live this week and all the announcements that came with it, not the following months after GTA 6 goes live in November.

Now, plenty of people have questioned Rockstar’s announcement language here — should we really be calling it a “physical version” if there’s no disc? But the upshot is there is no disc coming. So, if you want to play GTA 6, you’ll need to download the game.

There were also headlines this week based on a report from a Polish website and its “insider” who claimed a disc version of GTA 6 was due out in December. While the report provided fans with more hope, it was wrong, too.

Why has Rockstar decided not to go with a disc version of GTA 6, and risking angering core gamers in the process? There are a number of reasons, analysts told SBFPLAY this week, and they all make commercial sense. Meanwhile, some retailers are refusing to sell GTA 6 because the physical version lacks a disc.

Yesterday, SBFPLAY reported on the results of our own poll where we asked if you’re going to buy the $100 Ultimate Edition or the $80 Standard Edition. Somewhat surprisingly, over 70% of you intend to buy the more expensive version.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Bungie Layoffs Affect Nearly 300 Staff at Washington State Office

The layoffs Bungie announced yesterday hit nearly 300 staff who worked at the developer’s Bellevue, Washington office, official records have revealed.

A Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification (WARN) notice issued by Sony to the Washington State Employment Security Department, reported by Game File, reveals 292 staff have been let go with a formal separation date set for July 9. This number does not account for Bungie staff outside Washington state. It is unknown how many staff remain at Bungie following the cuts, although the studio was reported to have employed 850 staff as of 2024.

It is Bungie’s third round of layoffs in three years. According to The Seattle Times, Bungie once had 1,000 employees in Bellevue, according to a 2023 annual financial report from the city. Between October 2023 and July 2024, Bungie laid off around 320 staff. Local press have called the cuts a “bloodbath.”

Every Bungie Game Ever Reviewed by SBFPLAY

In its statement yesterday, Hermen Hulst, CEO, Studio Business Group, Sony Interactive Entertainment, spoke about the layoffs in general terms, only saying a “significant” number of employees had been affected, hitting “most of the Destiny team and some Marathon team members.”

Hulst described the decision as “difficult” and “painful,” but “necessary to align the studio’s resources with its current priorities and long-term goals.” The news follows the recent ending of new content for Destiny 2, and the release of hardcore extraction shooter Marathon, which has struggled for players. Sony has insisted it remains committed to Marathon, whose team is also said to be working on “incubation efforts for future projects.”

The WARN notice redacts individual names, but includes job titles. It reveals staff across all departments were hit, including artists and technical animators, audio leads and sound designers, engineers, producers, and systems designers, and integrated Sony support teams that manage day-to-day Bungie infrastructure.

A number of former Bungie staff have taken to social media to confirm they were hit by the layoffs. Some are Bungie veterans of over a decade. Bloomberg reporter Jason Schreier said Bungie studio head Justin Truman, who succeeded Pete Parsons last year, had stepped down. According to Forbes reporter Paul Tassi, former Bungie VP of Operations, Poria Torkan, has reportedly taken charge of the studio.

Social media users have also picked up on the mention of “Chief Vision Officer” in the WARN notice. Some are speculating that this is Bungie co-founder and Halo and Destiny creator Jason Jones, who maintains a low profile and rarely speaks to the press. Jones appeared in an official Destiny 2 video released in 2021 in which he was described as Chief Vision Officer. If Jones has left Bungie — and this remains unconfirmed for now — it would represent a true end of an era for the studio behind some of the most iconic first-person shooters ever released.

A rare public appearance from Bungie co-founder Jason Jones. Image credit: Destiny 2 / YouTube.

Bungie has struggled financially for some time, and reportedly was on the brink of closure before Sony bought the studio back in 2022 for $3.6 billion. Sony recently reported a $765 million impairment loss due to underperformance of Bungie specifically.

Bungie’s issues with Destiny 2 reportedly began around the time of last summer’s Edge of Fate expansion, which was said to have underperformed. The decision to pull the plug was allegedly made “earlier this year” after it was decided not to relaunch the franchise as “Destiny Infinity.”

Forbes reported that Bungie began discussing different scenarios about “what the future of Destiny 2 would look like” after December’s Renegades, its Star Wars-themed crossover expansion, “did even worse [than Edge of Fate] and didn’t change sales or retention trajectory.”

Destiny Infinity would have been a relaunch alongside a return to the one big expansion model Destiny used to have, but the idea fell by the wayside after it was allegedly decided that the costs and risks were too high, especially in the context of support for Marathon.

Destiny 3 “was considered, as ever, but things didn’t swing that way,” and there has been no behind-the-scenes hints that a third Destiny game is coming, with the cost of the game’s production cited as the key issue.

Destiny 2 launched on PlayStation 4 and Xbox One on September 6, 2017, with a PC version following a month later. Behind the scenes, however, tension between Bungie and Activision emerged, and the two companies officially parted ways in January 2019, ending their 10-year publishing deal five years early.

With Destiny in its own hands, Bungie self-published the game, but it couldn’t escape financial troubles and layoffs as Destiny 2 expansions failed to hit the mark and the player base dwindled. Extraction shooter Marathon launched early March, with a reported budget of more than $250 million. It too, according to analysts, has failed to meet sales expectations.

Photographer: Troy Harvey/Bloomberg via Getty Images.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Games Workshop Is Going After Tabletop Simulator Steam Mods That Recreate Warhammer 40,000 11th Edition

Popular Tabletop Simulator Steam mods that recreate the in-person Warhammer 40,000 game have reportedly received takedown requests from Games Workshop.

While Games Workshop hasn’t commented on its action here — and rarely does in cases such as this — one of the chief creators of Tabletop Simulator Warhammer 40,000 mods alleged that the UK company was to blame.

Tabletop Simulator is a long-running and popular physics sandbox designed to let people make their own board games in virtual form. It launched over a decade ago on Steam, where there are thousands of community-created mods, including Warhammer 40,000 mods.

A Warhammer 40,000 mod for Tabletop Simulator recreates the in-person game. Image credit: Steam.

This week saw the launch of the 11th Edition of Warhammer 40,000, Games Workshop’s flagship tabletop game and one of the biggest releases in the company’s history. It sells pricey box sets packed with miniatures to fans, who then assemble, paint, and deploy on a battlefield using the new rules and units introduced by this latest edition of the game.

Already, 11th Edition mods were made available on TS Warhammer Steam Workshop, but two of the most high-profile are now removed. A modder called hutber, who had released an 11th Edition map for TTS just a week ago, took to reddit to say they had removed it “after a request from GW.”

“Seems we’re ready for another crack down from GW, which is their right to do,” hutber said in a thread titled “Hutber Map | TTS Map cease and desist.” “So we cannot complain of course :D”

ForceOrg, another popular mod used to play Warhammer 40,000 digitally, was also taken down from Steam Workshop. TTS modder Seaborne said in a reddit thread that ForceOrg had been removed as a result of Games Workshop’s action.

“Regrettably, this is going to be our version of the Dark Age Of Technology,” Seaborne said. “Those who have never subscribed to ForceOrg before won’t be able to subscribe to it now. Those currently subscribed may still be able to use these mods, but how long this will last is uncertain.”

Games Workshop is notorious for protecting its intellectual property with takedown requests and, in some cases, direct DMCA strikes. Earlier this year, SBFPLAY reported on Void War, a strategy game dubbed ‘FTL in a Warhammer 40,000 skin,’ after it was pulled from Steam when Games Workshop issued a DMCA takedown due to an image of a shoulder pad.

Why take on the TTS Warhammer 40,000 modding community now after years of inaction? Seaborne speculated that it has to do with the recent release of Warhammer 40,000 11th Edition. In theory, some Warhammer 40,000 fans may be content playing the tabletop game digitally, rather than get involved with what is an expensive hobby in an official capacity — potentially denying Games Workshop revenue that might have come from that.

On the other hand, some say Warhammer 40,000 TTS mods are crucial for letting them play with friends they would never be able to play the tabletop with, perhaps because they’re overseas or have other issues actually meeting up in-person. Some found Warhammer 40,000 TTS mods helped them through Covid lockdowns, and have stuck with it since.

Total War: Warhammer 40,000 Screenshots

It’s worth noting that while there are many, many Warhammer 40,000 video games out there, none are straight-up recreations of the tabletop experience. Sure, there are Warhammer 40,000 strategy games, some of which are even turn-based. But none follow the rules of the tabletop game, rather established video game conventions. There’s a clear reason for that: Games Workshop doesn’t want to give fans any digital experience that might effectively replace the tabletop, which remains the crown jewel in its portfolio. Warhammer 40,000 video games must offer an alternative, complimentary experience only — it’s a strategy that makes sense commercially, even if there is an obvious market for a direct digital recreation.

The TTS Warhammer 40,000 modding community has been through this before and it eventually returned to basically doing what it had been doing. ForceOrg’s continuation will be determined in the next 48 hours, Seaborne said. “Long-term, this is nothing but a momentarily stop gap.” In the meantime, Seaborne suggested TTS Warhammer modders “hide, delist and create backups for your works until the coast feels clear.”

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Nintendo Switch 2 Second Fastest-Selling Hardware in U.S. History After 12 Months

The Nintendo Switch 2 has ended its first 12 months on sale as the second fastest-selling hardware in U.S. history.

New data from Circana reveals the Switch 2 has a 5.9 million U.S. install base after a year. Only the Game Boy Advance’s 6.5 million units over its first year in the market exceeds it, Mat Piscatella, Senior Director, Video Games at Circana said.

Nintendo has said Switch 2 is its fastest-selling hardware ever globally, despite some sales struggles at the back end of 2025 in western markets. In May, Nintendo said it expected to sell fewer Switch 2 consoles over the console’s second year, because Switch 2 sales “were more concentrated in the launch year in comparison to previous hardware systems.” And let’s remember that Nintendo will increase the Switch 2’s price by $50, raising the console to $499.99 on September 1.

The 100 Best Nintendo Games of All Time

Perhaps in part due to that price rise announcement, Switch 2 sales were boosted in May. According to Piscatella, May 2026 hardware spending increased by 38% when compared to a year ago, to $249 million, with the Nintendo Switch 2 offsetting a 43% year-on-year drop in PS5 spending (and a 58% dip in unit sales) driven by recent price increases.

Xbox Series hardware spending actually grew 7% versus a year ago, while unit sales fell by 12%. Nintendo Switch 2 was again the best-selling hardware platform in both units and dollars for May and 2026 year-to-date, with PS5 second across both measures and time periods.

Nintendo Switch 2: Choose Your Game Bundle

10

In fact, PlayStation hardware unit sales fell to their lowest May total since May 2000, while Xbox hardware unit sales were the lowest ever recorded for a May month. These shocking results undoubtedly had to do with recent price rises, which in PlayStation’s case were brought into effect in April. Microsoft announced significant price rises for Xbox Series X and S this week, blaming the ongoing “components crisis.” They kick off on August 1.

Clearly, getting into console gaming has become more expensive over the course of this generation. Traditionally, console gaming becomes cheaper over the course of a generation as consoles come down in price. Not so in 2026, which has been something of a bloodbath for the video game industry. The average price paid for a new unit of video game hardware reached $502 in May, up 14% compared to a year ago ($440), Circana revealed. May 2026 PS5 average pricing increased by 33% versus a year ago to $672, with Xbox Series up 22%, to $524.

The 100 Best PlayStation Games of All Time

All three console manufacturers are under intense pressure on their hardware pricing, with reports indicating Sony’s PS6 and Microsoft’s Project Helix could launch around $1,000. Last month, Sony said it had yet to decide when to launch the PS6, nor how much it would cost, as memory shortages continue to hit hard. Earlier this month, new Xbox CEO Asha Sharma said the spiralling cost of new and existing consoles would require “radically different business models” over the coming generation. She added that the industry had “reached a point where it will be hard to imagine” mass audiences still being able to afford “thousands of dollars” for a new console generation.

As for Switch 2, Nintendo expects to sell 16.5 million units over the coming financial year, down from the 19.86 million it has sold since launch. This would still place cumulative Switch 2 sales after 22 months ahead of those of Switch 1 at the same point in its life cycle. Whether the Switch 2 can then go on to maintain Switch 1’s long-lasting success, however, remains to be seen.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Young Male Gamers Twice as Likely to Believe Conspiracy Theories, UK Study Suggests

A new study has found that young male gamers in the UK are twice as likely to believe conspiracy theories compared to the country’s general population.

The statistic comes from a new report by research firm More in Common and The AKO Storytelling Institute at the University of Arts London (via Video Games Industry Memo), which polled thousands of young Brits on their thoughts, and grouped them based on their average video game usage.

One aim of the study was to identify if video games could be a useful tool to reach those who may have switched off from mainstream media, and instead believed misinformation or disinformation spread by other sources.

Intriguingly, the gaming-heavy group that most stated they agreed with the idea that “secret groups are controlling global events” also stated they were four times more confident that they would be able to spot misinformation.

2,000 British men aged 18 to 24 were polled for the study, a group dubbed “Sceptical Scrollers”, who account for 10% of the country’s population, though are among those with the lowest income, most likely to be in debt and live in social housing close to where they grew up.

The group is among the least likely to watch terrestrial TV, listen to radio, or read a newspaper, instead favoring to trust news and reports seen on YouTube, via podcasts or social media. But in terms of video games, the group plays more than any other.

Among Us Hide n’ Seek

So, could video games be used to reach the group? It’s unclear. The study found that those within the group valued video games highly as an escape, and a space “free of political ideology.” Indeed, the study stated that “most treat games as an alternative to the moral, political and gritty reality they live in, and they want them to stay that way.”

When the group was given games to play with a subtle message (one character was revealed to have been manipulated, another centered on being susceptible to misinformation), results were “mixed” — especially after the purpose of the games were explained. “A number of participants felt betrayed,” the study stated.

But while video games may not be the avenue to change beliefs, the study does at least show that video games can be a positive aspect in the lives of a group which otherwise feels disenfranchised, and a place of common ground. And while Sceptical Scrollers aren’t likely to play a video game designed specifically to contest a conspiracy theory, it’s suggested that games which encourage critical thinking can still be useful — such as the social deduction game Among Us, or Papers, Please.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

The Butcher’s Nails Is the Most Violent Warhammer 40,000 Show Ever Made by Games Workshop

The hugely popular Space Marine 2 did a great job of delivering third-person action, but what about a big-budget first-person Space Marine game? So far, that doesn’t exist, but the latest Warhammer 40,000 animated show from Games Workshop gives fans an idea of what it might look like.

During Games Workshop’s Big Summer Preview showcase, the UK company revealed the debut trailer for a new animation called The Butcher’s Nails, which is due to hit the company’s streaming platform, Warhammer TV, soon. The gory clip stars a World Eaters Berzerker called Makrath, who joins forces with members of fellow Chaos Space Marine faction, the Iron Warriors, during an assault against loyalist Space Marines backed up by soldiers of the Astra Militarum.

The trailer shows Makrath ripping his enemies to shreds from a first-person perspective, giving us an idea of what a World Eaters Berzerker sees from within his helmet. There are cool, Space Marine HUD elements — the kind you’d expect to see in a first-person Space Marine video game. Makrath’s Bolter is positioned at the bottom of the screen, just as you’d expect in a first-person shooter. You even see the outlines of enemies as if they’re marked, just as you can in so many sci-fi first-person shooters. I particularly like the moment Makrath executes an Imperial Fist with a Bolter shot to the face. Very Doom.

The Butcher’s Nails Warhammer 40,000 Animation Images

Yes, it very much looks like a first-person Chaos Space Marine game to me, which, now I think about it, I very much want. Space Marine 2 is wonderful, don’t get me wrong. But there’s something about a first-person perspective that I think would make for a more intense experience, and playing as a Chaos Space Marine would be a welcome palate cleanser.

And the World Eaters would be the perfect pick for such a game. For the uninitiated, the World Eaters are the angriest Space Marine legion (their primarch is called Angron!). The Butcher’s Nails, after which this animated show is named, are implants that turned the World Eaters into crazed gladiators, and helped them along the path to Chaos. In the current Warhammer 40,000 setting, the World Eaters rampage across the galaxy, slaughtering pretty much anything and everything in their way without rhyme or reason. Angron, now the Daemon Primarch of Khorne, is angrier than ever. Blood for the Blood God! Skulls for the Skull Throne! And so on and so forth.

And so, yes, the World Eaters would be the perfect fit for an ultra gory, relentlessly violent, fast-paced first-person melee shooter hybrid, one where you speed towards those righteous Space Marines and squisky Guardsmen and tear them apart.

Hammer and Bolter: The Butcher’s Nails Trailer | Big Summer Preview 2026! pic.twitter.com/Noq5SmzQNJ

— Jesus 40k Worldview (@40kWorldview) June 26, 2026

And yes, I know the excellent Boltgun exists, and a sequel is on the way. But I’m talking about a first-person Space Marine game that isn’t a boomer shooter and isn’t all about making the Ultramarines flex their muscles like the Warhammer 40,000 poster boys they are. Don’t get me wrong, Boltgun is great, but what I have in mind is different. It’s, well, it’s this animation in video game form.

Perhaps The Butcher’s Nails will have to do for now. In a post on Warhammer Community, Games Workshop said “much of the action is from Makrath’s perspective — literally depicting what he sees from inside his helmet.” On top of that, “The action is relentless — the entire episode is almost a single non-stop fight scene.”

In other Warhammer 40,000 news, it emerged this week that popular Tabletop Simulator Steam mods that recreate the in-person Warhammer 40,000 game have received takedown requests from Games Workshop, sparking a backlash within the community.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Tekken Cartoon Revealed by Bandai Namco

Bandai Namco has re-imagined classic fighting game characters like Kazuya and Kuma in the first teaser for a Tekken cartoon.

Officially stylized as “TEKKEN! CARTOON,” the minute-and-a-half-long trailer mixes live action and animated elements to reveal an unexpected offshoot for the publisher’s long-running fighting game series. Just five characters – Kazuya, Kuma, Yoshimitsu, Paul, and Alisa – show up in the video, but we wouldn’t be surprised to see more cute versions of fan-favorite characters show up in whatever the final product ends up looking like.

“Your favorite #TEKKEN characters are coming out of the ring and into the cartoon world!” an official description for the animated project said. “Keep an eye on our socials for more news about the TEKKEN! CARTOON.”

Will this fight end in a draw?🖌️

Your favorite #TEKKEN characters are coming out of the ring and into the cartoon world! Keep an eye on our socials for more news about the TEKKEN! CARTOON#TEKKENCARTOON pic.twitter.com/sz93CzJzPR

— TEKKEN (@TEKKEN) June 26, 2026

The YouTube description for Tekken! Cartoon also revealed some of what appears to be the staff behind the trailer itself. Included in the lineup is animator Amerhiro, whose work can be seen across both their X/Twitter and Instagram pages and features a similar look to the designs revealed in the trailer.

Tekken! Cartoon might be the last thing Tekken fans expected to see when they woke up today. These are cute and colorful versions of video game icons who have thrown down for decades, and with little information about what exactly it will be or where it will air, fans aren’t totally sure what to make of it.

“I thought this was an ad for Tekken snacks or something,” one fan commented. “Wasn’t expecting this, but let’s see what they’re doing with it (Maybe).”

“TEKKEN BABIES IS REAL!!” another joked.

pic.twitter.com/zzccihxW6J

— ……Nanobitt….. (@artofnanobit) June 26, 2026

Some fans online are also confused to see another Tekken animated project emerge without any updates on a potential return for Netflix’s anime adaptation, Tekken: Bloodline. The show premiered in 2022 and featured visuals that fell a little more in line with the games it was based on.

Tekken! Cartoon has no release date or plot information for now. Meanwhile, despite the exit of series veteran Katsuhiro Harada in December 2025 and Tekken 7 and 8 game director Kohei ‘Nakatsu’ Ikeda just a few weeks ago, Bandai Namco’s fighting game franchise continues to receive updates, with Tekken 8 due to add Baki’s Yujiro Hanma as a playable DLC character.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Millie Bobby Brown and David Harbour to Play Father-Daughter Duo in New Netflix Spy Drama

Netflix has announced Stranger Things alumni Millie Bobby Brown and David Harbour will return to play a father-daughter duo in a new spy drama series from Adolescence creator Jack Thorne.

The streamer announced the news today, confirming the two actors who played Hawkins’ Eleven and Jim Hopper will reunite following a straight-to-series order. It comes from A24, with Thorne attached as writer and executive producer.

Netflix published a synopsis for the show, which currently has no title: “In the series, disgraced FBI agent turned security expert Matt Wolfe (Harbour) is drawn back into the world he left behind when his estranged daughter, Rebecca (Brown) — now an FBI agent determined to follow in his footsteps — vanishes on a mission, forcing him to return to a field that has evolved beyond him.”

Milly Bobby Brown (L) and David Harbour (R). Photo by Axelle/Bauer-Griffin/FilmMagic.

Despite moving forward without an official title, Netflix has already nabbed a few other names for its crew behind the camera. Included in the list are Brown’s husband, Jake Bongiovi, and her father, Robert Brown, as producers via their family’s PCMA Productions.

Joe Hipps and Patrick McDonald are also attached as producers for Cut To, with KC Wenson also in the mix for Bravo Axolotl. Brown and Harbour will also serve as executive producers.

“We are delighted to bring this spy drama to life with an extraordinary group of talent we’ve been fortunate to collaborate with before,” Netflix head of scripted series, US and Canada, Jinny Howe said in a statement. “Jack Thorne’s ability to find the deeply human story inside a thriller is unmatched, and watching Millie Bobby Brown and David Harbour reunite — this time as estranged father and daughter on opposite sides of a crisis — is something audiences are going to love. A24 is the perfect partner to bring this story to our members around the world.”

Brown and Harbour have made headlines in the last year for a few reasons. The two, of course, played out their (adoptive) father-daughter relationship as their Stranger Things characters before the Netflix sci-fi show finally came to an end with Season 5 on New Year’s Eve in December 2025. It was an event that saw audiences turning out to theaters to see how creators the Duffer Brothers would attempt to tie a bow on stories for Eleven, Hopper, and the rest of the Upside Down crew.

The lead-up to that big finish, however, was marred by real-world controversy surrounding Brown and Harbour. The drama began after The Daily Mail published a November 2025 report saying Brown had filed a harassment and bullying claim against Harbour before production on Season 5 started. Just days after the initial report emerged, the two were seen together at the Stranger Things finale premiere, with no sign of bad blood to be found. At the time, director and executive producer Shawn Levy dismissed the claims.

“I’ve read a bunch of stories and they range from wildly inaccurate to… there’s so much noise around it,” he told The Hollywood Reporter. “But the truth is that we view this crew and this cast as family, and so we treat each other with respect, and that’s always been bedrock.”

One Last Adventure: The Making of Stranger Things 5 Trailer Images

Brown later went on to indirectly fight rumors. In late November, she told The Hollywood Reporter that she and Harbour “value our friendship more than anything,” adding that it was “really exciting” to “come back together” with Harbour for the Stranger Things finale.

Brown and Harbour will be back to fill similar roles when the untitled Netflix spy drama eventually materializes. In the meantime, you can read about what SBFPLAY thought of the Stranger Things finale episode with our 9/10 spoiler review.

Photo by Axelle/Bauer-Griffin/FilmMagic.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Valve Wants a More Affordable Steam Machine

As players come to grips with the $1,049 price of the Steam Machine, Valve has said it would “love to make” it more affordable, while warning that a price drop won’t arrive “any time soon.”

Engineer Pierre-Loup Griffais and Yazan Aldehayyat opened up about the Steam company’s hardware strategy during an interview with Digital Foundry. Their words arrive amid shortages for components like RAM and skyrocketing costs for gaming consoles and PCs across the globe.

The Valve team was asked if they would be open to lowering the price of the Steam Machine should these wider issues be resolved. Griffais admitted that there is “no point for us to keep hardware at a high price.”

“It’s meant to be an enabler of a stronger connection between people and their games,” Griffais said, “and not something that we’re trying to sell to people for other reasons… [For us], the cheaper the better.”

“The cheaper the better” should come as a welcome idea both to those eager to pick up a Steam Machine and those waiting for a price drop. The issue, however, is that the future isn’t exactly set up for costs to come down in the near future.

Micron CEO Sanjay Mehrotra said earlier this week that the expectation is for the AI-driven RAM shortage, specifically, to last at least through 2027. While Mehrotra said the hope is that things will start to ease in 2028, as noted by Digital Foundry and as reported by The Register, the memory technology company just locked in historically high prices for five years.

Aldehayyat doubled down on the idea that Valve would prefer for its Steam Machine to come down in price. Unfortunately, it doesn’t look like such a move will be in the cards for quite some time.

“It’s obviously hard for us to predict the future, but we’re not optimistic it’s going to happen any time soon,” Aldehayyat explained. “Other people in the industry have said as much.”

Steam Machine – Hands On Photos

He continued: “Obviously, we would love to be able to make the Steam Machine more affordable and reach more people, but I don’t want to promise to people that it’s coming soon. I wouldn’t say that this is something that’s going to resolve very soon.”

Valve pulled back the curtain on its Steam Machine in November 2025 to reveal a device it hopes will bridge the gap between PC and console gaming. It almost immediately began to warn that its price could be quite steep before finally announcing its official price tag earlier this week. For those still catching up, it costs $1,049 for its 512GB model, with its 2TB option priced at $1,349 or $1,428 when bundled with a Steam Controller.

For more about the Valve console, you can read SBFPLAY’s 8/10 Steam Machine review. You can also see why the company is refusing to subsidize the device, as well as what it had to say about its relationship with RAM companies.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Ghost of Yotei Triggers Tourism Push in Hokkaido, Japan

Towns located near the real-life Mount Yotei in Hokkaido are planning to leverage the success of Sucker Punch’s PlayStation 5 exclusive Ghost of Yotei to attract more visitors to the area outside ski season. Official merch collaborations with local craftspeople and curated tours of in-game locations are just some of the initiatives in the works.

Set in 17th century Japan, Ghost of Yotei puts you in the shoes of Atsu, a warrior setting out to take revenge on the six men who slaughtered her family. Backed up by Sucker Punch’s in-depth research trips to Hokkaido, Ghost of Yotei recreates and shows off the natural beauty of Mount Yotei and the surrounding area, prompting positive comments from Japanese people living in the area upon the game’s release last October.

Now, towns in the Niseko region surrounding the real life Mount Yotei are hoping to attract Ghost of Yotei fans to the area, as reported by Nikkei (and spotted by VGC).

The Best PlayStation Game of 2025

The real life Mount Yotei is in Shikotsu Toya National Park in Hokkaido. Nearby is Niseko, which is already a popular tourist destination due to its high snowfall, giving it a long ski season that runs from November to May. During peak months, luxury hotels in the area charge around 200,000yen (approx. $1,200) per night, however this drops to around 10,000yen ($60) in the summer off-season. The towns in the Niseko area are hoping Ghost of Yotei will draw more visitors to the region even when there’s no snow around. “We hope that through playing the game, people will discover not only the area’s winter landscape but also its spring, summer and fall scenery, and that this will lead to actual visits,” a spokesperson from the town’s planning and environment division told Nikkei.

With Ghost of Yotei selling over 3.3 million copies by November 2025, a discussion group was quickly established to explore tourism strategies related to the game. Seven towns in the area, plus tourism associations joined the group. A representative from Niseko told Nikkei: “We want to focus these promotional efforts on seasons other than winter.”

So far, Niseko has teamed up with a Tokyo-based company specializing in IP collaborations and are aiming to sell Ghost of Yotei T-shirts, with further plans to expand the range of officially licensed merch. Local businesses are also getting involved. Kumagera, which makes sustainable products carved from local wood, has already released a series of Ghost of Yotei badges and magnets. There are also plans to offer curated tours of locations featured in the game.

Mount Yotei (6,227 ft) as seen from Mount Kombu, Hokkaido prefecture. Photo by Charly TRIBALLEAU / AFP.

Sucker Punch’s previous game Ghost of Tsushima boosted visitors to Japan’s real-life Tsushima Island, resulting in the game’s director Nate Fox and creative director Jason Connell being named cultural ambassadors. However, more tourism to the island has been a bit of a double-edged sword. On the one hand, Tsushima’s Watazumi Shrine was repaired after a typhoon thanks to donations from Ghost of Tsushima fans. But on the other, it ended up banning tourists in March 2025 due to the bad behavior of some visitors.

Verity Townsend is a Japan-based freelance writer who previously served as editor, contributor and translator for the game news site Automaton West. She has also written about Japanese culture and movies for various publications.

Arc System Works Evo Collection Humble Bundle Includes Guilty Gear and BlazBlue Games, Helps Raiden Science Foundation

Humble Bundle has just launched a brand-new bundle that not only collects some of the best Arc System Works games like Guilty Gear -Strive- and BlazBlue: Central Fiction, but also supports the Raiden Science Foundation and its Fight4Rare initiative, which helps ignite hope and advance rare disease research.

This Arc System Works EVO Collection Humble Bundle, which runs through July 17, holds a $340 value and allows you to unlock a bundle of 10 items (games and DLC coupons!) for a donation of at least $5. If you wish to give more, you can get the 13-item bundle for at least $10 and the entire 16-item collection for $20. You can check out all the games and DLC coupons below, but this bundle is very special for a lot of reasons and we wanted to highlight one of them first.

The Raiden Science Foundation and its Fight4Rare initiative were founded by Tommy Pham and his wife, Linda, in honor of their son, Raiden. Named after the God of Thunder himself from Mortal Kombat, Raiden is an incredible kid who began experiencing developmental issues at roughly 3 months old.

Raiden was diagnosed with UBA5 Disorder, which is an ultra-rare genetic condition that only affects fewer than 100 known children worldwide, and this means he can’t sit, walk, talk, or use his limbs. Despite all of this, he is still a “happy kid that behaves like a six-month-old” and “has a personality that lights up every room.” Pham told us that there was virtually no research done on this condition and that he was told there wasn’t much that could be done to help his son, but he wouldn’t accept that answer.

In November 2021, Tommy and Linda launched the Raiden Science Foundation (RSF), with a focus on shining a light on rare diseases that may not impact many people but are still just as important to research, so they can help the lives that mean everything. Since its founding, RSF has partnered with UMass Chan Medical School and St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital, and it is now working to raise $3 million, after receiving feedback from the FDA to manufacture a treatment for UBA5 Disorder and move it into clinic.

To help with this mission to get more attention and research done for rare diseases, Pham also launched Fight4Rare, originally called Kombat4Rare, a fundraiser “inspired by Mortal Kombat, Raiden’s name, and the idea that gamers could help fight for something bigger than themselves.” This initiative was received very positively, and it evolved into Fight4Rare to encompass even more games.

Raiden Science Foundation Photos

And now we arrive at this bundle, which has even more meaning to Pham, as Guilty Gear -Strive- was released just months before Raiden was diagnosed with UBA5 Disorder. This game not only helped him get through one of his darkest chapters, but it also features a character named Ky Kiske, who is all about hope and uses lightning, which is a pretty amazing connection to Raiden. Oh, and it’s also being featured in this bundle that will hopefully help Raiden and others, and we’ll be breaking down right now what else it includes.

10-Item Bundle (Pay at least $5)

  • Melty Blood Actress Again Current Code
  • Kill la Kill – IF
  • Chaos Code -New Sign of Catastrophe-
  • Guilty Gear XX Accent Core Plus R
  • Guilty Gear
  • 10% Discounts on Guilty Gear -Strive- Season Pass 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5

13-Item Bundle (Pay at least $10)

  • Everything Included in the 10-Item Bundle
  • Blazblue Cross Tag Battle Special Edition
  • Guilty Gear Xrd REV 2 Deluxe Edition
  • Arcana Heart 3 LOVEMAX SIXSTARS!!!!!! XTEND

Entire 16-Item Bundle (Pay at least $20)

  • Everything Included in the 13-item Bundle
  • Guilty Gear -Strive-
  • Blazblue CentralFiction
  • Under Night In-Birth II Sys:Celes

This is another meaningful way to celebrate Evo 2026, which takes place in Las Vegas from June 26-28. This also has another connection to Tommy and Raiden’s story, as Mark Julio a.k.a. MarkMan has been an important person in bringing this mission of helping find cures for rare diseases to life.

MarkMan is known for his work and passion in the fighting game community, especially with Tekken and as Director of Global Business Development at Evo. He also helped Pham connect with other kind people in the wider fighting game community, and provide guidance and support in launching Fight4Rare.

“For me, Mark represents what makes the FGC so special,” Pham told us. “He saw a family trying to save their son and chose to stand beside them. Through his support, and the support of the broader FGC, what began as one family’s fight became a community’s fight. That support continues to fuel everything we do today.”

For more, check out the Raiden Science Foundation and its Fight4Rare initiative.

Humble Bundle is part of SBFPLAY Entertainment, the division of Ziff Davis that includes GamesIndustry.biz, SBFPLAY, and MapGenie.

Adam Bankhurst is a writer for SBFPLAY. You can follow him on X/Twitter @AdamBankhurst, Instagram, and TikTok, and listen to his show, Talking Disney Magic.

Edgerunners Almost Had Even Worse Endings

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners almost featured a different and “even worse” ending than the one it got, according to writer Bartosz Sztybor.

The writer behind Studio Trigger and CD Projekt Red’s acclaimed Cyberpunk 2077 anime spin-off spoke about how Season 1’s already bleak story could have had fans shedding more tears during a conversation with Anime Corner. In an excerpt from the full, yet-to-be-released interview, Sztybor teased that the ending of David and Lucy’s story was almost more tragic than the one we got when the show came to Netflix 2022.

Warning! Spoilers for Cyberpunk: Edgerunners follow…

“There was never a happy ending. There were even worse endings,” Sztybor said. “There was one ending in which David doesn’t die entirely. Arasaka gets him and he ends up fighting in Africa or South America in corporate wars as a robot.”

If you’ve not had a chance to see all 10 episodes of Cyberpunk: Edgerunners, you should know that the beautifully tragic tale of David Martinez never shied away from the brutality of Night City. It’s a tearjerker from front to back, with his story (and many others) finally coming to an end at the hands of Adam Smasher as Lucy finally gets to take that trip to the moon.

The ending to Cyberpunk: Edgerunners is bittersweet, to say the least. It’s hard to imagine what it would have looked like without those final shots of Lucy looking down at Earth as Rosa Walton’s “I Really Want to Stay at Your House” plays her out, but Sztybor suggests it nearly wasn’t how the story came to a close.

Of course, fans should note Sztybor teased there were worse “endings,” suggesting the cut finale where David lives is just one of what could be many different moments that wound up on the cutting room floor. So, even if Season 1 made you cry, you can rest assured things could have been much, much sadder.

For now, the crew from Cyberpunk: Edgerunners Season 1 lives on as side content featured in Cyberpunk 2077. A second season of the show is on the way but currently has no release date, with more expected to be revealed June 29. A prequel manga starring Rebecca was also released back in February.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with SBFPLAY. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

PlayStation and Xbox Console Sales Collapse

May was a catastrophic month for PlayStation and Xbox sales in the U.S., driven by price rises that have clearly had a significant impact on consumer interest in buying a new console.

Sony raised the price of PS5 consoles in April, bringing the cost of a standard PS5 to $649.99, the PS5 Digital Edition to $599.99, and the PS5 Pro to $899.99. Those price rises appear to have dented PS5 sales in the U.S. in May, when, according to new Circana data, PS5 spending fell 43% year-on-year, and unit sales plummeted 58%.

Xbox didn’t do much better. Surprisingly, Xbox Series hardware spending actually grew 7% versus a year ago, but unit sales fell by 12%. That’s the result of Xbox Series costing more in May versus the previous May (Microsoft increased the Xbox console price by $20-$70 in the U.S. last October).

The Best PlayStation Game of 2025

Mat Piscatella, Senior Director, Video Games at Circana said PlayStation hardware unit sales fell to their lowest May total since May 2000, which seems pretty terrible for Sony. Meanwhile, Xbox hardware unit sales were the lowest ever recorded for a May month. Bad all round.

Hammering home the point that getting into console gaming has become more expensive, Circana said the average price paid for a new unit of video game hardware reached $502 in May, up 14% compared to a year ago ($440). May 2026 PS5 average pricing increased by 33% versus a year ago to $672, with Xbox Series up 22%, to $524. Traditionally, consoles get cheaper over the course of a generation, not more expensive.

Microsoft announced another Xbox Series price rise this week, although it doesn’t come into effect until August. I can’t imagine those September Xbox sales are going to be particularly healthy, if what’s happened in May is anything to go by.

The Best Xbox Game of 2025

The price rises are the direct result of the “RAMpocalypse,” which is an ongoing global memory shortage and price crisis driven by semiconductor manufacturers reallocating their DRAM and NAND production capacity to high-margin hardware for AI data centers.

“Last October, we increased Xbox console price by $20-$70 in the U.S.” Microsoft said when it announced Xbox price rises this week. “We hoped another price increase would not be necessary, and we have spent the last several months working with suppliers on options. Unfortunately, console storage and memory prices have increased by more than 2.5x and we expect another doubling by the fall of 2027.

“The entire consumer electronics industry is struggling with the current components crisis, but the effects are particularly hard on consoles. Unlike phones, computers, speakers, and other consumer devices, consoles are typically not sold at a profit, but instead for less than they cost to make.”

When Sony hiked the price of PS5, it blamed it on “continued pressures in the global economic landscape.” It’s a similar story for pretty much every hardware manufacturer around. Just look at Valve’s Steam Machine.

When will this console price pain end? No time soon, reports indicate. Microsoft expects another doubling of console storage and memory prices by the fall of 2027. Fingers crossed for 2028, then!

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Retailers Are Issuing Console Shortage Warnings Ahead of GTA 6

A major retailer has warned there will be console shortages ahead of the launch of GTA 6 in November, sparking concern that scalpers will cash in on demand for PS5 and Xbox Series X and S this Christmas.

GTA 6 is due out on PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X and S only, which means that if you must have a current generation console from either Sony or Microsoft to play the game. Given Rockstar’s hotly anticipated open world adventure is expected to be the biggest entertainment launch of all time, consumer interest in buying a new console is expected to skyrocket.

That would normally be fantastic news for Sony and Microsoft, but according to The Game Business, retailers are worried they may not be able to capitalize on the demand. According to the site, a “major” games retailer warned there won’t be enough consoles to meet demand over the crucial holiday period.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

“We’ve been informed that because of the ongoing issues around hardware component availability, we won’t be getting the units we want ahead of GTA,” the anonymous source said, adding: “Demand will likely outstrip supply during the year end period.”

Both Sony and Microsoft have raised the price of their consoles this year, although the latest price hike from Microsoft doesn’t kick in until August 1. Some are worried Sony may announce yet another PS5 price rise before the year is out (the last price rise, effective from April, sparked a sales collapse in the U.S.). Currently, the PS5 costs $649.99, the PS5 Digital Edition costs $599.99, and the PS5 Pro costs $899.99.

Xbox console price rises effective August 1, 2026:

  • Xbox Series S 512GB: $399.99 —> $499.99
  • Xbox Series S 1TB: $449.99 —> $599.99
  • Xbox Series X 1TB Digital: $599.99 —> $749.99
  • Xbox Series X 1TB: $649.99 —> $799.99

The price rises are the direct result of the “RAMpocalypse,” which is an ongoing global memory shortage and price crisis driven by semiconductor manufacturers reallocating their DRAM and NAND production capacity to high-margin hardware for AI data centers.

“Last October, we increased Xbox console price by $20-$70 in the U.S.” Microsoft said when it announced Xbox price rises this week. “We hoped another price increase would not be necessary, and we have spent the last several months working with suppliers on options. Unfortunately, console storage and memory prices have increased by more than 2.5x and we expect another doubling by the fall of 2027.

“The entire consumer electronics industry is struggling with the current components crisis, but the effects are particularly hard on consoles. Unlike phones, computers, speakers, and other consumer devices, consoles are typically not sold at a profit, but instead for less than they cost to make.”

Microsoft executives have insisted demand for Xbox consoles exceeds supply, and that it is struggling to improve the situation. What does this mean for you? Well, if you want to play GTA 6 at launch and you need to buy a current-gen console, doing so sooner rather than later is probably wise. As I’ve mentioned, Xbox Series X and S get more expensive from August, and who knows what Sony will do with the price of PS5?

Not only that, but both console offerings may sell out because of the GTA 6 demand, which could open the door to scalpers cashing in. The last thing anyone needs is to be faced with the prospect of paying $1,500 dollars for an Xbox Series X from eBay just to play GTA 6. I dread to think how much scalpers will list a PS5 Pro for this Christmas if it sells out.

for all the latest, check out our ongoing GTA 6 live report, where we have a steady stream of updates on the game.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Stardew Valley Creator ConcernedApe Issues Update on Haunted Chocolatier Development

Stardew Valley creator ConcernedApe has reassured fans that he’s still working on his next game, Haunted Chocolatier, and explained why it’s taking so long.

ConcernedApe, real name Eric Barone, announced Haunted Chocolatier back in 2021, but amid ongoing work on his phenomenally successful Stardew Valley, progress on the follow-up has been slow going.

In a new blog post titled “Still here, still grinding…,” ConcernedApe insisted he was still working on the game, which he sounds somewhat embarrassed to have to keep on saying. “Feels kinda dumb posting this same thing over and over, but that’s the reality,” he said.

“I know it’s taking a long time,” he continued, before explaining the hold up. ConcernedApe is fussing over every last detail, it seems, in a bid to make Haunted Chocolatier as close to perfect as humanly possible.

“I am being very thoughtful about every aspect of the game,” he said. “The things in the game which the player will be interacting with or using very often need to be ‘perfect.’ They need to be seamless, clear, intuitive, satisfying, aesthetic.”

He used the example of iterating on the recipe book for making chocolates, which sounds like a significant challenge.

“To me, it’s not a simple task, as I torture myself over every last detail,” he said. “This is a UI you will be using fairly often, so it has to be perfect. You need to be able to accomplish your goal with the minimal number of clicks. There needs to be just the right amount of data presented to the player: not so much as to be overwhelming, but not so little as to be trivial or mundane. And the way that this data is laid out on the page is crucial… If the data is all clustered together, it will be disgusting to look at. The data needs to be grouped into compelling, intuitive and easy to read/understand groupings. It needs to look appealing and intriguing. And this is just the bare minimum, that players will likely take for granted. If all of that is accomplished then the player is now comfortable while perusing the recipe book. But I want more than just comfort. I want to delight the player. All of this typically requires me to iterate on something several times before I’m satisfied with it.”

This situation with the recipe book for making chocolates is just one aspect of Haunted Chocolatier, of course. ConcernedApe is applying this same pursuit of perfection to the entire game.

“And it’s a big game,” he added. “So there are many things for me to fuss over. But, this is what it will take to make a game I’m satisfied with.”

ConcernedApe also explained why he doesn’t want to show Haunted Chocolatier off too much at this stage of development. “Partly, it feels like I’m serving a half-baked bread. I would rather serve a fully baked bread,” he said. “Also, I know that many parts of the game will likely evolve and change before release, so if I reveal them early, I risk disappointing players if the final product does not match their expectation. Fortunately, I’m in a position where I don’t need to market the game, so I can take my preferred approach.

“As always, I really appreciate your patience.”

Haunted Chocolatier Screenshots 2023

Haunted Chocolatier is so far without a release date. Neither does the hotly anticipated Stardew Valley 1.7 update, which ConcernedApe isn’t working on directly. Earlier this year, he explained his current way of working in an interview with SBFPLAY.

“Well, part of the reason why I’ve expanded my team a little bit is so that hopefully I can spend more time working on Haunted Chocolatier,” he told us in February. “And it’s worked out pretty well so far, I would say. On 1.7, the approach we’re taking is that I am like, you might say the creative director and I’m involved with like, ‘Okay, here’s what we’re going to do. Here’s some of the ideas.’ Then I let the team work on that. And then meanwhile, I’m working on Haunted Chocolatier.

“At some point in 1.7’s cycle, I will get heavily involved, because I feel like my hand needs to touch every part of the game, every aspect of the update. I need to go over it and adjust it or at least approve everything. So it will require a lot of my time anyway, but I think the balance has been a little bit more shifted, so that I can spend more time focused on Haunted Chocolatier. And I think it’s been working out pretty good. That’s been a big change from the 1.3 update or 1.1 or something where it’s completely me. I had no time to work on a new game. So that has changed.

“It is difficult because it’s hard to shift gears, I guess. If I’m thinking about Haunted Chocolatier, it’s difficult to be like, ‘Okay, I’m going to one day of the week or two days of the week work on Stardew Valley.’ That’s not how my brain works. I’m all in one thing or the other. So I’ve been trying to work on that. I feel like it requires a lot of discipline, which I’m always working to improve on.”

Stardew Valley Cookbook Preview

And, on Haunted Chocolatier, ConcernedApe told SBFPLAY:

“The progress isn’t as fast as I would like. Nothing is ever as fast as I would like. The main important thing about Haunted Chocolatier is I’m not going to release anything that I’m not happy with. If I don’t think it’s a great game, I’m not going to release it. So even if that takes years and years, so be it. That’s just what I want to do. Fortunately, I don’t feel like there’s any real pressure. I haven’t received funding from anyone or crowdfunding. There’s not going to be any pre-orders.

“I don’t actually owe anyone the game. It’s like when I want to do it and when I want to release it, it’ll get done. I mean, it’s true that I’ve announced the game, that does create a lot of pressure on me because I do feel like I don’t want to disappoint the fans by taking too long, but there’s no real physical obligation with it. It’s more just mental constructs, you might say.”

We interviewed ConcernedApe and chatted about topics such as the addition of two new marriage candidates with 1.7, the one secret players still haven’t found yet, and why there isn’t a Stardew Valley TV show yet. We also chatted with the Stardew Valley community about what the game has meant to them over the years.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

70% of You Plan to Buy the $100 GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Rather Than the $80 Standard Edition

Earlier this week, SBFPLAY ran a poll asking you which edition of GTA 6 you planned to buy: the $80 Standard Edition, or the $100 Ultimate Edition. Well, after thousands of respondents, the results are in — and they might come as a surprise to some.

Rockstar has confirmed $79.99 as the price of the base GTA 6 game, which is single-player only. This represents a $10 increase on the standard $69.99 price point we’ve seen this console generation, although Nintendo has gone to $80 with games such as Mario Kart World. So, at its cheapest, GTA 6 is still more expensive than most other games.

The Ultimate Edition is $20 more expensive at $99.99, and comes with a number of eye-catching exclusives, such as exclusive shops and even an exclusive mission. If you need a reminder, here’s everything you get in the Ultimate Edition:

The GTA 6: Ultimate Edition includes:

  • ’67 Vapid Dominator Buggy and Paradise Garage: A Mud Club monster offering impressive off-road handling for the backwoods of Mount Kalaga and beyond, conveniently stored at a garage in Watson Bay, featuring a weapon locker to customize your loadout for any occasion plus a stash box to deposit stolen goods to be fenced.
  • ’95 Grotti Cheetah: Grotti’s signature mid ’90s sports car and ode to Shore Drive, the ’95 Grotti Cheetah, complete with a minimalist, retro-futuristic livery and available to punctuate later-stage action.
  • Vehicles and Vapid Ganado Retro Build at Jason’s Safehouse: Switch gears and soak up the sun in either an Army fatigue-tinged Dinka Enduro motorcycle and Crest Kayak, or inject some muscle and classic stylings into Jason’s well-worn Vapid Ganado pickup with exclusive mods including a cab spoiler, rear aerials, and special livery.
  • Vehicle Mod Shops: Two preeminent vehicle customization destinations are exclusively open for business with the Ultimate Edition and feature a wide selection of artistic and performance-based vehicle mods. At Rideout Customs in Vice City, transform vanilla vehicles into magnificent works of art with detailed interiors, exquisite rims, and donk stylings. Meanwhile at One-Eyed Willie’s in Lake Leonida, transform off-road vehicles with exclusive mods and even attain custom hand-painted masterpieces.
  • Classic Car Collection: Track down a variety of abandoned classic and work-in-progress project cars and revitalize them to their former glory in this special commission from eccentric collector and local fixer, Wyman. Restore these and make them your own, including four vehicles that are only available in the Ultimate Edition.
  • Shitzu Squalo: Perfect for casting in Gambit Bay and reeling in catches of all sorts, this gradient pink and blue Squalo docked at Washington Beach is made open-ocean-ready with an explosives-laden weapons crate.
  • Hawk & Little Morgan Revolver: Sourced exclusively from the Vercetti Estate and found at Ammu-Nation stores as Jason and Lucia’s story progresses, his and hers versions of the powerful Hawk & Little Morgan Revolver are available with classic Vice City stylings for both Jason and Lucia, including palm-tree-etched grips, engraved detailing, high-performance scope, and personalized finishes.
  • Personalized Weapon Variants: Personalized sidearms with detailed engravings for both Jason’s Girardi ES9 pistol and Lucia’s Klose K17 pistol.
  • PTT Youngin$ Compound and Scores: One of Leonida’s loudest and most socially active gangs, the PTT Youngin$ grow premium hydroponics in places you’d least expect. Find a way to raid the PTT Youngin$ Illegal Goods Store in Southside Vice City and escape safely to score some special items and distinct contraband.
  • Vice City Styles for Jason and Lucia: Whether poolside or side by side, Jason and Lucia can look the part with exclusive outfits, tattoos, and more.
  • Goodtime Gear: A capsule collection of apparel and accessories inspired by the Goodtime State’s hit TV show character, Macca the Gator.
  • Stock 305 Clothing Store: Exclusively open for business with the Ultimate Edition, Stock 305 is Stockyard’s premiere destination for elevated streetwear. Style various unique and exclusive looks for Jason and Lucia that complement the murals, tags, and artwork that put the neighborhood on the map.
  • Sara’s Unisex Salon: Get signature salon hair styles for both Jason and Lucia, including facial hair for Jason and makeup and nails for Lucia.
  • Electric Fang Tattoo: Stockyard’s most iconic ink bar, with over 50 exclusive, signature tattoos for both Jason and Lucia — all designed by the artist collective FAILE.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

The Ultimate Edition has sparked significant debate, with some saying Rockstar has effectively charged $100 for GTA 6 before fans won’t want to miss out on all this content. But we wanted to find out if the Ultimate Edition actually will prove to be the more popular choice, even though it’s $20 more. So we asked you.

We’ve had just shy of 3,000 votes so far, and at the time of this article’s publication, 70.7% said they are buying the Ultimate Edition, leaving just 29.3% saying they are buying the Standard Edition. That’s not even slightly close — clearly the Ultimate Edition content has done the trick here. Fans really want it, and most will pay more to get it.

There are a lot of other issues factoring into decisions around GTA 6, of course. The lack of a disc in the physical version is certainly one of the hottest topics coming out of this week’s big reveal, and I’ve seen plenty of people saying they’re going to hold off just in case Rockstar decides to release a box with an actual disc in it further down the line. Some are saying the $80 price point is too expensive, and they will hold off on a sale. My gut feeling is most will want to be there for GTA 6 on day one when it comes out in November. This is looking like the biggest entertainment launch of all time, and the FOMO will be hard to resist.

And then there’s the question of GTA Online. Rockstar hasn’t said anything yet about a potential new version of GTA Online for GTA 6, although fans expect it to arrive eventually. Could that come in time for Christmas? Early next year? Even later? Perhaps some will wait for confirmation before handing over their hard-earned cash.

For now, though, we can safely say that the GTA 6 Ultimate Edition is the overwhelmingly popular choice, which begs the question: is GTA 6 effectively the first $100 game?

Certainly some seem to think so. “The Ultimate Edition is the default option for this game and the $80 is the cheaper option,” said redditor ice_spice2020. “Because how else can you explain Rockstar priced the Ultimate Edition at only $100, why not $120 or $140 like other companies? $20 gap between Standard and Ultimate Edition of a game of this magnitude is too odd to ignore. I bet they really wanted to charge the game at $100, but they know going from $70 to $100 is too big of a jump to warrant it. So they paywalled some of the content. It was one thing to lock items behind, but to even go so far as to making certain locations exclusive to Ultimate Edition (even down to certain side missions) makes the Standard $80 edition look unfinished. I also see people somehow defending it, but to me it sets a dangerous precedent and it will only get worse from here.”

Others agreed. “I view it as $100 for the single-player game,” said No-Significance2070. Others disagreed, however, and said they weren’t bothered by missing out on the Ultimate Edition content. “I couldn’t care less about stores or my character’s appearance,” Carniscrub said. “Losing a couple cars is lame but not a deal breaker. $80 is the default.”

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Horizon Manga Gets Official English Release Thanks to Viral Overseas Support

Japanese manga artist Shiten Akiyama has confirmed that his debut manga Horizon, which had already built up a cult following among overseas fans, will get an official English release in January 2027.

This is my very first manga.

In Japan, it is still relatively unknown, and there were times when I didn’t know if it would even be able to continue.

There were moments when I felt completely frustrated and powerless, unsure of what I should do next.

Then, I started hearing… https://t.co/4Rasrg0ajs

— 秋山視点|Shiten Akiyama (@shiten_room) June 25, 2026

Horizon is a mysterious slice-of-life manga about a burnt-out office worker called Meiko. Missing her teenage years, Mieko dons her old school uniform one night and has a life-changing meeting in her local park. Akiyama began the manga in 2025, and it soon picked up a dedicated fan following outside Japan, despite the volume only being officially available in Japanese.

Akiyama frequently posts on Twitter / X in English, interacting with international fans. He also previously tried posting his own English translation of Horizon online for free, but this led to issues with the Japanese publisher.

Now, LA-based publisher Kodama Tales has picked up the licence for an official English release of Horizon. Due out in January 2027, it will be translated by David Evelyn, who’s transformed a bunch of manga series into English including City Hunter and Kaiju No.8.

What’s up, amigos? I’m handling the translation for this title by Shiten Akiyama. Hope you guys pick it up this January! https://t.co/tJk2MlMicJ

— David Evelyn @ TMG, AX, ANYC, Otakon (@shinhoroko) June 24, 2026

Normally, manga artists and their creations need to become popular in Japan first before they are considered for translation into other languages. However, Shiten Akiyama, who refers to himself as an “unknown rookie manga artist,” is not a big name in Japan and Horizon is his first manga.

“In Japan, it (Horizon) is still relatively unknown,” said Akiyama, posting about the English version’s announcement on X. “I believe this marks a historic moment in the history of manga. This is something we achieved together. It was made possible by Kodama, who had the vision to believe in this work, and by every reader who believed in it and continued to make their voices heard.”

Back in April, Akiyama’s frank post about how struggling manga artists like him “can barely afford cheap coffee” went viral, as did the outpouring of supportive comments and donations from overseas fans (which according to the artist, exceeded over ¥900,000 (approx. $5,600) in less than 24 hours. This was 90% of his funding goal Ko-fi, which is now at 163%.

Image credit: @shiten_room / Twitter.

Verity Townsend is a Japan-based freelance writer who previously served as editor, contributor and translator for the game news site Automaton West. She has also written about Japanese culture and movies for various publications.

PlayStation Boss Teases New On-the Go Console Experiences

Recent comments from Sony Interactive Entertainment CEO Hideaki Nishino have suggested PlayStation may move towards more hybrid, Switch-like consoles in the future to match modern on-the-go players.

Speaking to Famitsu in a special interview marking the Japanese game magazine’s 40th anniversary, Nishino briefly touched upon future Sony hardware.

In reference to his 2024 comment that hardware won’t be disappearing any time soon, Nishino was asked whether Sony’s PlayStation brand would continue to focus on consoles. Nishino gave an affirmative answer: “My belief that a console is necessary for playing games hasn’t changed,” he said, adding that Sony “wants to continue providing its own game consoles.”

Nishino also mentioned that he thinks “pick up and play” is the most important quality for consoles nowadays. He said that developing new game console experiences will involve “leveraging technologies that can be used in various forms and locations” and that this would enable Sony “to create something exciting.”

“For example, although the PlayStation brand is strongly associated with playing on the TV in the living room, we’re planning to release monitors and speakers so that people can play comfortably in other locations as well,” Nishino said. “We developed the PlayStation Portal as part of this initiative.”

Of course, Sony has taken the PlayStation brand away from the TV many times before, going back to the portable screen for the PSone in the early 2000s and the Japan-only Pocketstation. Then there’s the Sony PSP and PSVita handhelds, Playstation VR, and the aforementioned PS5 companion handheld PlayStation Portal.

The 100 Best PlayStation Games of All Time

Back in November 2025, Sony officially launched cloud streaming on PlayStation Portal, which Nishino flagged as an important feature for the handheld. While remote play allows you to stream games directly from your PS5, cloud streaming allows you to bypass the PS5. This means you can give your console a rest, or let someone else use your PS5, either to play a game with you or do something else entirely. Nishino noted that “players seem to be comfortable using cloud streaming, and numbers are increasing at very good momentum. For example, the number of users in January 2026 was 1.5 times that of December 2025.”

With Playstation Portal, Nishino said Sony took on the challenge to create a device that would offer a new kind of gameplay experience. “We were thinking, ‘Let’s try this, let’s try that,’ and I’d like us to move forward with developing products while exploring various ideas in this way.”

Nishino added that while he believes games will continue to be one of the “essential sources of entertainment” for people in the future, lifestyles continue to change and that meeting these needs is a challenge for hardware developers to tackle.

Nishino also reiterated Sony’s recent altered stance on PC releases. Last week, Sony nixed PC releases from descriptions of its launch strategy for first-party titles. Sony’s new main stance is that it will focus on PS5-exclusive releases for first party single-player games, with live service titles likely to head to both PS5 and PC to bolster the playerbase. Nishino noted that Sony will continue to make platform choices on a per-game basis, releasing on PC in cases where that would “maximize the gaming experience.”

What exactly the PS6 will be has fueled gossip for a while, with rumors of a Switch-like dockable console, or even a console with a separate handheld. However, whatever the PS6 ends up being, it’s likely to come with an expensive price tag. With Valve’s Steam Machine recently triggering shocked reactions for its $1,050 starting price, memory manufacturers suggest rising costs could also see next generation consoles like the PS6 exceed the $1,000 mark, and Sony may push back the console’s release to avoid such high pricing.

This isn’t the first PS6 handheld tease, either. Last year, Moore’s Law Is Dead reported on an unannounced PS6 handheld that would be dockable and backwards compatible with PS4 and PS5 games. There was also a brief mention of what was described as a PS6 S, which sounded like it could be to the PS6 what the Xbox Series S is to the Xbox Series X. If true, you’d assume it would be a cheaper option.

Verity Townsend is a Japan-based freelance writer who previously served as editor, contributor and translator for the game news site Automaton West. She has also written about Japanese culture and movies for various publications.

‘Commercially It Just Makes Sense’

With Grand Theft Auto 6, arguably the biggest and most mass market game of the generation, skipping a disc-based launch — is physical media now dead?

The rise of digital as the most common form of game ownership began long ago, but certain mass market titles — the Call of Dutys, the FIFAs of the world — have resisted that trend to some degree. These are games played by an enormous audience who still might look for a copy in their local entertainment outlet, or expect to pick it up at a superstore alongside their grocery shopping. These are games like GTA.

Grand Theft Auto 6

123

Of course, GTA 6 will still have a physical version, but only a digital download code printed inside. This means that anyone who buys GTA 6 in a box will still need an internet connection, and won’t be able to start playing early. It also means you won’t be able to trade in the game or sell it on to someone else.

Will Rockstar killing off disc-based copies of GTA 6 prompt other video game publishers to do the same? Or should we be thinking about this the other way around — that Rockstar is simply reacting to the existing state of the industry, where disc-based sales are in the minority when compared to digital downloads? SBFPLAY surveyed a range of top industry analysts for their thoughts on the move — and where video games go next.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

“The decline in physical video game spending has been ongoing for more than a dozen years at this point,” Circana senior director and analyst Mat Piscatella began, laying out how dominant digital downloads are now. “Both PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series are now heavily weighted towards digital distribution (Xbox Series more so than PlayStation 5), with that digital shift having continued to grow over time. I see this as just another step in a trend that has been ongoing since the early 2010s.

“There is clearly a group of players that would prefer owning physical media with the game being included on disc. [But] in the U.S. as of the end of May 2026, more than half of all Xbox Series consoles sold to date do not include a physical media drive, with PlayStation 5 digital hardware SKUs accounting for just over a quarter of all PS5 console sales to date.”

“While digital accounts for the majority of sales, the remaining 20% still accounted for 70 million physical disc games sold on PlayStation last year (although this figure is slightly inflated by bundled software),” added Daniel Ahmad, director of research and insights at Niko Partners, who suggested that other publishers were likely already considering dropping discs.

“There’s a difference between having a ‘retail presence’ and having a ‘physical disc sold at retail’…”

“Having a retail presence is still important, especially for large games with broad appeal,” Ahmad continued. “However, there’s a difference between having a ‘retail presence’ and having a ‘physical disc sold at retail.’ Going forward, given increased digital adoption and push for higher margins, more publishers will conclude they only need the former.

“Having a code instead of a disc is becoming increasingly commonplace,” agreed Piers Harding-Rolls, games industry analyst at Ampere Analysis. “This just follows an existing trend rather than necessarily prompting publishers to follow Rockstar’s approach.”

Analysts that SBFPLAY spoke to pointed to the various likely motivations behind Rockstar’s move that will be equally attractive to other publishers as well. Most obvious is the fact this decision removes the cost of manufacturing a disc (or several, if the game required a large enough installation). So, each copy of the game is cheaper to manufacture, with more of its revenue freed up as profit. “Removing the disc from the box is indeed a cost saving measure for publishers,” Ahmad noted, “doubly so for a game like Grand Theft Auto 6 that may need to ship on multiple discs.”

GTA 6 Vintage Vice City Pack Screenshots

Beyond this, the ability to control the game’s price (and not get undercut by second-hand sales) is also a crucial factor, Rhys Elliot, head of market analysis at Alinea Analytics told SBFPLAY. Selling a code in a box ensures Rockstar is “killing the second-hand market,” Elliot said, and able to fully control when and where it is eventually sold at a discount.

“The whole value proposition of a physical disc, from the player’s side, is the pre-owned and rental markets: more control over your library, the ability to sell a game on or rent it cheaply,” Elliot said. “But more control for consumers means less control for the publisher. A disc can be resold or rented a hundred times, and Rockstar earns nothing after that first sale. A code-in-box can’t be resold or rented, which converts all of that into either a fresh full-price sale or no play at all, both of which suit Rockstar far better than a thriving used market.

“More control for consumers means less control for the publisher…”

“The bigger prize hiding inside that, though, is price control. Physical pricing is more elastic and far more beholden to supply and demand, which is why pre-owned discs routinely undercut PlayStation’s and Xbox’s digital stores. As long as cheap second-hand copies exist, they set a price floor Rockstar can’t control and they give every player a permanent ‘just wait and buy it used’ option. Remove the disc and Rockstar and the platforms own the entire price curve, including how high they hold the price and how slowly they ever discount it. That ties directly into the pricing discipline we’ve seen elsewhere, holding a price for months with minimal discounting only works if there’s no used market quietly undercutting you. Rockstar wants to set its own prices, and disc-less is how you get there.”

Having no physical discs loaded with game data will also help with “Rockstar’s near-pathological secrecy” Elliot continued, ensuring game data only unlocks at launch, meaning no damaging early leaks from copies “lost off the back of a truck.” GTA 6 has already seen one major pre-launch leak, and with fans poring over every last snippet of information about the game, it’s easy to see why Rockstar also wants to keep control over every last detail.

“Commercially it just makes sense in terms of cost of goods to go digital code only in a physical case – it’s the best of both worlds to an extent – get exposure to the retail buyer but at a lower cost,” Harding-Rolls affirmed. “I’m sure that will be disappointing for some players, but it’s possible there will be a Collector’s Edition to come nearer to launch.”

Joost van Dreunen, a video game industry researcher and professor at the NYU Stern School of Business, suggested that Rockstar would eventually launch a more expansive physical offering in the form of a Collector’s Edition — though whether this also included a disc is another matter. Many Collector’s Editions now don’t include a copy of the game at all, allowing them to be purchased separately without the need to worry about manufacturing different versions with discs for each platform.

“Take-Two excels at upselling its fanbase and I have no doubt it will soon also announce a Collector’s Edition for GTA 6 that costs significantly more,” van Dreunen said. “The same cohort of adults spending thousands on LEGO sets, custom PC rigs, and in-person experiences will have no trouble spending on a franchise that arguably defined their generation. Physical expressions will be absolutely central to that.” Whether those physical versions still contain a disc, though, seems less likely than ever.

Yesterday, we polled analysts on whether GTA 6’s $80 price point had opened the door to more expensive games — here’s what they said.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Hasbro Hit by Backlash After Peppa Pig Child Actors Reportedly Told to Sign Away AI Voice Rights

Peppa Pig’s cast of child actors have reportedly been told they must sign new contracts that allow brand owner Hasbro to reproduce their voices using AI.

Hasbro has owned the Peppa Pig franchise, which began as a popular British children’s TV series, since 2019. Now, however, the company is seeking to expand the franchise further with AI-voiced usage of its characters, including those voiced by minors.

The situation has caught public attention after an open letter from the Agents of Young Performers Association flagged the situation without naming the franchise involved. However, a subsequent Deadline report has now confirmed that it is the cast and owners of Peppa Pig who are currently in dispute.

“A major studio who owns the IP for an international children’s franchise producing a long-running animated television series has offered contracts to child voice actors insisting that they agree to the use of AI thus allowing them to use the child’s voice in all commercial assets within their franchise,” the open letter explained.

“The refusal to remove this clause with an attitude of ‘take it or leave it’ has led us write this letter to make it clear that this will not be accepted and to bring this matter to the attention of the wider industry.”

The letter argues that children cannot provide informed legal consent to sign away their voice for AI usage, and that companies should not be able to ask a parent to provide consent for their child.

“Any agreement involving a child’s voice should be fully exempt from all AI usage,” the letter concluded. “No child should have their future professional identity shaped by an AI model created before they were old enough to understand its consequences. Their voice should not become a permanent commercial asset before they have the legal and personal capacity to decide for themselves.”

Since its first episode aired in 2004, Peppa Pig has featured various voices for its younger characters, such as Peppa herself and her brother George, over more than 400 episodes to date. As its actors grow up, the series has continually replaced its younger cast — as Peppa herself remains a piglet throughout.

In a statement to Deadline, a Hasbro spokesperson said they were aware of the open letter, but could not comment on specific negotiations or contractual arrangements.

“The protection of child performers is core to who Hasbro is, it’s part of our DNA,” Hasbro’s spokesperson said. “As industry standards around AI continue to evolve, we are committed to engaging with this issue in a responsible and transparent manner.”

Hasbro acquired Peppa Pig in 2019 for $3.8 billion. The series is now shown in over 180 countries, and has been spun off to include a movie, various theme parks, music albums, and countless merchandise.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Robert Eggers Shares Story Details, First Look Image

Focus Features has released the first photo from Nosferatu director Robert Eggers’ next period horror film, Werwullf, which can be seen below.

In his first interview about Werwullf, Eggers told Esquire how his film will be unlike any other werewolf movie and also revealed details about the characters played by Aaron Taylor-Johnson and Lily-Rose Depp, both of whom previously starred in Eggers’ Nosferatu.

Werwullf follows a 13th-century farmer (Taylor-Johnson) who transforms into a werewolf. Depp plays his wife and the mother of his children – Eggers calls her “the heart of the movie” – while Willem Dafoe plays a hunter. “Nobody has a name in the movie. Aside from a dog,” Eggers said, laughing.

Taylor-Johnson’s farmer is “a man who is cursed. It’s a story about a man who is cursed and is trying to find salvation through love. He’s a character who is haunted and in great pain.”

Aaron Taylor-Johnson stars as Man in director Robert Eggers’ WERWULF. (Photo: Rory Mulvey)

The director said Taylor-Johnson’s protagonist inhabits “a really brutal, unforgiving, merciless, grotesque world. More than ever, it’s mud and blood and dung and rain and pain and suffering. Aaron’s performance is incredibly harrowing. We’ll say without a doubt that it’s his best performance, and the stuff that he does physically in the transformation scenes are incredibly extreme. The emotional intensity he brings to [the] role is equally as extreme.”

Taylor-Johnson studied a real wolf to adopt aspects of its behavior, and also worked with movement coach Marie Gabriel-Rotie (another Nosferatu veteran) for months to master the contortions and physical demands of playing a werewolf.

The film’s dialogue – by Eggers and his The Northman collaborator Sjón – is in Middle English, although it’s been “tempered” by a dialect coach to make it more comprehensible for the modern ear.

Shot on 35mm film, Eggers said Werwullf will have “a very unique look” that was achieved by using an orthochromatic treatment in post-production to make the actors’ complexions more sickly and by incorporating “the grain structure of black-and-white film onto color film.”

The 15 Best Werewolf Movies

Eggers drew on Dark Ages werewolf lore from England and continental Europe, and even aspects of Viking culture that likely inspired the idea of a wolf-man. The director said viewers shouldn’t expect any of the tropes they’ve come to expect from decades of werewolf movies:

“So all the clichés of being bitten by a werewolf and silver bullets and a lot of the stuff that has become almost campy doesn’t exist in the mythology of this movie. So you don’t need to have seen Lon Cheney Jr.’s The Wolf Man or An American Werewolf in London to get what’s going on here.”

Werwullf opens December 25, 2026.

Ratatouille 2 Will Never Happen, Says Director Brad Bird

Don’t expect Pixar’s favorite rat to make a return, as director Brad Bird sees no potential in a Ratatouille 2.

Speaking with Collider, Bird was asked if he thinks there will be a second Ratatouille movie. Bird made it pretty clear that he believes Remy’s story is completed and there’s nothing left to do with that world. He noted Pixar has tried to nudge him into making a sequel, but he remains firm in his decision to leave it alone.

“No, I don’t,” said Bird. “They’ve made little feints towards that to see how I would react. They’ll, like, crack a joke, but the joke will be a little bit serious, like, ‘Would you?’ And I’m like, ‘No, we told that story.’ Any time you do something that ends up connecting with people, they automatically think, ‘How about another?’ People have mentioned it about The Iron Giant, which is hilarious to me because the film didn’t succeed at all in its initial release. It’s caught up in time, but what would you do to follow that up? He’s lumbering around, still undiscovered? In other words, to me, that story is told.”

Pixar’s Movies: Worst to Best

Bird did say he’s open to revisiting his superhero franchise, The Incredibles, however. Pixar is indeed moving forward with The Incredibles 3, which will be helmed by Elemental director Peter Sohn, but Bird will be penning the script. Bird also voiced Edna Mode, a fashion designer who creates the supersuits for the various heroes, so don’t be surprised if he returns to his voice role, too.

Bird’s commitment to not continuing the story of Ratatouille may strike some as surprising. Pixar just released Toy Story 5 and, although it is performing very well, there’s a looming feeling that the franchise has overstayed its welcome. Some feel that Toy Story 3 was the perfect send-off for Woody, Buzz, and the rest of the gang, but Pixar has continued to push the series forward. Of course, Disney and Pixar could probably make another Ratatouille without Bird, but they’d risk the chance of not only making a lesser film, but also damaging their relationship with a respected creative.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Lizzy Caplan Joins FX’s Far Cry TV Series

FX’s upcoming adaptation of Far Cry has cast Lizzy Caplan, who is best known for Freaks and Geeks, Mean Girls, and Cloverfield.

Last year, FX and Ubisoft confirmed that Noah Hawley (showrunner of Fargo and Alien: Earth) will helm an adaptation of Far Cry. The show will be an anthology series with each season telling a new story with a new cast, not unlike the games. As of right now, details are scarce on what the first season will look like, but it’s hard to imagine a Far Cry story without a unique location and a psychotic villain.

Caplan’s role is being kept under wraps, but she will star alongside It’s Always Sunny in Philadelphia’s Rob Mac (formerly known as Rob McElhenney). Mac’s role is also a mystery, but he will also executive-produce the upcoming TV series. Hawley previously stated that he was drawn to the show because Far Cry’s structure allows for a wide variety of storytelling opportunities.

The 10 Best Far Cry Games

“What I love about the Far Cry game franchise is it’s an anthology,” said Hawley. “Each game is a variation of a theme, the same way each season of Fargo is a variation on a theme. To create a big action show that can change from year to year, while always exploring the nature of humanity through this complex and chaotic lens is a dream come true. I’m excited to partner with Rob and bring our shared irreverent, ambitious sensibility to the screen.”

Hawley came under fire earlier this year after making some comments that sounded dismissive of gaming’s storytelling capabilities. The filmmaker stated that “games are built in a way that doesn’t make for the best drama,” and received pushback from players as well as the director of Far Cry 4, Alex Hutchinson.

“My biggest problem is the dismissal of the game stories as pointless,” Hutchinson said, addressing Hawley’s comments directly. “His position isn’t without merit, and his adaptations of Alien and Fargo also basically threw away history. This worked well in Fargo but less well in Alien, which turned into a kind of weird Peter Pan gets a dog story instead of remaining true to the best elements of the brand. I think gamers just want to feel their loves are respected not dismissed as they often were historically.”

As of right now, there’s no premiere date for Far Cry and production seemingly hasn’t even begun, but the casting news does suggest things are ramping up. A new Far Cry game is also in the works at Ubisoft, but the studio has yet to officially unveil it.

(Photo by Noam Galai/WireImage)

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Talladega Nights Director Reveals the Plot of the Film’s Cancelled Sequel

Talladega Nights nearly got a sequel, and it would’ve taken Ricky Bobby overseas.

In a new interview with Business Insider, Talladega Nights director Adam McKay revealed that the racing comedy nearly got a sequel. The film would’ve taken Ricky Bobby to Europe after joining an F1 team, where he would’ve been tested as a driver, but also politically.

“We did have an idea for Talladega Nights 2,” said McKay. “It was that Ricky Bobby was going to hook up with an F1 team, and he was going to race in Denmark or the Netherlands and feel like he’s in a communist country because they have nationalized healthcare. So, along with struggling with how fast those F1 cars go, he would have clashed with far-left-leaning Europe compared to America.”

McKay went on to note that the only reason the film never went forward is that the team behind the film was exhausted from the first film. They knew that the racing sequences had to be thrilling, and ultimately realized it was much easier to go shoot Step Brothers – a small-scale comedy about two guys goofing off inside a house.

With the increased popularity of F1, especially after Brad Pitt’s racing film last year, one might think this idea is worth revisiting. However, it probably won’t happen. Not only has 20 years passed since the original film, but McKay and actor Will Ferrell had a big creative breakup some years ago. Gary Sanchez Productions, which McKay and Ferrell founded in 2006, was dissolved in 2019 after the pair decided to part ways.

“It’s a shame because we had a great creative partnership,” said McKay. “I think both of us underestimated the complications that go with not just having a company, but a very successful company.”

“We had it for a long time and did a lot of cool projects. And Ferrell said it publicly, he was never someone who wanted to produce, so he was always half in and half out, but then he would love it and be proud of the company, but by the end, he wanted to move on. It had become too much extra work; it was never his passion. I was really the one who wanted to produce, but a movie star’s life is very different than a writer-director’s life. So we split up.”

Talladega Nights: The Ballad of Ricky Bobby will briefly return to theaters starting on June 28.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

GTA 6 Live Updates

Rockstar has finally pulled back the curtain on GTA 6, confirming fresh details, releasing new screenshots, and launching preorders. There’s a huge amount of news to take in, including plenty of reaction from fans. In the live blog, below, we’ll continue to update you on everything that’s happening in the world of GTA 6, big and small, bringing you hot takes, all the news (official and rumors), and anything Rockstar releases to keep fans going.

Xbox console prices just went up

Microsoft has just announced a significant price hike for Xbox Series X and S, which has implications for anyone wanting to buy a new console to play GTA 6. Remember, GTA 6 launches on PS5 and Xbox Series X and S only this November, so if you don’t have a current-gen console, you can’t play the game. Perhaps with this in mind, Microsoft has gone ahead and announced price rises for Xbox consoles, blaming the rising cost of components. The price rises kick in on August 1, so if you need a new console to play GTA 6 in November, perhaps now is the time to buy one.

  • Xbox Series S 512GB: $399.99 —> $499.99
  • Xbox Series S 1TB: $449.99 —> $599.99
  • Xbox Series X 1TB Digital: $599.99 —> $749.99
  • Xbox Series X 1TB: $649.99 —> $799.99

Are the new GTA 6 screenshots representative of the actual game?

Rockstar released 63 impressive new screenshots that show off an incredible level of detail in GTA 6. But will GTA 6 actually look like that when we get to play it? The tech experts at Digital Foundry don’t think so. They think it’s it “unlikely” that the screenshots represent real-time results on any platform GTA 6 is set to launch on this November. It’s safe to rule out the Xbox Series S, of course, but DF also questions whether the screenshots came from the PS5, Xbox Series X, or even the PS5 Pro. DF can’t be sure at this stage — like everyone, they’re waiting for GTA 6 to actually come out before issuing a verdict — but there’s evidence to suggest that what we’re seeing in the screenshots isn’t actually feasible on the current-gen consoles.

GTA 6 Vintage Vice City Pack Screenshots

New Rockstar Games GTA 6 tweet alert!

Rockstar has tweeted again about GTA 6 (9am PT / 5pm UK time), but don’t get too excited, it’s just pushing the Ultimate Edition. Fans still desperate for a new trailer are on the edge of their seats, and anything Rockstar puts out on its official channels at this point causes a jolt of excitement.

The Grand Theft Auto VI: Ultimate Edition amplifies the deepest and most immersive GTA experience yet with an exclusive collection of premium vehicles, weapons, apparel, and action threaded across all aspects of Jason and Lucia’s story.

Pre-order now: https://t.co/7gUj6s6uhi pic.twitter.com/JIPzW31FDr

— Rockstar Games (@RockstarGames) June 25, 2026

What do the new GTA 6 screenshots tell us about gameplay?

Yesterday, Rockstar released 63 new GTA 6 screenshots, showing off what you get from the Ultimate Edition as well as preorder bonuses. As you’d expect, these screenshots contained gameplay clues, and we had a lot of fun working through them all. Check out the video below to find out all the new GTA 6 gameplay details we spotted.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition ‘paywall’

How do you feel about the GTA 6 Ultimate Edition “paywall,” as some have called it? There are exclusive shops and even a mission tied to the $100 Ultimate Edition, which some have complained about. Exclusive content locked to more expensive editions is nothing new for video games, of course. And indeed Rockstar games have done this in the past. But what do you think? Let us know in the comments below.

As a reminder, here’s what you get with it:

  • ’67 Vapid Dominator Buggy and Paradise Garage: A Mud Club monster offering impressive off-road handling for the backwoods of Mount Kalaga and beyond, conveniently stored at a garage in Watson Bay, featuring a weapon locker to customize your loadout for any occasion plus a stash box to deposit stolen goods to be fenced.
  • ’95 Grotti Cheetah: Grotti’s signature mid ’90s sports car and ode to Shore Drive, the ’95 Grotti Cheetah, complete with a minimalist, retro-futuristic livery and available to punctuate later-stage action.
  • Vehicles and Vapid Ganado Retro Build at Jason’s Safehouse: Switch gears and soak up the sun in either an Army fatigue-tinged Dinka Enduro motorcycle and Crest Kayak, or inject some muscle and classic stylings into Jason’s well-worn Vapid Ganado pickup with exclusive mods including a cab spoiler, rear aerials, and special livery.
  • Vehicle Mod Shops: Two preeminent vehicle customization destinations are exclusively open for business with the Ultimate Edition and feature a wide selection of artistic and performance-based vehicle mods. At Rideout Customs in Vice City, transform vanilla vehicles into magnificent works of art with detailed interiors, exquisite rims, and donk stylings. Meanwhile at One-Eyed Willie’s in Lake Leonida, transform off-road vehicles with exclusive mods and even attain custom hand-painted masterpieces.
  • Classic Car Collection: Track down a variety of abandoned classic and work-in-progress project cars and revitalize them to their former glory in this special commission from eccentric collector and local fixer, Wyman. Restore these and make them your own, including four vehicles that are only available in the Ultimate Edition.
  • Shitzu Squalo: Perfect for casting in Gambit Bay and reeling in catches of all sorts, this gradient pink and blue Squalo docked at Washington Beach is made open-ocean-ready with an explosives-laden weapons crate.
  • Hawk & Little Morgan Revolver: Sourced exclusively from the Vercetti Estate and found at Ammu-Nation stores as Jason and Lucia’s story progresses, his and hers versions of the powerful Hawk & Little Morgan Revolver are available with classic Vice City stylings for both Jason and Lucia, including palm-tree-etched grips, engraved detailing, high-performance scope, and personalized finishes.
  • Personalized Weapon Variants: Personalized sidearms with detailed engravings for both Jason’s Girardi ES9 pistol and Lucia’s Klose K17 pistol.
  • PTT Youngin$ Compound and Scores: One of Leonida’s loudest and most socially active gangs, the PTT Youngin$ grow premium hydroponics in places you’d least expect. Find a way to raid the PTT Youngin$ Illegal Goods Store in Southside Vice City and escape safely to score some special items and distinct contraband.
  • Vice City Styles for Jason and Lucia: Whether poolside or side by side, Jason and Lucia can look the part with exclusive outfits, tattoos, and more.
  • Goodtime Gear: A capsule collection of apparel and accessories inspired by the Goodtime State’s hit TV show character, Macca the Gator.
  • Stock 305 Clothing Store: Exclusively open for business with the Ultimate Edition, Stock 305 is Stockyard’s premiere destination for elevated streetwear. Style various unique and exclusive looks for Jason and Lucia that complement the murals, tags, and artwork that put the neighborhood on the map.
  • Sara’s Unisex Salon: Get signature salon hair styles for both Jason and Lucia, including facial hair for Jason and makeup and nails for Lucia.
  • Electric Fang Tattoo: Stockyard’s most iconic ink bar, with over 50 exclusive, signature tattoos for both Jason and Lucia — all designed by the artist collective FAILE.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

PlayStation is all-in on GTA 6

It’s clear that Sony has partnered with Rockstar for the marketing of GTA 6, and it’s resulted in some cool changes clearly designed to give the game an almost exclusive feel on PS5. For example, load up your PS5 today and you’ll be greeted by a new custom user interface advertising GTA 6. Check it out in the video below:

Scalpers are trying to take advantage of GTA 6 already

It was perhaps inevitable: scalpers are of course interested in cashing in on GTA 6, with a number of listings for the on the likes of eBay at inflated prices already. But it seems unlikely they will remain, or that scalpers will find much success, as the physical edition of GTA 6 remains freely available to preorder.

The PS5 version of GTA 6 did briefly sell out on Amazon earlier today, which perhaps explains the scalper rush on the game, but it’s now back in stock. As always, do not buy GTA 6 at anything but face value or below.

Scalpers are already trying it on with GTA 6. Image credit: eBay.

Fans make their own GTA 6 disc

Without an official GTA 6 physical edition with a disc, fans are making their own and actually selling them. Over on Etsy, one person is selling a fan-made ‘GTA 6 Collector’s Edition Display Set,’ which includes a custom case and disc, for $55. It costs extra if you want a rotating stand to put the disc on. Expect more of this sort of thing over the next few months as people try to cash in on the enormous interest in all things GTA 6.

Image credit: Etsy.

Why does GTA 6 launch without a disc?

It’s one of the big questions coming out of Rockstar’s GTA 6 info dump yesterday. The physical version of the game has a download code in the box. There is no disc. There are rumors floating about that Rockstar may have a disc version up its sleeve for this Christmas, but there’s nothing official on that front.

We’ve asked Rockstar why it decided to ditch discs for GTA 6, but it has yet to respond. So we went to analysts to find out, and they had plenty to say about it. The upshot: while some gamers will be upset, it just makes commercial sense. Now, will more big games follow suit?

GTA 6 Trailer 3 no-show

You might have noticed that Rockstar went live with all its GTA 6 news yesterday, June 24, just a few hours before preorders went live at midnight in New Zealand. Many fans had hoped the launch of preorders would come with the long-awaited release of Trailer 3, but it was nowhere to be seen. And today, June 25, it was another no-show, after many had again pinned hopes on a potential release.

The lack of a new video is odd given most publishers do release trailers in order to boost interest and encourage preorders. But this is Rockstar and GTA 6 we’re talking about. I’m not sure they need to play by anyone’s rules but their own. And as we’ve seen, when it comes to marketing, they’ll do it their way.

The question now is, will there be a Trailer 3 at all? Does GTA 6 even need one? Could Rockstar get away with releasing no new assets between now and GTA 6’s November launch? Let me know what you think in the comments below. And while you wait to find out, watch Trailer 2 for a jolt of nostalgia.

Console shortage warning ahead of GTA 6 release date

As we all know, GTA 6 is being released on the PS5 and Xbox Series X and S only, which means if you don’t have a current gen console and you want to play the game, you’ll have to buy one. But not only are they super expensive right now after repeated price rises (thanks, AI!), there are warnings that it may be hard to actually find a console.

The Game Business reports that a major games retailer has told it there won’t be enough consoles to meet demand over the Holiday period. Here’s the quote:

“We’ve been informed that because of the on-going issues around hardware component availability, we won’t be getting the units we want ahead of GTA. Demand will likely outstrip supply during the year end period.”

Are you in the market for a current-gen console to play GTA 6? If so, which one will you buy? Do you anticipate problems?

How to preorder GTA 6

If you’re looking to preoder GTA 6, we’ve got you covered. Check out our GTA 6 preorder guide, which includes plenty of information to help you secure your copy of the game.

The big GTA 6 price debate

To kick things off, let’s run through how much GTA 6 costs. Rockstar has announced the GTA 6 Standard Edition costs $79.99, which amounts to a $10 increase on the standard price for a triple-A video game this generation. The Ultimate Edition, meanwhile, costs $99.99, and includes exclusive content. This has sparked a significant debate about the value of GTA 6, as well as the value of the content locked behind the Ultimate Edition. So, which edition of GTA 6 will you buy?

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Bungie Announces Layoffs as It Admits ‘Destiny 2 Fell Short of Expectations’

Destiny developer Bungie will lose a “significant number of employees” as part of brutal-sounding layoffs that will include “most of the Destiny team and some Marathon team members,” PlayStation CEO Hermen Hulst has confirmed.

In a public blog post, Hulst described the decision as “difficult” and “painful,” but “necessary to align the studio’s resources with its current priorities and long-term goals.” The news follows the recent ending of new content for Destiny 2, and amid a lackluster player numbers for new launch Marathon.

Hulst’s statement claims that “multiple alternatives” were explored before the layoffs were finalized, though offers no suggestion of what these might be. On Bungie’s Destiny franchise, Hulst calls the series “remarkable” but simply acknowledges that Destiny 2 is no longer receiving new content. There’s no suggestion of anything else being planned. (One report claimed that a Destiny 2 relaunch, rebranded as Destiny Infinity, was discussed but ultimately dismissed.)

On Marathon, Hulst describes the fledgling extraction shooter as “an important part of our portfolio,” though also suggests its team — which sounds like it will be the only team left within Bungie — will also work on other projects.

“Marathon remains an important part of our portfolio, and we will continue to support the team as they build on the strong foundation established in Season 1 and 2, and as they work on incubation efforts for future projects,” Hulst says. “While it’s too early to discuss, we are encouraged by the creativity and opportunities that lie ahead.”

PlayStation acquired Bungie back in 2022 for $3.6 billion, at a time that Destiny 2 was still going strong, and Sony was still looking to live-service games as the future — a policy it has since all but reversed. While exact staff numbers impacted by layoffs today have not been confirmed, Bungie is known to have employed 850 staff as of 2024, many of which were assigned to Destiny.

Today’s layoffs will also impact a smaller number of PlayStation’s own staff, whose roles were linked to supporting Bungie’s operations.

Marathon Screenshots 2026 and 2025

In its own statement, published via social media, Bungie confirmed its employees would suffer layoffs as the company was reorganized. Meanwhile, Bloomberg reporter Jason Schreier has stated that Bungie’s studio head Justin Truman is stepping down.

Job losses at the studio had sadly been previously reported as likely following the shock news that Bungie was effectively putting the Destiny franchise on ice after more than a decade, with no further updates or expansions in the pipeline, and no imminent plan to make a full Destiny 3, despite countless calls from fans.

Bungie’s own statement on the job losses lies below in full:

“With great sadness, we are announcing a reduction in force as we reorganize Bungie.

“As the leaders of Bungie, past and present, we recognize Destiny 2 fell short of expectations these past several years. Following our final content update to Destiny 2, and with our future projects still in early incubation, we unfortunately could not continue operating at our previous size.

“We know this decision has a profound impact on the people affected, their families, friends, and teammates. While these changes are necessary to best position the studio now and for the future, that does not lessen the difficulty of this moment or the impact it has on those affected.

“Later, we will share more about that future with you all but today is not that day.

“Today, we wish to extend our gratitude and compassion to every member of the Bungie team who has been impacted and to those who remain.

“We hope you will do the same. – Bungie”

Earlier this month, a former Bungie staff member said that the only way to support the studio now was to support Marathon.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Apple Prices Increase By as Much as $1300, Thanks to AI

Just a week after Tim Cook said price rises were inevitable, Apple has raised prices on most of its products due to increased memory demand.

Everything from the MacBook Neo to the Apple Vision Pro has gone up in price on Apple’s website, by as much as $200 for the latter. The MacBook Neo, which came out earlier this year for $599 as a way for Apple to take over some of the budget market from low-end Windows laptops and Chromebooks, went up by $100. The biggest price increase though, is the top-end Mac Studio with the M3 Ultra, which went up from $3,999 to $5,299 – a $1,300 jump.

These price increases aren’t exactly surprising. This entire year has been an ongoing saga of price increases for memory, thanks to increased demand from AI companies building data centers. The only surprising thing about Apple’s price increases coming now, is that it took as long as it did. After all, Apple has been known for its premium prices for years.

But at least Apple isn’t alone. Even the PS5 and the Xbox Series X saw price increases earlier this year, and we’ve heard from Xbox CEO Asha Sharma that the company expects memory costs to increase by five times by the end of 2027, which probably means more price increases in the future. And, just this week, the Steam Machine launched at a high $1,049 price point, thanks in large part to the current memory market.

The only silver lining here is that the prices haven’t quite jumped up on Amazon yet. If you were meaning to get your hands on a new MacBook or a new iPad, now might be the time to do it, before these $100-$300 price jumps hit there too.

Apple MacBook Neo

6

Jackie Thomas is the Hardware and Buying Guides Editor at SBFPLAY and the PC components queen. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

Invader Zim Publishing Rights Acquired by BOOM! Studios

SBFPLAY can exclusively reveal that BOOM! Studios has acquired the publishing rights for Invader Zim, and it has plans to “bring classic stories, long-sought-after collections, and brand-new original content to readers beginning later this year.”

While details regarding creative teams, release formats, and exclusive editions will be revealed in the “coming months,” fans can expect to see Zim once again be joined by GIR, Dib, and Gaz in these older stories and “entirely new invasions, conspiracies, and catastrophically ridiculous adventures.”

Invader Zim Art From BOOM! Studios

“Few properties have maintained the passionate, enduring fanbase that Invader Zim has,” teased Bryce Carlson, VP, Business Development & Special Projects, Random House Worlds, in a statement. “We have exciting plans to bring beloved out of print material back onto shelves, and BOOM! is going to usher in a new era of DOOM! with brand-new stories that expand the strange and chaotic world fans know and love. The new invasion has begun. You’ve been warned…”

Invader Zim was created by comic book writer and cartoonist Jhonen Vasquez for Nickelodeon, and its original TV run lasted from only 2001 to 2002. It was canceled during its second season, and six episodes from that season went unreleased until they appeared on DVD in 2004 and on the Nicktoons Network in 2006.

The series has since become a cult classic, and it not only had a sequel comic run and a Netflix film called Invader Zim: Enter the Florpus, but also three large-scale InvaderCONs that brought fans from around the world to one spot to celebrate their love of this property.

For more from BOOM! Studios, which is also known for Keanu Reeves’ BRZRKR, Something Is Killing the Children, and Lumberjanes, as well as projects featuring the Mighty Morphin Power Rangers, Dune, and The Expanse properties, check out our exclusive reveal of the Kaiju action mini-series called No Gods, No Masters.

Adam Bankhurst is a writer for SBFPLAY. You can follow him on X/Twitter @AdamBankhurst, Instagram, and TikTok, and listen to his show, Talking Disney Magic.

GTA 6 Trailer 3 Fails to Materialize After Preorders Go Live, Leaving Fans Disappointed

Fan hopes for GTA 6 Trailer 3 have been dashed after preorders went live without a new official video from Rockstar.

Last week, Rockstar Games revealed the cover art for GTA 6 and confirmed that preorders would go live on June 25. Many felt that a third trailer in this window would be a safe bet, as it would get the hype machine back up and running and push people to preorder the game. Instead, Rockstar released a big batch of new GTA 6 screenshots, which tease all kinds of new details about the game, but there’s no Trailer 3.

Trailer 2 was released in May 2025 and it still has the game’s old release date attached to it, a date that passed a month ago. Some had thought that Rockstar would want a new trailer that advertises the correct release date on it alongside preorders, but that doesn’t seem to be the case.

“Weird decision to not have Trailer 3 go live now,” said one fan on X. […] “So this might be it… until July?!” “Personally, I’m really disappointed,” said another fan. “Even though Rockstar never officially announced anything, we’ve been waiting for such a long time now.” “No Trailer 3. No Gameplay. Come on, man,” remaked another fan.

One fan even began to suggest that Rockstar is in a unique situation, as the lack of gameplay this close to launch would be cause for concern with any other studio: “If this was any other game/publisher, gamers would be saying, it must be something wrong with it or its not running as smoothly as they’d like etc.”

Another user looked to the past to try and make sense of the decision. “Looking back at GTAV, pre-orders opened on November 5th, 2012, but the trailer didn’t drop until 9 days later on November 14th,” they said. “Not sure what to make of this. I really hope we get something concrete within the next 15 days, otherwise it’s getting ridiculous.”

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

While some have made the argument that GTA 6 is so big that it doesn’t even need marketing, Take-Two CEO Strauss Zelnick has indicated the opposite.

“[…] I do think no matter how big a franchise is, the consumers need to engage with that prior to release. And I think the motion picture business reflects that as well. So if you put out a sequel to Mission: Impossible, trust me, the studio is still going to spend a whole lot of money marketing that title, even though we kind of know what we’re going to get and we know we’re going to see Tom Cruise, and we’re thrilled that we will. Marketing is still an important part of any entertainment release.”

It’s unclear when we’ll see the next trailer, but one can hope that it will be a proper look at the gameplay of GTA 6 rather than another story trailer. Fans are hungry to see how the game actually plays and what they’ll be able to do in it. It may be another month before we get such a thing, as Rockstar is planning to roll out a new GTA Online update in July, which will likely take center stage for marketing for a few weeks. So, maybe there is no GTA 6 Trailer 3, and Rockstar will skip straight to a gameplay reveal.

GTA 6 will release on November 19 for Xbox Series X and S and PS5, and cost $79.99 for the standard edition and $99.99 for the Ultimate Edition, which includes a boatload of extra content including cosmetics, weapons, and access to certain shops and missions. Unfortunately for physical media lovers, GTA 6 won’t be released on a disc at launch.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Valve Now Claims Steam Machine is Capable of ‘Up To’ 4K

Ever since the Steam Machine’s price and release date was announced on Monday, there’s been a lot of discussion about what the mini PC is actually capable of. And, seemingly in response to the discourse, Valve has updated the Steam Machine’s store page, now claiming the CPU is capable of “up to” 4K gaming with FSR.

Originally, Valve claimed that the Steam Machine’s CPU and GPU combo was capable of “4K gaming at 60 fps with FSR.” In my testing that is true, but only once you start tweaking the settings to hit that performance target. And, there are certain games, like Death Stranding 2, where I couldn’t get the Machine to hit that target.

Now that FSR 4.1 is available on the Steam Machine, Valve seems to have used it to update the store page to, well, temper expectations. Valve now claims that the CPU and GPU combo can do “up to 4K gaming with FSR 4.1,” which is a much safer claim. After all, the Steam Machine is a touch less powerful than the PS5, even though it’s much more expensive, and “up to 4K gaming” is basically what the mainstream consoles can do.

In my testing, for instance, 007 First Light on a mix of medium and high settings with FSR set to performance at 4K, the Steam Machine averaged around 50 fps, compared to a locked 60 on the base PS5 and Xbox Series X. And, even then, the Steam Machine dipped down to the low 40s and high 30s a few times, when the consoles just didn’t.

That level of performance, along with the $1,049 price tag is why the Steam Machine has become infamous over the last week. For most people who just want to play games, a console like the PS5 or Xbox Series X makes more sense, especially if you don’t already have a large Steam library.

The problem is that, thanks to the ongoing RAM crisis, everything is going up in price, so that even an entry-level mini gaming PC like the Steam Machine costs an arm and a leg. Meanwhile, the Xbox Series X just today saw yet another price increase. However, even before the RAM crisis hit, the Steam Machine would have likely cost around $750, which would have still been significantly more expensive than the base consoles.

At the end of the day, the Steam Machine, especially at its current price point, is an extremely niche product. It’s a gaming PC you buy to put in your living room without it becoming an eyesore. If that’s not exactly what you’re looking for, consoles are always going to be the better deal.

Jackie Thomas is the Hardware and Buying Guides Editor at SBFPLAY and the PC components queen. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

Olivia Rodrigo Joins Fortnite Today

Popstar Olivia Rodrigo is joining Fortnite today, as the latest celebrity addition to Epic Games’ battle royale.

Rodrigo’s addition to Fortnite follow the launch of her third album, you seem pretty sad for a girl so in love, which charted at #1 on the Billboard 200 chart, with the biggest launch by a solo artist this year.

Known for tunes such as Drivers License, Good 4 U, Vampire and Drop Dead, Rodrigo began her career as a child actor on Disney series such as High School Musical: The Musical: The Series, before switching to pop and scooping three Grammy Awards, as well as headlining Glastonbury Festival last year.

Now, Rodrigo can be found on Fortnite’s battle royale Island, and in its lucrative item shop at its next refresh.

On the Island, you can earn a couple of freebie cosmetics just by dropping by where her in-game character is located. In the shop, you can purchase two skins featuring outfits inspired by her appearance in various musical videos, emotes, and Jam Tracks to play in the game’s Rock Band-inspired Festival mode.

Rodrigo’s appearance in Fortnite follows numerous other musical icons such as Eminem, Snoop Dogg, Metallica, Lady Gaga, Billie Eilish and Sabrina Carpenter. Who will join Fortnite next?

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Microsoft Announces Significant Price Rises for Xbox Series X and S

Microsoft has announced significant price rises for Xbox consoles, blaming the ongoing “components crisis.”

In a blog post, Microsoft said that from August 1, the price of Xbox consoles will increase by $100 for 512GB models, and $150 for 1TB models. The 2TB model will be discontinued.

Xbox console price rises June 2026:

  • Xbox Series S 512GB: $399.99 —> $499.99
  • Xbox Series S 1TB: $449.99 —> $599.99
  • Xbox Series X 1TB Digital: $599.99 —> $749.99
  • Xbox Series X 1TB: $649.99 —> $799.99

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

“Last October, we increased Xbox console price by $20-$70 in the U.S.” Microsoft said. “We hoped another price increase would not be necessary, and we have spent the last several months working with suppliers on options. Unfortunately, console storage and memory prices have increased by more than 2.5x and we expect another doubling by the fall of 2027.

“The entire consumer electronics industry is struggling with the current components crisis, but the effects are particularly hard on consoles. Unlike phones, computers, speakers, and other consumer devices, consoles are typically not sold at a profit, but instead for less than they cost to make.”

Alongside the price rise announcement, Microsoft pointed to Buy Now, Pay Later options that break up your payments, as well as interest free financing. It’s also working with retailers to make second-hand consoles available at lower prices, it said.

“Players who are ready to upgrade or no longer use their console will be able to trade it in with participating retail partners for cash or store credit. Those consoles will then be made available at lower prices for players,” Microsoft said.

Then there are ‘Certified Refurbished Consoles,’ which are available at Microsoft Stores for up to $100 off.

Xbox Games Series Tier List

Xbox Games Series Tier List

The anouncement of the Xbox console price rises comes ahead of the release of GTA 6 in November, which is expected to increase demand for PS5 and Xbox Series X and S significantly. However, there are concerns that neither Sony nor Microsoft will be able to meet the demand caused by the release of GTA 6, with the AI boom making it particularly hard for hardware manufacturers not only to source components, but to release products at affordable prices.

Earlier this month, new Xbox CEO Asha Sharma said the spiralling cost of new and existing consoles would require “radically different business models” over the coming generation. She added that the industry had “reached a point where it will be hard to imagine” mass audiences still being able to afford “thousands of dollars” for a new console generation.

The current PS5 and Xbox Series X and S generation of consoles have seen price increases rather than cost savings. Sony itself raised the price of PS5 consoles back in March, blaming “continued pressures in the global economic landscape.” Nintendo has also not been immune, and recently acknowledged it would up the price of Switch 2, just over a year after its arrival. And Valve has bemoaned its struggle to release Steam Machine at the price it had initially hoped, instead having to go for an eye-watering $1,049.

By way of comparison, the PS5 currently costs $649.99, the PS5 Digital Edition costs $599.99, and the PS5 Pro costs $899.99.

Xbox is currently in the process of what Sharma called a “reset,” which is expected to result in significant layoffs. There is concern over the future of Hellblade developer Ninja Theory, South of Midnight developer Compulsion Games, and Psychonauts developer Double Fine, although all Xbox studios are said to be worried about what happens next.

Sharma’s ground-shaking memo revealed that Microsoft’s gaming business currently has a 3% accountability margin (assumed to mean profit margin), which is down year-on-year. “Excluding Activision Blizzard King, over the past five years, we have spent over $20 billion on ongoing investments in our content, platform, and hardware subsidy, but our annual revenue has declined nearly half a billion during that time. Going forward, this cannot continue,” Sharma said.

Following the release of the memo, Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella said “there’s more monetization of Xbox games happening on YouTube” than at Xbox, adding that the Xbox team needed to figure out how to “innovate both in hardware, as well as in the games, going forward in an economically viable way.”

“No one can accuse Microsoft of not having invested for the last 25 years,” Nadella added. “Now, we have to turn this into a sustainable business that delivers what is fundamentally one of the best sources of entertainment, still.”

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Deltarune Chapter 6 Launches in 2027, as Chapter 5 Shatters Concurrent Player Records on Steam

Deltarune’s story will continue next year, as creator Toby Fox has set a 2027 release window for Chapter 6.

Yesterday, Deltarune Chapter 5 was finally released to much anticipation. Within hours of its launch, the release helped the game shatter its previous concurrent player record on Steam. Previously, the record was 133,920 concurrent players, now the record sits at 290,973 concurrent players, more than double the original all-time peak. Despite Deltarune being nearly a decade old, it seems like it has only grown in popularity over time.

With all of that said, Toby Fox isn’t slowing down when it comes to continuing the story. In an FAQ on the game’s Steam page, the developer confirmed that Chapter 5 is not the end of the story and Chapter 6 will release next year.

“We are aiming for a 2027 release,” reads the FAQ. “Meanwhile, we will be periodically releasing information on the development progress of the game.”

Previously, Fox noted how smoothly development was progressing on Chapter 6 and said that it was possible that Chapter 7 may enter full development in the near future.

“This sounds crazy, but it’s not unrealistic that some staff members may start working on Chapter 7 before the end of the year,” Fox said.

It’s unclear how long Deltarune will be supported for. Perhaps Fox will try to tie everything up in 2028, when the game reaches its 10th anniversary. As of right now, we’ll just have to wait and see, but it has been a wonderful indie phenomenon to follow.

We gave Deltarune a 9/10, noting that it manages to impress despite the fact it is largely unfinished: “Toby Fox and his team have really accomplished something incredible with Deltarune and its new chapters, even if that accomplishment isn’t quite finished just yet. The fact that what appears to be a halfway point in the story can leave off on such a phenomenal and high-stakes note after roughly 20 hours still has me reeling knowing I’ve yet to see the true depths of where this adventure will lead.”

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Marvel’s Wolverine Confirmed to Include Disc in the Box

Insomniac Games has responded to a fan on social media who asked if the physical version of Marvel’s Wolverine is just a code in the box — with the question now top of mind following Rockstar’s shock decision not to sell GTA 6 on disc at launch.

Yesterday, Rockstar confirmed the physical version of GTA 6 comes with a download code inside the box. There is no disc.

This has proven to be a huge talking point, with some fans even saying they won’t buy the game because of it. Video game preservation enthusiasts have criticised Rockstar, and some retailers have even refused to sell the game because of it.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

One follow-up question is, has Rockstar just hit the final nail in the coffin for the video game disc? If a game like GTA 6, which is expected to be the biggest entertainment launch of all time, skips releasing on a disc, will other rival game companies follow suit? It’s a question we put to analysts, who insist Rockstar’s decision just makes commercial sense.

For now, with the GTA 6 situation fresh in mind, it looks like developers and publishers will have to answer an increasing number of questions around the physical versions of their games. Sony-owned studio Insomniac was asked if Marvel’s Wolverine, due out in September, will be released on disc or as a code in a box, and in a tweet the studio responded: “the physical version will include a disc in box.”

That response is clear, but it has also been viewed over 1.1 million times — evidence, surely, of the GTA 6 effect. Certainly Rockstar has changed the game here, and I suspect every triple-A developer and publisher will be asked the same question from now on, more often than they would have been otherwise. Will EA release the next FC game on disc, for example? Could Call of Duty do the same? Will Sony eventually do it?

Nintendo has dabbled with releasing physical versions with just a code in the box with its controversial Game Key-Card releases for the Switch 2. It’s been explained away as helping improve the performance of games because they are downloaded to the console’s internal memory. With GTA 6, which is set for launch on PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X and S only, there are all sorts of theories. Analysts have suggested to SBFPLAY that the decision was in part about Rockstar’s desire to avoid damaging leaks that might have emerged from releasing a disc into a pre-release supply chain. They’ve also explained that releasing GTA 6 without a disc will cut manufacturing costs and make Rockstar more money because it can subsequently control the price of the game. Rockstar has yet to explain its decision.

We’ve got plenty more on GTA 6 preorders for you, including analyst opinion on what GTA 6’s $80 price point means for other video games and the tech expert verdict on the 63 new GTA 6 screenshots.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Absolute Batman, Joker and Krypto Animated Series Revealed

DC Studios and Warner Bros. Animation announced three new animated series at the 2026 Annecy International Animation Film Festival on Thursday: Absolute Batman, Joker: Laugh Riot, and an untitled Krypto show.

Joker: Laugh Riot is officially greenlit, while the other two shows are listed as in development. None of the shows have a network lined up yet.

The adult animated series Absolute Batman is, of course, based on the award-winning and best-selling DC comic book series written by Scott Snyder with art by Nick Dragotta. Snyder will serve as executive producer and showrunner, with Dragotta as producer.

The series’ official plot description follows: “Absolute Batman boldly reinvents the Batman mythos for a new generation of fans, reimagining the Dark Knight as a working-class hero up against impossible odds (and the most terrifying foes ever), on a mission to prove that even in an era of wealth, power and corruption, one good person can change the world.

No manor, no money… all Batman. When you take away the manor, the money, the advantages, what you’re left with is something absolute.”

Joker: Laugh Riot is billed as DC’s first-ever anime series. Jim Krieg (Batman: Knightfall Part 1: Knightfall) serves as the executive producer while the director is Yasuhiro Aoki (Batman: Gotham Knight). The show’s studios include Warner Bros. Animation, DC Studios, and SOLA Entertainment.

Here’s the show’s official description:

“When Batman is murdered, the Joker launches a ruthless crusade through Gotham’s underworld to find the killer who took away his greatest adversary. But as his violent quest for answers pushes him closer towards vigilante than villain, Joker is forced to confront the truth that without Batman, he doesn’t know who he is.”

The untitled kid’s show featuring super-dog Krypto is executive produced by C.H. Greenblatt (Dead Man, Jellystone, SpongeBob SquarePants).

“When he’s not hanging out with Superman or Supergirl, Krypto tags along with a gang of misfit criminal wannabes who live down the block, and they soon discover he’s a ball of destructive, lovable energy worse than any of them! As he follows them into misadventures and poorly laid plans, Krypto’s pure nature slowly ends up redeeming them, whether they want it or not,” according to the show’s official description.

Annecy’s World’s Finest Animation: DC Studios and Warner Bros. Animation Showcase featured Peter Safran (Co‑Chairman and Co‑CEO, DC Studios) and Sam Register (President, Warner Bros. Animation, Cartoon Network Studios, and Hanna‑Barbera Studios Europe).

Heroic Fighting Game Player Apprehends Knife-Wielding Gamer Using Sumo Wrestling Experience

A heroic member of the fighting game community is being praised for apprehending an agitated Apex Legends player who pulled out a knife at a gaming lounge in New York City.

The incident took place on the night of June 20, when Kofi ‘Koustics’ Miller was in the middle of streaming League of Legends on Twitch at OS NYC, a gaming lounge and event space, when he stepped away from his setup about an hour into his broadcast.

During that time, Koustics attempted to de-escalate a dangerous situation involving an Apex Legends player, who brandished a knife after peaceful moderation had failed.

Koustics explained that the player had confronted an employee at the bar, drawing his attention away from his stream.

The 10 Best Fighting Games

“I stepped outside, dude is brandishing a knife,” an animated Koustics described to his friends in a Discord call. “First we were like, ‘Yo, you gotta go, you’re banned.’ We get him to walk outside. But he’s tweaking. He’s screaming. He tries to come back in with the knife, so I bodyslam him and hold him until the police come.”

Koustics claimed that the player landed on their own weapon during the incident, bloodying up his clothing, which Koustics showed off during his Twitch stream.

“I put him in a full choke,” Koustics relayed. “…I’m mad because this was my rank up game, too. This dude cost me 14 LP.”

Firsthand accounts of the incident were subsequently posted on social media, with collegiate League of Legends player ‘Shogo’ sharing footage from inside the bar, showing the flashing lights of police vehicles just outside the establishment.

NYC is so crazy like wdym an apex legends player got mad at the game, started breaking stuff, got kicked out, pulled a knife on the staff and accidentally stabbed himself as he got tackled onto the ground??
This city isn’t real pic.twitter.com/mIshyPkPyv

— Shogo (@shogolol) June 20, 2026

Koustics himself also posted photos directly after police arrived on the scene, including the bloody aftermath of the ordeal. “Don’t miss the stream,” he joked.

Koustics told us that the player had gotten upset while playing Apex Legends, which ultimately escalated into the dangerous scene that played out in front of the gaming lounge.

“If you feel like a game is affecting you that much, you always have the choice to step away,” he advised. “If the games are going that badly, then maybe try something less stressful.”

Lmao don’t miss the stream (Stopped a dude with a knife) pic.twitter.com/N6T4dUKrv6

— Koustics (@Koustics) June 19, 2026

Koustics is a popular figure within the fighting game community, known for commentating Dragon Ball FighterZ tournaments. He’s also a Sumo Wrestler, who even appeared on a November 2025 episode of SNL for a comedy skit.

He credited his Sumo skills for helping him take down the upset player, saying it helped him keep his cool during the stressful situation.

“I kept my cool,” he said. “Everyone got out safe and sound, and no one got hurt too badly. It ended up being a funnier story than it could have been.”

Koustics teaches full-time in the Bronx, where he instructs his students in robotics, coding, and even gaming. Previously, Koustics told news outlets that he “feels like a superhero” for his secondary and tertiary careers as a gamer and Sumo wrestler — and he’s certainly living up to that status with his latest heroic exploit.

Image credit: YouTube / Bandai Namco Entertainment America.

Virginia (she/her) is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. With 10 years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Which Edition of GTA 6 Will You Buy?

It’s one of the biggest questions following Rockstar’s GTA 6 preorder day reveal: will you pay $80 for the Standard Edition or $100 for the Ultimate Edition?

The Standard Edition of GTA 6 includes the base single-player experience, but the Ultimate Edition includes exclusive content, such as a mission and shops. The rights and wrongs of charging $20 extra for this content is already being heavily discussed by GTA 6 fans in a debate made all the more vociferous by Rockstar’s decision not to include a disc in the physical version.

Grand Theft Auto 6

104

For now, we thought it would be useful to poll the vast and great SBFPLAY audience to get their take. So, assuming you will buy GTA 6 in some form (let’s be honest, most of us will!), the question is, which edition? Will you buy the $80 Standard Edition, or the $100 Ultimate Edition? Once you’ve made your decision in the poll below, let us know why in the comments. We’ll follow up with a story reporting on the results later this week.

As a reminder, here’s what you get in the GTA 6 Ultimate Edition:

GTA 6: Ultimate Edition contents:

  • ’67 Vapid Dominator Buggy and Paradise Garage: A Mud Club monster offering impressive off-road handling for the backwoods of Mount Kalaga and beyond, conveniently stored at a garage in Watson Bay, featuring a weapon locker to customize your loadout for any occasion plus a stash box to deposit stolen goods to be fenced.
  • ’95 Grotti Cheetah: Grotti’s signature mid ’90s sports car and ode to Shore Drive, the ’95 Grotti Cheetah, complete with a minimalist, retro-futuristic livery and available to punctuate later-stage action.
  • Vehicles and Vapid Ganado Retro Build at Jason’s Safehouse: Switch gears and soak up the sun in either an Army fatigue-tinged Dinka Enduro motorcycle and Crest Kayak, or inject some muscle and classic stylings into Jason’s well-worn Vapid Ganado pickup with exclusive mods including a cab spoiler, rear aerials, and special livery.
  • Vehicle Mod Shops: Two preeminent vehicle customization destinations are exclusively open for business with the Ultimate Edition and feature a wide selection of artistic and performance-based vehicle mods. At Rideout Customs in Vice City, transform vanilla vehicles into magnificent works of art with detailed interiors, exquisite rims, and donk stylings. Meanwhile at One-Eyed Willie’s in Lake Leonida, transform off-road vehicles with exclusive mods and even attain custom hand-painted masterpieces.
  • Classic Car Collection: Track down a variety of abandoned classic and work-in-progress project cars and revitalize them to their former glory in this special commission from eccentric collector and local fixer, Wyman. Restore these and make them your own, including four vehicles that are only available in the Ultimate Edition.
  • Shitzu Squalo: Perfect for casting in Gambit Bay and reeling in catches of all sorts, this gradient pink and blue Squalo docked at Washington Beach is made open-ocean-ready with an explosives-laden weapons crate.
  • Hawk & Little Morgan Revolver: Sourced exclusively from the Vercetti Estate and found at Ammu-Nation stores as Jason and Lucia’s story progresses, his and hers versions of the powerful Hawk & Little Morgan Revolver are available with classic Vice City stylings for both Jason and Lucia, including palm-tree-etched grips, engraved detailing, high-performance scope, and personalized finishes.
  • Personalized Weapon Variants: Personalized sidearms with detailed engravings for both Jason’s Girardi ES9 pistol and Lucia’s Klose K17 pistol.
  • PTT Youngin$ Compound and Scores: One of Leonida’s loudest and most socially active gangs, the PTT Youngin$ grow premium hydroponics in places you’d least expect. Find a way to raid the PTT Youngin$ Illegal Goods Store in Southside Vice City and escape safely to score some special items and distinct contraband.
  • Vice City Styles for Jason and Lucia: Whether poolside or side by side, Jason and Lucia can look the part with exclusive outfits, tattoos, and more.
  • Goodtime Gear: A capsule collection of apparel and accessories inspired by the Goodtime State’s hit TV show character, Macca the Gator.
  • Stock 305 Clothing Store: Exclusively open for business with the Ultimate Edition, Stock 305 is Stockyard’s premiere destination for elevated streetwear. Style various unique and exclusive looks for Jason and Lucia that complement the murals, tags, and artwork that put the neighborhood on the map.
  • Sara’s Unisex Salon: Get signature salon hair styles for both Jason and Lucia, including facial hair for Jason and makeup and nails for Lucia.
  • Electric Fang Tattoo: Stockyard’s most iconic ink bar, with over 50 exclusive, signature tattoos for both Jason and Lucia — all designed by the artist collective FAILE.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

Discussion of the price of GTA 6 comes amid speculation it may be the most expensive video game ever made, with parent company Take-Two estimated to have spent $1-1.5 billion so far. Earlier this year, Business Insider suggested the eye-watering budget based on industry analyst estimations as part of an interview with Take-Two CEO Strauss Zelnick. Zelnick wouldn’t say how much the company had spent on GTA 6 so far, but did admit “it was expensive.”

To put GTA 6 into context, most of the triple-A video game budgets that make headlines do so for being in the hundreds of millions of dollars range. Bungie’s recently released extraction shooter reportedly had a budget of over $250 million, for example. Concord’s initial development deal was around $200 million, according to a report by Kotaku. In 2023, new documents submitted as part of the Xbox Federal Trade Commission case accidentally revealed The Last of Us: Part II and Horizon Forbidden West each cost more than $200 million to develop. Last year, the astronomical development budgets of the Call of Duty games were revealed for the first time after a court document confirmed Activision pumped $700 million into Black Ops Cold War alone, although that was over the shooter’s life cycle. GTA 6, clearly, surpasses them all.

Neither Take-Two nor Rockstar has explained the decision to go to $80 for GTA 6, but as reported by SBFPLAY, Zelnick told an audience at iicon recently that “consumers pay for the value that you bring to them, and our job is to charge way way way less of the value delivery. How you feel about something you buy is the intersection of the thing itself and what you pay for. Consumers need to feel like the thing itself is amazing and the price they were charged was fair for what they got.”

We’ve got plenty more on GTA 6 preorders for you, including analyst opinion on what GTA 6’s $80 price point means for other video games, a report on the retailers who are refusing to sell GTA 6 due to the lack of a disc, and the tech expert verdict on the 63 new screenshots.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Tech Experts Believe It ‘Unlikely’ Impressive New GTA 6 Screenshots Present Real-Time Results

Yesterday, Rockstar released 63 brand new screenshots for GTA 6, each one wowing fans with their impressive level of detail. The images provide our best look at the game as it stands today, in lieu of Trailer 3 of course. But how representative are they of the actual game fans will be playing this November?

The tech experts at Digital Foundry have analyzed the screenshots to try to work out what they’re telling us about GTA 6. It’s worth checking out their analysis in full, as there’s plenty of talk of “an unprecedented level of polish” and ray traced reflections. They’ve even noticed a look at a car’s engine through a reflective sheen on the underside of its hood. There can be no doubt that GTA 6 looks very impressive indeed.

But with DF’s analysis comes a word of caution. Author Tom Morgan thinks it “unlikely” that the screenshots represent real-time results on any platform GTA 6 is set to launch on this November. It’s safe to rule out the Xbox Series S, but DF also questions whether the screenshots came from the PS5, Xbox Series X, or even the PS5 Pro. DF can’t be sure at this stage — like everyone, they’re waiting for GTA 6 to actually come out before issuing a verdict — but there’s evidence to suggest that what we’re seeing in the screenshots isn’t actually feasible on the consoles.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

“With such a high level of fidelity on show, then, a question still dangles over which platform is actually being used to generate these shots,” Morgan wrote. “To be clear, we find it unlikely that these are real-time results on PS5, Xbox Series X – or in the best case on console, PS5 Pro. We’d like to be pleasantly surprised of course, and this will be firmly answered once it releases. However in many instances the combination of pristine image quality, suggesting a native 4K render (or higher), and inconsistent lighting on foreground characters casts doubt over how feasible it is.”

So, if not taken from the consoles, where did these screenshots come from? Perhaps a PC version (everyone expects GTA 6 to come out on PC eventually). DF suggests they may have been carefully constructed within GTA 6’s development environment to represent the “perfect shot,” where frame-rate isn’t a consideration. The suggestion is these screenshots are not taken from GTA 6 actually running. At a push, they might have been created using a photo mode (Rockstar has yet to announce such a mode in GTA 6).

“Incidentally, these would be easy for Rockstar to generate within the game’s development environment, where the framing, character positions, and lighting could orchestrate a perfect shot – irrespective of framerate — with all settings dialled up to 11,” Morgan continued. “To be clear, the ray tracing aspect is very much an expected feature on console — and indeed we have it already in GTA 5 — but as for what’s possible on base PS5, Pro, and Series X, time will tell how close real time console visuals actually end up to these images.”

GTA 6 Vintage Vice City Pack Screenshots

Of course, GTA 6 looks amazing from what we’ve seen of it so far, and fans expect to truly push the consoles to their limit. But Rockstar has yet to confirm performance targets for GTA 6, so we don’t know what’s coming in terms of resolution and framerate across the consoles. What we do know is that GTA 6 features a massive open world, or, as Rockstar itself described it yesterday: “the biggest and most immersive evolution of the series yet.”

We’ve got plenty more on GTA 6 for you, including confirmation of the GTA 6 price, analyst opinion on what the price means for other video games, the exclusive content that comes with the Ultimate Edition, and confirmation GTA 6 is a “single-player experience.”

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

PlayStation 5 Now Features Custom GTA 6 UI, as Sony Goes All In on Rockstar Partnership

Load up your PlayStation 5 today, and you’ll be greeted by a new custom user interface advertising Grand Theft Auto 6 — part of Sony’s major new partnership with Rockstar Games.

The PS5’s Welcome section now includes a flashy animated version of the GTA 6 logo, which zooms in and reveals a splash screen with details on the game, as well as a button to go view its store page (and pre-order).

Of course, Sony has rolled out this update following GTA 6 pre-orders officially going live at midnight last night, as well as the start of its own marketing campaign for the game, which it has boasted “plays best on PS5.”

Yesterday, Sony published a blog post championing the features of its console that GTA 6 will use, including the speaker in the DualSense controller and the pad’s haptic feedback.

Rather amusingly, Sony later deleted and reposted a series of posts on social media linking to this blog post that featured an image of the PS5’s disc-based edition. The social posts were later replaced with versions that featured the PS5’s digital-only console — more fitting with the fact that GTA 6 will not have a disc.

Grand Theft Auto VI launches November 19, with pre-orders starting June 25.

Learn why it plays best on PS5: https://t.co/w0enIHvPFQ pic.twitter.com/ekpnz2Tfz2

— PlayStation (@PlayStation) June 24, 2026

Other additions to GTA 6’s PlayStation 5 marketing campaign include a newly-themed version of the PlayStation app logo on smartphones, that features GTA 6 colors and pale tree fronds.

Sony has started updating its logos like the PlayStation App with GTA 6 branding#PS5 #GTA6 #GrandTheftAutoVI pic.twitter.com/dNknjOvw7P

— Shinobi602 (@shinobi602) June 24, 2026

Sony itself has previously stated that the launch of GTA 6 is the best reason yet for PlayStation fans still using a PS4 to finally upgrade their console, as GTA 6 will only be available on PS5 (and Xbox Series X/S). Rockstar also recently eased the console transition itself, by promising free upgrades to GTA 5 on PS5 and Xbox Series X/S for those with a PS4 or Xbox One copy.

Need to catch up on all of the GTA 6 news? Rockstar has now announced GTA 6’s price and also a pricier $100 Ultimate Edition, released 63 new GTA 6 screenshots, and confirmed that physical editions of the game won’t include a disc in the box.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

GTA 6 Preorder Exact Timing Confirmed, Ultimate Edition and Preorder Bonuses Revealed

Grand Theft Auto 6 preorders kick off at midnight local time on June 25, Rockstar has confirmed. That means preorders go live in Australia very soon, with the rest of the world set to follow as timezones strike midnight tonight.

Grand Theft Auto 6

98

Meanwhile, Rockstar has confirmed the GTA 6 Ultimate Edition and preorder bonuses, detailed in full below. In a press release sent to SBFPLAY, Rockstar said GTA 6 “features a single-player experience launching on November 19 to PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X|S.” There’s no mention of a new version of GTA Online coming at launch.

The GTA 6 Ultimate Edition “amplifies this experience with an exclusive collection of premium vehicles, weapons, apparel, and action threaded across all aspects of Jason and Lucia’s story,” Rockstar added.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

The GTA 6 website expands on the Ultimate Edition:

“Welcome to Leonida, the state where anything goes. Seize everything this massive world has to offer with the GTA 6: Ultimate Edition, an exclusive collection of premium vehicles, weapons, apparel, and action around every corner. Ultimate Edition bonuses are threaded across all aspects of Jason and Lucia’s story, with new items uncovered behind each chapter.”

GTA 6 Preorder Guide – Retailers to Bookmark

The GTA 6: Ultimate Edition includes:

  • ’67 Vapid Dominator Buggy and Paradise Garage: A Mud Club monster offering impressive off-road handling for the backwoods of Mount Kalaga and beyond, conveniently stored at a garage in Watson Bay, featuring a weapon locker to customize your loadout for any occasion plus a stash box to deposit stolen goods to be fenced.
  • ’95 Grotti Cheetah: Grotti’s signature mid ’90s sports car and ode to Shore Drive, the ’95 Grotti Cheetah, complete with a minimalist, retro-futuristic livery and available to punctuate later-stage action.
  • Vehicles and Vapid Ganado Retro Build at Jason’s Safehouse: Switch gears and soak up the sun in either an Army fatigue-tinged Dinka Enduro motorcycle and Crest Kayak, or inject some muscle and classic stylings into Jason’s well-worn Vapid Ganado pickup with exclusive mods including a cab spoiler, rear aerials, and special livery.
  • Vehicle Mod Shops: Two preeminent vehicle customization destinations are exclusively open for business with the Ultimate Edition and feature a wide selection of artistic and performance-based vehicle mods. At Rideout Customs in Vice City, transform vanilla vehicles into magnificent works of art with detailed interiors, exquisite rims, and donk stylings. Meanwhile at One-Eyed Willie’s in Lake Leonida, transform off-road vehicles with exclusive mods and even attain custom hand-painted masterpieces.
  • Classic Car Collection: Track down a variety of abandoned classic and work-in-progress project cars and revitalize them to their former glory in this special commission from eccentric collector and local fixer, Wyman. Restore these and make them your own, including four vehicles that are only available in the Ultimate Edition.
  • Shitzu Squalo: Perfect for casting in Gambit Bay and reeling in catches of all sorts, this gradient pink and blue Squalo docked at Washington Beach is made open-ocean-ready with an explosives-laden weapons crate.
  • Hawk & Little Morgan Revolver: Sourced exclusively from the Vercetti Estate and found at Ammu-Nation stores as Jason and Lucia’s story progresses, his and hers versions of the powerful Hawk & Little Morgan Revolver are available with classic Vice City stylings for both Jason and Lucia, including palm-tree-etched grips, engraved detailing, high-performance scope, and personalized finishes.
  • Personalized Weapon Variants: Personalized sidearms with detailed engravings for both Jason’s Girardi ES9 pistol and Lucia’s Klose K17 pistol.
  • PTT Youngin$ Compound and Scores: One of Leonida’s loudest and most socially active gangs, the PTT Youngin$ grow premium hydroponics in places you’d least expect. Find a way to raid the PTT Youngin$ Illegal Goods Store in Southside Vice City and escape safely to score some special items and distinct contraband.
  • Vice City Styles for Jason and Lucia: Whether poolside or side by side, Jason and Lucia can look the part with exclusive outfits, tattoos, and more.
  • Goodtime Gear: A capsule collection of apparel and accessories inspired by the Goodtime State’s hit TV show character, Macca the Gator.
  • Stock 305 Clothing Store: Exclusively open for business with the Ultimate Edition, Stock 305 is Stockyard’s premiere destination for elevated streetwear. Style various unique and exclusive looks for Jason and Lucia that complement the murals, tags, and artwork that put the neighborhood on the map.
  • Sara’s Unisex Salon: Get signature salon hair styles for both Jason and Lucia, including facial hair for Jason and makeup and nails for Lucia.
  • Electric Fang Tattoo: Stockyard’s most iconic ink bar, with over 50 exclusive, signature tattoos for both Jason and Lucia — all designed by the artist collective FAILE.

GTA 6 Vintage Vice City Pack Screenshots

Players who preorder digital versions of GTA 6 can begin pre-loading on November 12 to “ensure they are able to play at launch on November 19.” The physical version of GTA 6, now confirmed, contains a download code inside the box (Rockstar has confirmed there’s no disc), and will be available starting November 12 to support pre-loading.

GTA 6 preorder bonus: The Vintage Vice City Pack

“Flash back to when the neon burned brightest with the Vintage Vice City Pack, featuring the timeless two-tone ’55 Vapid Stanier sedan and Shore Court Garage alongside the world-famous Ocean Beach, decadent outfits and hairstyles for both Jason and Lucia, and an iconic weapon pattern that echoes the excess of the past,” Rockstar said.

The Vintage Vice City Pack includes:

  • ’55 Vapid Stanier and Shore Court Garage: Cruise Shore Drive in the legendary ’55 Vapid Stanier, a Vice City classic meant to be admired, and store it in a new personal garage just a stone’s throw from the glistening sands of Ocean Beach. Like all personal garages in Leonida, you’ll have a weapon locker to customize your loadout for any occasion plus a secure place to deposit stolen goods for the local Fence, who will accept most stolen goods at a reasonably discounted rate.
  • Outfits and Hairstyles: Dress for excess with two Vice City luxury looks for both Jason and Lucia:

Jason: An effortlessly chic linen suit in vintage pastel, complemented by the cut and coif of the decade of decadence.

Lucia: The world is yours in a red sequin mini dress and curls.

  • Exclusive Weapon Pattern: Channel the original Vice City kingpin, Tommy Vercetti, and his iconic palm tree button-up with a tropical pattern available to adorn most guns.

The Vintage Vice City Pack is included with all digital purchases of GTA 6 made prior to November 20, 2026, and with preorders of the physical version of GTA 6 while supplies last.

A digital preorder also gets you a free month of GTA+, with Rockstar referencing GTA Online:

“Experience the dynamic blockbuster GTA Online now with the best way to get the most out of its ever-evolving world. Pre-order any edition of Grand Theft Auto VI on the PlayStation Store or Microsoft Store and get one free month of GTA+ — featuring a recurring monthly GTA$500,000 deposit into your GTA Online character’s bank account, access to special Shark Cards with 15% bonus GTA$, access to free and discounted GTA Online vehicles, a rotating selection of classic Rockstar Games titles and other featured games in the GTA+ Games Library, and much more.”

We’ve got plenty more on GTA 6 following today’s announcement, including confirmation of the GTA 6 price, over 60 new GTA 6 screenshots, and Sony’s boast that GTA 6 “plays best” on PS5.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

GTA 6 Physical Copies Won’t Include a Disc, Will Just Be a Code in a Box

Rockstar will sell physical copies of Grand Theft Auto 6 — though you’ll only get a box containing a digital download code.

This morning, Rockstar announced that it will finally begin GTA 6 pre-orders at midnight tonight, with various options available. Alongside a digital pre-order, fans will also be able to buy GTA 6 in a box — though no disc will be included inside.

On the upside, physical copies will be available from November 12, in advance of the game’s actual launch on November 19. This earlier date is also when GTA 6 pre-loading will become available, allowing anyone with a physical copy or digital pre-order to get the game downloading.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

While disc-less physical copies have become more common in recent years, it is notable that such a big, mass market game — likely this console generation’s biggest, most market game — is ditching physical media altogether. But in a world where even Nintendo is ditching physical media for many of its own exclusives (such as Pokémon Pokopia), it is perhaps not too surprising.

GTA 6 Preorder Guide – Retailers to Bookmark

Grand Theft Auto 6 is scheduled to finally arrive this November, following multiple delays. This time, however, the game’s release date now looks fully locked in, with pre-orders opening, a special edition detailed, and prices all set.

GTA 6 Vintage Vice City Pack Screenshots

Notably, the GTA 6 Ultimate Edition will include exclusive vehicles, weapons and outfits, as well as additional locations and activities that it appears will be absent from the base version of the game — a cunning move by Rockstar to offer two entry price points, but nudge committed fans to spend $100.

And that’s all before any new version of GTA Online arrives, too. According to Rockstar, GTA 6 “features a single-player experience launching on November 19 to PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X/S.”

Copies of the game purchased before November 20 will at least include an additional Vintage Vice City Pack with more cosmetics and cars, though physical edition customers should note that this is only guaranteed “while supplies last.” Digital preorders also get you a free month of GTA+.

So, digital or physical? Which are you choosing for GTA 6?

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

GTA 6 Price Finally Confirmed

Rockstar Games has finally announced the price of GTA 6, while confirming it features a “single-player experience” at launch.

Rockstar said GTA 6 costs $79.99 across PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X and S, confirming a $10 jump from the standard $70 we’ve seen this generation. The Ultimate Edition, meanwhile, is $20 more, priced $99.99.

There’s no word yet on any new version of GTA Online, which suggests the existing experience will continue to operate as GTA 6 launches this November.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

The price of GTA 6 had been one of the biggest talking points in the video game industry, with some analysts suggesting Rockstar could go as high as $100 for the base game. It hasn’t gone quite that far, but by setting a $79.99 price, it may open the floodgates for all new triple-A games to follow suit. Only Nintendo has sold a new game for $80 so far (Switch 2 launch title Mario Kart World), with Microsoft backtracking on its own plans to do the same last year.

Grand Theft Auto 6

97

Preorders for GTA 6 launch at midnight local time on June 25, with the Ultimate Edition and preorder bonuses already detailed. GTA 6 physical copies do not include a disc, Rockstar has confirmed. They’re just a code in a box.

Rockstar is finally pulling back the curtain on GTA 6 as it nears launch. Alongside the Ultimate Edition and preorder bonus announcement is a significant GTA 6 screenshot release, showing up more of the game. We also have official GTA 6 cover art, and a fresh look at Vice City.

GTA 6 Vintage Vice City Pack Screenshots

Discussion of the price of GTA 6 comes amid speculation it may be the most expensive video game ever made, with parent company Take-Two estimated to have spent $1-1.5 billion so far. Earlier this year, Business Insider suggested the eye-watering budget based on industry analyst estimations as part of an interview with Take-Two CEO Strauss Zelnick. Zelnick wouldn’t say how much the company had spent on GTA 6 so far, but did admit “it was expensive.”

To put GTA 6 into context, most of the triple-A video game budgets that make headlines do so for being in the hundreds of millions of dollars range. Bungie’s recently released extraction shooter reportedly had a budget of over $250 million, for example. Concord’s initial development deal was around $200 million, according to a report by Kotaku. In 2023, new documents submitted as part of the Xbox Federal Trade Commission case accidentally revealed The Last of Us: Part II and Horizon Forbidden West each cost more than $200 million to develop. Last year, the astronomical development budgets of the Call of Duty games were revealed for the first time after a court document confirmed Activision pumped $700 million into Black Ops Cold War alone, although that was over the shooter’s life cycle. GTA 6, clearly, surpasses them all.

Neither Take-Two nor Rockstar has explained the decision to go to $80 for GTA 6, but as reported by SBFPLAY, Zelnick told an audience at iicon recently that “consumers pay for the value that you bring to them, and our job is to charge way way way less of the value delivery. How you feel about something you buy is the intersection of the thing itself and what you pay for. Consumers need to feel like the thing itself is amazing and the price they were charged was fair for what they got.”

GTA 6 launches on November 19, 2026.

GTA 6 Preorder Guide – Retailers to Bookmark

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Here Are 63 New Grand Theft Auto 6 Screenshots

Rockstar has released more than 60 new screenshots showing off Grand Theft Auto 6, its characters, world and some retro Vice City vibes.

The images have been unleashed today alongside Rockstar’s big reveal of GTA 6’s $80 price and pricier $100 Ultimate Edition, both of which you’ll be able to pre-order from midnight tonight. (And while physical versions will be available, it’s worth noting that these won’t include an actual disc.)

GTA 6 Preorder Guide – Retailers to Bookmark

Speaking of that Ultimate Edition, let’s begin by taking a look at the many, many screenshots below showing content exclusive to Rockstar’s more expensive version of the game. This includes the classic Vice City ’55 Vapid Stanier car and the Shore Court personal garage, exclusive car mod shops, and some additional open-world activities.

These screenshots also show additional outfits and hairstyles for Jason and Lucia, plus makeup, tattoos and even custom nails for Lucia — plus a look at the edition’s exclusive weapon patterns.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

Another batch of screenshots showcases the array of retro goodies available to anyone who buys GTA 6 before November 20 (or until stocks last, if you’re purchasing a physical copy). The Vintage Vice City Pack includes clothing and even more hairstyles inspired by the neon-drenched 1980s.

GTA 6 Vintage Vice City Pack Screenshots

Today’s release of new information answers many of fans’ burning questions about the launch of GTA 6, though others still remain. When will the new GTA Online arrive? How will it be priced? And what will become of the existing GTA Online from GTA 5?

Until then — and until GTA 6 finally launches on November 19 for PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X/S — we at least have these new images to admire.

Grand Theft Auto 6

96

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

$80 GTA 6 May Encourage Other Game Publishers to Raise Prices, Analysts Say

Rockstar has ended months of speculation by confirming that GTA 6 will cost $80 — a higher price point previously also tested by Nintendo with its Switch 2 launch title Mario Kart World.

While lower than the $100 GTA 6 price point some industry watchers had predicted (though, of course, there is that $100 Ultimate Edition too), $80 is still a high watermark for video game pricing, and one that many analysts feel we’ll now likely see more of. But how prevalent will $80 games become, and can other video game publishers really claim their games are worth it compared to the behemoth that is Grand Theft Auto 6?

“We see much more variability in launch pricing now than we have seen historically in the video game industry,” Circana senior director and analyst Mat Piscatella told SBFPLAY. “But I’m sure more games will start pushing towards the higher end of the price spectrum, especially given everything happening in the macro-economic environment. When Call of Duty 2 released at $59.99 on the Xbox 360 in 2005, other games quickly followed. Would these other games have gotten there at some point, anyways, even without Call of Duty 2? Sure. But having a big game prove the viability of the price point can help make pricing decisions a bit easier.”

Not every game is getting more expensive, of course, as Nintendo has shown with its flexible pricing strategy for first-party Switch 2 games. While Mario Kart World was $80, its smaller-scale exclusives such as Star Fox and Yoshi and the Mysterious Book sell for less. Still, there’s a feeling it has opened the floodgates to $80 launches, seen when buying the Switch 2 versions of Zelda: Breath of the Wild and Tears of the Kingdom, or the Switch 2 version of Elden Ring.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

“The $80 price tag for GTA 6 makes charging higher prices much easier for other AAA game publishers,” agreed Dr. Serkan Toto, CEO of consultancy firm Kantan Games, “exactly because it is such a big release.

“Take-Two did it before,” Toto continued, referencing the $10 increase to $70 video games seen at the start of the PS5 and Xbox Series X/S era for the NBA 2K series that has now become an industry standard. “Why should it not become the trailblazer for the industry again? Jumping from $70 to $80 is a 14.3% price increase, which is quite a lot. It will very much depend on the game, but I can easily see some marquee titles going for this price, perhaps even this year, too.”

“The $80 price for the Standard Edition is in line with our expectations and comes after multiple publishers have experimented with this price point with varying degrees of success,” noted Daniel Ahmad, Director of Research & Insights at Niko Partners. “Given current macroeconomic conditions, only certain games and publishers can confidently price a title at $80, and Rockstar Games is one of them as players understand the value they’ll receive from the title. We expect strong preorders, with day one sell-through exceeding $1.2 billion globally.”

What else might sell for $80 this year? With Nintendo already flirting with the premium price tag, it perhaps would be unsurprising to see its big new Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake land at $80. And what about other Xbox-published titles such as Fable, with the division now seeking increased profitability?

“The pricing lands cheaper than many of the rumors,” said Piers Harding-Rolls, games industry analyst at Ampere Analysis, referencing previous speculation that GTA 6 could sell for $90 or even $100. “I expected there to be some premium for GTA 6 because of its stature and if any game can charge $79.99 without a major backlash, it’s GTA. Many players that pre-order will opt for the Ultimate Edition at $99.99 meaning that the ‘$100 GTA 6’ is a reality. What is perhaps more of a surprise is the lack of early access for the Ultimate Edition – a common strategy to drive buyers to higher priced editions of the game. Also, there is no news on a Collector’s Edition, but that might come later.”

Of course, Rockstar’s $80 price for GTA 6 is just the game’s upfront cost. The company will also know it is likely going to see far more value from each owner of the game over time as it launches its next iteration of GTA Online. “Even today, nearly 13 years after the launch of GTA V Online, the Grand Theft Auto franchise generates more than $800 million per year in net revenue for Take-Two,” Ahmad noted. “In fact, Rockstar is offering a free month of its GTA+ subscription to everyone that preorders the game, to get players into the online experience.”

Publishers will need to pick their battles when eyeing up that $80 price point, Harding-Rolls continued — as video game fans are well aware that not every title will be able to justify it. Even Nintendo has seen its choice of $80 for Mario Kart World questioned, following debate over the benefits of the game’s open world.

“There are certain games that can get away with charging more than the standard $69.99 and GTA 6 is one of them,” Harding-Rolls continued. “Mario Kart World also pulled it off. Publishers will be aware that some games get a pass at this level while others are likely to face a consumer backlash. As such, I don’t think this means that all AAA games will be priced at $79.99 for the standard edition moving forward. Many players spend more than that on Deluxe and Ultimate editions anyway to get early access to games or unique in-game items, so for enthusiasts the standard edition pricing is not a factor.”

Joost van Dreunen, video game industry researcher and professor at the NYU Stern School of Business, argued that charging $80 for a video game is something that publishers will have to “earn” the right to do, likely reserving the price point for marquee blockbusters.

GTA 6 Vintage Vice City Pack Screenshots

“In the current economic environment, a $80 price tag is earned, not given,” van Dreunen said. “Charging that much for the vanilla version of a game is only justifiable for well-established franchises capable of setting the tone culturally. It also widens the gap between S-tier game makers like Take-Two, Nintendo, and EA, and everyone else. I expect that especially those publishers like Ubisoft that are already feeling the burn will have a harder time in the coming period.”

Of course, just because analysts might say that only some publishers will succeed at the $80 price point, doesn’t mean publishers will be put off from trying their luck.

“I think a lot of publishers are about to learn that the hard way,” Rhys Elliot, head of market analysis at Alinea Analytics, said. “GTA 6 has more pricing power than any game on earth, and it still didn’t go above $80. If the biggest release in the industry’s history looked at the ceiling and chose not to break it, that should tell everyone else the ceiling is real, and they’ll smack their head on it. The danger is that publishers read ‘GTA is $80’ as a green light and push their own run-of-the-mill or new-IP games to $80, when the lesson is the opposite: even GTA didn’t think it could go higher.

“The danger is that publishers read ‘GTA is $80’ as a green light…”

“The handful of publishers who can charge $80 base share one trait: a captive, price-inelastic audience that won’t shop around or wait for a discount. That’s why Nintendo gets away with it, its players are locked in, first-party, and famously discount-averse. PlayStation could probably manage it on a marquee first-party title. FromSoftware has the brand strength to do it, even if they’ve historically priced more modestly than they could (Elden Ring is $80 on Switch, though). Maybe the big yearly sports games as well.

“Almost nobody else has that. For everyone else, the maths is brutal in that raising your base to $80 just sheds the price-sensitive buyers you can’t afford to lose in this economy. That’s why I reckon most publishers will, correctly, stick to a $70 base with an $80-$100 premium edition layered on top, early access, a few cosmetic perks, and stuff. That model lets the FOMO-prone superfans pay more for early access while everyone else pays $70, or waits for the inevitable discount. You capture the whales without raising the floor on the people most likely to walk.

“The publishers to watch out for are the ones who mistake GTA’s runway for their own. Their more ordinary games won’t carry $80, and the sales data will tell them so within a quarter.”

For more, check out Everything Rockstar Announced and Confirmed on GTA 6 Preorder Day.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Central Fiction a Decade After It Was Released

Arc System Works is blowing the dust off its 2015 2D fighting game BlazBlue: Central Fiction and adding a new DLC character a decade down the track.

Arc System Works made the announcement in a note at the end of a brief teaser trailer today, as part of its 2026 showcase. However, the publisher otherwise refrained from adding any further specifics about the character itself. Fans will not need to wait long, though, as the complete reveal of the character will occur at EVO 2026 this weekend.

“As you saw in the trailer, we will be adding a new playable character to the game,” said BlazBlue: Central Fiction producer Riku Ozawa during the showcase. “It’s been many years since this game [was] released. We were able to make this new development happen thanks to the continued support of fans around the world who have kept the game alive. Truly, thank you so much.”

According to Ozawa, development for this DLC character was only settled “very recently.”

“Normally, we should wait to make the announcement until we have footage of the character in-game,” he conceded. “This time, however, I wanted to share with everyone that we are working on this as soon as I could, so we’ve made this announcement without gameplay footage.”

Ozawa confirmed the new character will be “a certain someone who has appeared in the main BlazBlue games.”

Developed by 2D fighting game specialists Arc System Works, BlazBlue: Central Fiction was initially released in arcades in late 2015 before arriving on PS3 and PS4 in late 2016. The game was subsequently ported to PC and Switch.

Luke is a Senior Editor on the SBFPLAY reviews team. You can track him down on Bluesky @mrlukereilly to ask him things about stuff.

Bungie Communications Manager Tells Destiny 2 Fans Not to ‘Blame’ Themselves for Game’s Demise

Destiny 2 fans shouldn’t “blame” themselves for Bungie choosing to end support for the game, says the company’s comms manager.

The Destiny community has been in mourning for about a month now after Bungie abruptly announced it would be ending support for Destiny 2. Although the game will remain playable, Bungie will not be adding new content to the game. This came as a shock to its community, who assumed a bright future was ahead for the title, but that isn’t the case.

One fan pondered over whether or not the community could have done more to support the game. Bungie communications manager Dylan Gafner responded by simply saying nothing more could be done and thanked fans for almost a full decade of support.

“You all have done more for this game and our studio than could ever be imagined, and no words can accurately depict how lucky we are to have shared these worlds with you,” said Gafner. “Don’t blame yourselves or think you could have / should have done more. This is just the way it goes sometimes. No matter the future, we will always have these memories.”

Truthfully, it’s hard not to look at some of the statements and vibes coming out of Bungie and not feel like things are bleak. Reports indicate that Destiny 3 is not in the works and that Bungie is bracing for “significant” layoffs. Former Bungie staff have also been reminiscing on dream projects they had in the Destiny universe, including a dating simulator.

Bungie will, of course, remain operational, as it is fully committed to supporting Marathon. But significant doubt has been cast on whether or not the team will get another shot at a big-budget AAA game again after Marathon failed to perform commercially. The games industry as a whole is in a tense place right now as it navigates economic hardships, meaning it’s harder than ever to take chances on ambitious and expensive projects.

Maybe Bungie will get to make a big new game in the future, but such a project likely wouldn’t see the light of day for many years.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Micron CEO Expects RAM Shortage to Last Through 2027, Start to Ease in 2028

Micron, one of the largest global manufacturers of memory, expects the ongoing RAM shortage to last through 2027. That’s according to Micron CEO Sanjay Mehrotra, who said in the company’s Q3 2026 earnings report today that the unprecedented demand facing the semiconductor industry isn’t letting up any time soon.

“We expect tight conditions to persist beyond calendar 2027 as a result of AI-driven demand across all segments coupled with structural supply constraints,” Mehrotra said.

Semiconductors, the chips used to manufacture computer hardware like RAM, the VRAM in graphics cards, and SSDs, have increased significantly in price over the last few years, primarily due to demand for their use in AI data centers. Micron itself exited the consumer market late last year, ending support for its consumer-facing brand Crucial, which made several of our favorite SSDs and RAM kits, in favor of its booming data center-focused business.

As a result, many components and systems used to build gaming hardware – ranging from RAM sticks alone all the way up to full systems like the PS5, Xbox Series X, and Steam Machine – have also ballooned in price. The Steam Machine in particular was originally supposed to be priced at around $750, but instead launched at $1,050 due to the cost of the underlying hardware.

Mehrotra’s comments unfortunately mean the RAMpocalypse isn’t ending anytime soon, and we can expect these elevated hardware prices to stick around.

“Even as we expect industry supply to improve gradually in 2028, we currently do not have line of sight as to when memory supply will be able to catch up with increasing demand,” Mehrotra said.

While only time will tell, the way things are going certainly doesn’t bode well for the inevitable PlayStation 6 or Xbox Project Helix launching at an affordable price point.

Bo Moore is SBFPLAY’s Senior Manager of Tech. You can find him online @usebomswisely.

GTA 6 Could Borrow Major Weapons Mechanic from Red Dead Redemption 2

Grand Theft Auto 6 could be taking a major mechanic from Red Dead Redemption 2, which might bother some GTA fans.

Today, Rockstar Games revealed the Ultimate Edition for GTA 6, which includes a bunch of goodies, some of which have been creating controversy. One of these perks is free access to a garage, which will boast a weapons locker where you can “customize your loadout for any occasion.” This makes it sound like players may have to be more intentional with the weapons they take with them.

In Red Dead Redemption 2, you can only have two large weapons (rifles, shotguns, etc.) and two handguns. If there isn’t a physical way for your character to hold the weapon, it stays on your horse. It’s more realistic and forces the player to be more conscious of their loadout, something that has been divisive with players over the years. This is also radically different from the way GTA handles it, as GTA 5 allows you to carry dozens of weapons in your pocket. However, fans have been wondering which inventory system GTA 6 will utilize, and it seems like it may be Red Dead Redemption 2’s, based on the inclusion of a weapons locker.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

Leaked gameplay for GTA 6 also indicated that Rockstar might go in this direction, as the footage showed weapons on the protagonists’ backs via a sling in addition to a duffel bag, which may allow for extra storage. Of course, that footage was from a very early work-in-progress build of the game, so it may no longer represent what’s in the final product.

GTA Online did add lockers eventually, but it came three years after the game’s initial launch. By that point, Rockstar had added a ton of additional weapons, so it made sense for players to have a place to store them; otherwise, their weapon wheel would become too crowded. Unless GTA 6 has as many munitions as GTA Online currently does, it’s hard to imagine it having the same utility.

The free garage will feature a stash box, which can be used to “deposit stolen goods to be fenced.” This also indicates that looting and dynamic robberies may play a larger role in GTA 6. Red Dead Redemption 2 allowed players to freely rob anyone in the world and also ransack homes for loot, which could then be sold for money. It sounds like GTA 6 may feature a similar system, and the aforementioned duffel bag could help carry some of that loot.

Ultimately, we can only speculate about GTA 6’s gameplay until Rockstar gives us a proper look. Hopefully, that first look isn’t too far away now that marketing is in full swing. Pre-orders have begun rolling out across the globe following news that the game’s standard edition will cost $79.99. For physical media enjoyers, the game will not be released on a disc. Instead, physical copies will come with a digital code. Some retailers are protesting the decision and choosing not to sell the game.

GTA 6 will release on November 19 for Xbox Series X|S and PS5.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

GTA 6 Lore ‘Mistake’ Could Be an Intentional Tommy Vercetti Reference

Grand Theft Auto 6 fans think Rockstar might’ve messed up when it comes to its own lore, but there may be more to it than meets the eye.

In GTA 6’s $100 Ultimate Edition, players will get access to a set of powerful revolvers, one for each protagonist. In the official description for the Hawk & Little Morgan Revolver, Rockstar states that they’ve been “sourced exclusively from the Vercetti Estate,” suggesting that they were taken from the mansion that Tommy Vercetti owns in Grand Theft Auto: Vice City. However, there is one big problem: Tommy Vercetti isn’t supposed to exist in this GTA universe.

Rockstar Games did a Q&A in 2011 and revealed that the series’ PS2-era games are set in a different universe from the “HD games” (Xbox 360-era and onward). As such, players shouldn’t expect major characters to cross over, with the only real exception applying to a few background characters like Lazlow.

GTA 6’s Hawk & Little Morgan Revolvers

“The ‘universes’ are the worlds interpreted at different definitions, 2D, 3D, and high definition, so we felt brands and radio/background characters would exist in both, but three-dimensional characters would not,” said Rockstar. “This is the logic (as far as it could be considered logical) behind it – so no, we don’t believe any GTA 3 characters could exist in the GTA 4 universe.”

So, what’s going on here? The simplest and most likely explanation is that it’s nothing more than an Easter egg. Grove Street was featured in Grand Theft Auto 5, along with the Ballas gang, but it doesn’t necessarily mean CJ and his crew exist in GTA 5. A similar case could be made that the Vercetti Estate is simply a nod to the franchise’s history, in name only. It’s also not the only reference to Tommy in GTA 6.

A painting of a lizard wearing Tommy’s shirt can be spotted in the second GTA 6 trailer, and the pre-order bonus for the game adds weapon skins that resemble his shirt’s pattern. The second GTA 6 trailer also featured a glimpse at what appears to be a new version of Phil Cassidy, a character that was originally in Grand Theft Auto: Vice City.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

In GTA 6, Phil owns a gun store and has both of his arms, unlike his 3D-era counterpart. He also appears to be in his 30s or 40s, whereas Phil from GTA: Vice City would likely be in his 70s. All this is to say that Rockstar may be playing a bit fast and loose with its universe. Maybe there’s a new version of Tommy Vercetti in GTA 6, similar to Phil. Or maybe it’s all just a fun Easter egg that we shouldn’t spend much time picking apart.

In related news, Rockstar Games has confirmed that GTA 6 will cost a whopping $80 and the game won’t be released on a physical disc. The developer also dropped more than 60 new screenshots, which show off the game’s wide range of customization options, vehicles, and weapons. Rockstar is still keeping a tight lid on any plans for GTA Online’s future, though, as a store page for the game refers to the title as a “single player” experience.

Grand Theft Auto 6 will release on November 19 for Xbox Series X|S and PS5, the latter of which is being marketed as the best place to play the game.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Some Game Retailers Refuse to Sell GTA 6 Due to Lack of Disc in Physical Release

Two video game retailers have announced that they will not be selling Grand Theft Auto 6 due to the highly anticipated title not releasing on a disc.

Video Games Plus, a gaming retailer based out of Canada, and an independent gaming retailer known as Loot Box Gaming have both stated that they won’t be selling GTA 6. Rockstar Games confirmed this morning that GTA 6’s physical version will not include a disc. Instead, players will be able to pick up a boxed copy that includes a digital code. The physical version will release on November 12, a week ahead of the game’s release, so that players can pre-download the game using the code.

Video Game Plus pointed to its policy of not selling games that only offer digital codes, and as a result, it will not sell the biggest game of 2026. The retailer noted that this isn’t a reflection of Rockstar Games or the game itself, but argued that it’s part of their goal of preserving physical media.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

“For nearly 40 years, VGP has been committed to supporting physical media and preserving the value of physical game ownership,” reads a statement from VGP. “As part of that commitment, our company policy is that we do not carry physical products for video game consoles that contain only a digital download code. Based on the information currently available, the physical release of Grand Theft Auto 6 for the PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X is expected to be a code-in-box product. As a result, VGP will not be offering it for sale under our current company policy.”

Loot Box Gaming echoed a similar philosophy, noting that since GTA 6 doesn’t come with a disc, it won’t sell the game.

“When we started LBG, it was out of a love for our favorite form of media, gaming, as-well as the preservation of said media,” said the company. “If a product can’t honor the people who pay their hard-earned money to purchase it, then we have no business trying to sell it to our customers whom we value above anything else.”

GTA 6 Vintage Vice City Pack Screenshots

GTA 6’s lack of a disc appears to be a security measure from Rockstar Games in order to prevent leaks and control access to the game ahead of launch. Given that it’s arguably the most anticipated release in entertainment history, there are concerns that the game could get taken from a manufacturing plant, fall off a truck, or be sold early by retailers, leading to leaks. Perhaps Rockstar will release a physical version with a disc in 2027 once all the hype has died down.

Major retailers like GameStop, Amazon, and Best Buy will likely carry the game in November, as they aren’t known to have issues with physical games that substitute a digital code over a disc. Of course, you’ll also be able to buy the game from the Xbox and PlayStation stores if you want to cut out the middleman.

GTA 6 preorders have officially begun in New Zealand and will continue to roll out as the clock strikes midnight in various regions. The standard edition of the game will cost $79.99, but there will also be an Ultimate Edition for $99.99. The Ultimate Edition has been the subject of controversy, as it will provide exclusive access to certain stores, missions, cars, weapons, and cosmetic items in-game.

GTA 6 will release on November 19 for Xbox Series X|S and PS5.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

GTA 6 Story Features Distinct ‘Chapters,’ Possible Red Dead Redemption 2 Link

GTA fans are discussing how the story in Grand Theft Auto 6 will be structured, following the apparent confirmation that it will be separated into chapters, similar to Red Dead Redemption 2.

An official reference to content becoming unlocked through various chapters of the game can be seen on Rockstar’s website, where the developer discusses its various bonuses available in GTA 6’s $100 Ultimate Edition. These bonuses will not all be available straight away, Rockstar has cautioned, noting instead that the extras “are threaded across all aspects of Jason and Lucia’s story, with new items uncovered behind each chapter.”

Various cars, safe houses, sidequests and guns can be accessed as fans play through GTA 6 — and it sounds as if the game will feature a chapter-based structure. Exactly how this will work — whether the game’s world will open up slowly over time, and feature Red Dead Redemption 2-style time jumps — remains to be seen, though fans have already begun speculating.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

“Chapters like RDR2 could allow time jumps or bigger changes to the map,” wrote GTA fan VimDim, in a reddit thread discussing the matter.

“In RDR 2 these chapters were based in different locations of the map,” noted SquashTurbulent5309, “so GTA 6 story might be the same.”

“The story will be divided into chapters with each one probably mostly featuring a different part of the map and different vibes in terms of mood and overall tone,” suggested Any_Objecct_5151. “It doesn’t mean you can’t go explore other places or anything though.”

That said, this is a GTA game rather than one set on the frontier. It seems unlikely that players will lose access to properties or cars acquired earlier in the game as the action moves from location to location, even if the current action is now centered elsewhere.

“Hopefully we keep the safehouses for the entire game instead of having only one per chapter like in RDR2,” wrote llambordins. Replied aneuryst: “Probably will, we only had one per chapter in RDR2 cause it was a camp that moved. I’m sure apartments/houses in this won’t move.”

Need to catch up on all of today’s GTA 6 news? Rockstar has now announced GTA 6’s price and also a pricier $100 Ultimate Edition, released 63 new GTA 6 screenshots, and confirmed that physical editions of the game won’t include a disc in the box.

Grand Theft Auto 6

47

You can bookmark retailer pages, such as this one, to get ahead of the rush.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Amazon Narrows List for Potential James Bond Actors

Amazon is getting closer to finding the next James Bond, as director Denis Villeneuve has reportedly begun informing actors of the next step in the audition process.

According to Deadline, Villeneuve has been personally calling actors who have auditioned for James Bond and informing them that they will have a second round of auditions in August. The casting process officially began this spring, and it seems the producers are moving rather quickly to narrow down the search. Deadline reports that its sources have somewhat contradictory information, but the number of candidates has been narrowed to anywhere between five and seven, and up to the teens. Essentially, it sounds like there’s fewer than 20 people who are in contention for the role.

It’s unclear which actors have been called back, but Deadline notes that Harris Dickinson, Callum Turner, and Jacob Elordi “fit the prototype” of what producers are looking for in the next Bond. It’s currently unknown whether those actors have auditioned or are actively pursuing the role. The report also states that, while it may be some time before we get definitive casting for Bond, Amazon is on track to announce the star by the end of the year, with plans to shoot in 2027.

As of right now, nothing is known about the next Bond movie beyond the fact that it will be directed by Villeneuve, written by Steven Knight, and it will be the first 007 movie under Amazon’s leadership. It also seems like Amazon wants a slightly younger Bond, not unlike the one we saw in 007 First Light.

Following the release of Spectre, former Bond actor Daniel Craig said he would rather “slash” his wrists than return to 007. The actor later clarified that he made those comments partially because he was in the middle of recovery from an injury on the film.

“To be completely honest, I was thinking, ‘I don’t know if I can do another one of these,'” the actor said in 2021. “I finished filming Spectre with a broken leg. To your point about being in my fifties now, I thought, ‘Do I have this in me? Do I want to go through all of this?’ I needed a break. A little more skill in the answer might have been better. I was joking but it came across as ungrateful.”

There’s currently no release date for Bond 26, but presumably, it will debut in 2028 as long as everything goes smoothly.

ANGELA WEISS / AFP via Getty Images.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Invincible Renewed for Season 6

Invincible Season 6 is in the works, it’s been confirmed, ahead of Season 5’s release.

Prime Video confirmed today that it has renewed Invincible for a sixth season, which will make it the streamer’s longest-running animated series. There’s no indication that Season 6 will be the last, either — and in fact, the opposite was suggested.

In a statement from Robert Kirkman, the series creator noted that he can’t wait to see what’s ahead for Invincible in its next two seasons “and beyond.”

“One of the biggest rewards of building Invincible over the years has been witnessing how new audiences continue to connect with these characters and this world, almost 25 years after its creation,” Kirkman said.

“This renewal is as much a testament to the passion of our fans as it is to the talented teams bringing the series to life, including longtime supervising directors Shaun O’Neill and Dan Duncan, who have done so much behind the scenes to make Invincible a success, and will now help us continue to grow as executive producers. There’s still so much story left to tell, and I can’t wait for fans to see what’s ahead in seasons 5, 6, and beyond.”

Currently, there are no details for Season 6, as that would likely spoil Season 5. At the moment, Season 5 of Invincible is slated to release in 2027. The early renewal is likely a way for Prime Video and Skybound to ensure Invincible keeps releasing a steady pace. There was a two and a half year gap between Season 1 and Season 2 of Invincible, which frustrated a lot of fans. Since then, the show has released a new season every single year, and that is likely only possible if Amazon gives the greenlight well in advance.

Invincible Season 5 was announced back in summer 2025, giving the team two years to bring the next part of the story to life. If history is anything to go by, Season 6 likely won’t release until 2028, but Prime Video has yet to officially slap a release window on it.

Invincible Season 4 scored an 8/10 in our review, with the reviewer noting that “Invincible Season 4 earns its keep as both the show’s biggest entry to date and its most intimate.”

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Fortnite Reselling Old Battle Pass Skins in Next Update

Fortnite will begin reselling content from old battle passes as part of its next update.

The scheme will start off with skins from Chapter 5 Season 4: Absolute Doom, which was Fortnite’s most recent Marvel-dedicated season that ran from August 16 to November 2, 2024.

This included Marvel characters such as Doctor Doom, Mysterio, Shuri, War Machine, Gwenpool and Emma Frost, as well as a Captain America version of Fortnite character Jonesy. All are now expected to imminently return via Fortnite’s in-game shop.

Fortnite previously pledged to never resell content released as part of its time-limited battle passes, a policy that made them must-have purchases at the time, but ultimately served to only lock newer players out of characters released years ago.

As Fortnite edges closer to its 10th birthday, Epic Games decided to drop this policy from 2024 onwards, beginning with the Ultimate Doom season — though still said that battle pass content would not be sold separately for 18 months. (And, of course, the price of a season pass remains far less than the cost of buying all of its characters separately, with battle passes selling for around $10 — about the same price in V-Bucks for some individual skins.)

Of course, that 18 month time period has now lapsed for the Absolute Doom season — and fans had been wondering when it would reappear. Now, in a teaser released via X/Twitter, Epic Games has shown the vault doors opening back to this content, which fans have reacted positively towards.

While a major change in policy, the practice of selling newer battle pass content is likely a win-win for Epic Games. It gets to re-monetize characters individually at a huge markup, and players don’t feel FOMO to buy battle passes at the time.

It’s a typically busy time for Fortnite, with its next update rolling out tomorrow loaded with additions, before Epic Games departs for its annual two-week summer break. Other content coming to the game over the next fortnight includes a major collaboration with popstar Olivia Rodrigo, and a crossover with Neopets.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Internet Reacts to GTA 6 No Disc Physical Version

Rockstar has come under fire for releasing the physical version of GTA 6 with a download code only, with some saying the decision is the final nail in the coffin for video game discs.

While confirming GTA 6 preorders go live at midnight tonight as well as the price of the game, Rockstar said the physical version of GTA 6 contains a download code inside the box only. It will be released starting November 12 to support pre-loading, a week before GTA 6 goes on general sale on November 19.

Some have declared this a significant moment that marks the death of the video game disc. GTA 6 is expected to be the biggest entertainment launch of all time, selling millions of copies on release. Its truly mainstream appeal means physical is still a significant proposition for GTA 6, as it is for the likes of EA’s sports games and Nintendo exclusives. But Rockstar parent company Take-Two giving the green light to releasing GTA 6 — the video game to trump them all — without a disc could prove to be a watershed moment.

SBFPLAY has asked Rockstar for comment on its decision.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

The move away from physical releases has sparked concern about video game preservation, and the ability to continue to play games long-term. Some have suggested that Rockstar’s decision here may be more about avoiding leaks and potentially even a damaging unauthorized release of a cracked version of the game emerging from retail distribution, but social media account Does it play?, which champions physical media, pushed back on that suggestion.

“Disturbing GTA 6 news just dropped,” Does it play? said. “Rockstar Games seemingly confirmed that the potentially biggest entertainment release of the year will be treated as a throwaway consumable. Rockstar Newswire mentions a download code in the box. NO PHYSICAL RELEASE!

“And to everyone spreading that ‘because leaks’ nonsense, stop excusing bad practices. If it gets the physical release later because of discs, all collectors and physical media enthusiasts will be spoilered. Where is your sympathy for them?”

GTA 6 Vintage Vice City Pack Screenshots

Rockstar confirmed today that GTA 6 costs $80, which represents a $10 hike on the established triple-A video game pricing we’ve seen this generation. This price, plus the news about the lack of a disc, has caused some to say they won’t buy the game.

“$80 and no physical? Easiest pass of my life,” SBFPLAY reader DenimChicken15 said. “I’ll wait for the game to be $20 in a few years and maybe I’ll consider playing it.”

“A box with a code inside is not a physical copy, SBFPLAY reader woody280486 added. “A physical copy includes a disc that you can share to your friends when you’re done playing it or trade it in at a game store when you’ve exhausted playing it. All that hype to show off cover art for what is essentially going to be an empty box seems so stupid.”

“And from this day onwards, the trend will accelerate exponentially,” suggested Klowjow. “If there’s one thing GTA can do, it’s normalise practice in an industry.”

Some are hoping Rockstar will eventually release a version of GTA 6 with a disc included, but there’s no suggestion that will happen.

We’ve got plenty more on GTA 6 following today’s announcement, including over 60 new GTA 6 screenshots, and Sony’s boast that GTA 6 “plays best” on PS5.

Grand Theft Auto 6

18

You can bookmark retailer pages, such as this one, to get ahead of the rush.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Everything Announced on GTA 6 Preorder Day

It’s been a big day of GTA 6 news, with Rockstar confirming fresh details for what is perhaps the most anticipated video game of all time ahead of preorders going live. SBFPLAY has plenty of coverage for you to dig into, but here we’ve rounded up everything announced and confirmed, including new screenshots, first details on the editions, and even a new (very short) in-game video.

GTA 6 price

Rockstar has confirmed the GTA 6 price is $79.99 for the base game on PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X and S. The Ultimate Edition (more on that soon), costs $99.99. This marks a jump from the $70 standard established this generation, and may open the floodgates to more games going for $80.

GTA 6 preorders

GTA 6 preorders start at midnight local time on June 25. You’ll be able to put your money down from then.

GTA 6 is a single-player game

Rockstar has said GTA 6 is a single-player game, which suggests any new version of GTA Online will miss the launch in November.

The GTA 6 Ultimate Edition

The GTA 6 Ultimate Edition includes an exclusive collection of premium vehicles, weapons, apparel, and action threaded across all aspects of Jason and Lucia’s story, and will be available for $99.99. We’ve got more on exactly what you get here.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

GTA 6 preorder bonuses

All GTA 6 preorders and purchases before November 20, 2026 include the Vintage Vice City Pack, a collection of items “that flash back to when the neon burned brightest,” Rockstar said, alongside a free month of GTA+ for digital preorders. There’s more on what the Vintage Vice City Pack includes here.

GTA 6 preload

Players who pre-order digital versions of GTA 6 will be able to begin pre-loading on November 12, 2026 to ensure they are able to play at launch on November 19, 2026.

GTA 6 physical version

The physical version of GTA 6 includes a download code inside the box only, which has shocked some fans and caused others to say it’s the final nail in the coffin for the video game disc. The physical version will be available starting November 12, 2026 to support pre-loading, Rockstar said.

GTA 6 screenshots

Rockstar released more than 60 new screenshots showing off GTA 6, its characters, world and some retro Vice City vibes. Check them out here.

GTA 6 Vintage Vice City Pack Screenshots

GTA 6 short in-game video

As Rockstar did when it announced the GTA 6 preorder date, today’s news comes with a new short video embedded within the GTA 6 website, that reveals a fresh look at the actual game. We see Jason and Lucia by a car next to a sandy beach, ready for action.

GTA 6 PS5 features

Sony has a partnership with Rockstar for GTA 6, and today announced some of the features you’ll get if you play the game on PS5. Sony said that “thanks to the close partnership between Sony Interactive Entertainment and Rockstar Games, Grand Theft Auto VI will play best on PS5 by taking advantage of PS5’s immersive features to deliver a deeply engaging single-player experience when it launches on November 19.” There are DualSense exclusive features, and word of “near instant” loading times due to the PS5’s “ultra-high speed” SSD. More here.

And what we don’t yet know…

We still don’t know the GTA 6 file size, nor do we know how the game will perform on the consoles in terms of framerate and resolution. How will GTA 6 perform on the PS5 Pro, for example?

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

GTA 6 Is a ‘Single-Player Experience,’ Rockstar Confirms

GTA 6 is a “single-player experience,” Rockstar has confirmed in a note sent to SBFPLAY, as well as on storefronts where you can now preorder the game. This suggests the $80 base game does not include any new version of GTA Online, should such an experience be in the works.

While many are assuming Rockstar plans to release a new and improved GTA Online at some point in the future, there remains questions over how it will be released. Will Rockstar release a new GTA Online for free within GTA 6? Or will it release it as a standalone experience, potentially charging more?

The PlayStation Store makes it clear that GTA 6 is single-player only.

Rockstar’s announcements today have made it clear that the existing GTA Online is the focus for now. A digital preorder gets you a free month of GTA+, with Rockstar referencing GTA Online in its press release:

“Experience the dynamic blockbuster GTA Online now with the best way to get the most out of its ever-evolving world. Pre-order any edition of Grand Theft Auto VI on the PlayStation Store or Microsoft Store and get one free month of GTA+ — featuring a recurring monthly GTA$500,000 deposit into your GTA Online character’s bank account, access to special Shark Cards with 15% bonus GTA$, access to free and discounted GTA Online vehicles, a rotating selection of classic Rockstar Games titles and other featured games in the GTA+ Games Library, and much more.”

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

Perhaps we shouldn’t be surprised by the lack of a new GTA Online for GTA 6 at launch. GTA Online continues to print money for Rockstar and parent company Take-Two, and its availability on PC, where GTA 6 will not be available day one, will surely maintain its momentum even as GTA 6 hits PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X and S.

Last year, SBFPLAY asked Take-Two boss Strauss Zelnick about the fate of GTA Online, and in his response he referenced NBA 2K Online, the free-to-play online-focused version of 2K Sports’ hugely successful basketball franchise aimed at the Asian market. NBA 2K Online launched all the way back in 2012, and then 2K Sports released NBA 2K Online 2 in 2017. Both games were maintained simultaneously, so fans of the first version could continue to play and invest their time and money safe in the knowledge they wouldn’t be left behind.

GTA 6 Preorder Guide – Retailers to Bookmark

“I’m going to speak theoretically only because I’m not going to talk about a particular project when an announcement hasn’t been made,” Zelnick began. “But generally speaking, we support our properties when the consumers are involved with those titles. As an example, we launched NBA 2K Online in China, I think originally in 2012 if I’m not mistaken. And then we launched NBA 2K Online 2 in China in 2017. If I’m not mistaken. We did not sunset Online 1. They both are still in the market and they serve consumers and they’re alive and we have this massive audience.

“So we’ve shown a willingness to support legacy titles when a community wants to be engaged with them.”

GTA 6 Vintage Vice City Pack Screenshots

That last line is of particular importance. It suggests — but doesn’t confirm at this stage — that if there is a GTA Online 2, it won’t come at the cost of GTA Online falling by the wayside. If people keep playing GTA Online, Zelnick is suggesting here, then Rockstar will continue to support it.

So, while a new GTA Online feels inevitable, perhaps fans shouldn’t hold their breath for its release. While you wait, we’ve got plenty more on GTA 6 following today’s announcement, including confirmation of the GTA 6 price, over 60 new GTA 6 screenshots, and Sony’s boast that GTA 6 “plays best” on PS5.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

GTA 6 ‘Plays Best on PS5’ Thanks to ‘Close Partnership With Rockstar,’ Sony Boasts

Grand Theft Auto 6 will “play best on PS5” as it makes use of various immersive console features, Sony has said, boasting of its “close partnership” with Rockstar Games.

In a post on the PlayStation blog, Sony highlighted how GTA 6 will take advantage of the PS5 DualSense controller’s haptic feedback and integrated speaker.

Exactly how much this will differ from the vibrations also available on the Xbox Series X/S controller remains to be seen, though anyone playing on Microsoft’s machine will apparently miss out on “sound effects from the controller” that will emerge at various points.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

Sony also highlighted its Tempest 3D AudioTech, that will allow you to “surround yourself in the distinct soundscapes of Leonida” through its “highly accurate audio positioning.” The game will also “leverage the PS5’s ultra-high speed SSD” to experience GTA 6 “with near-instant load times.” Again, how this will differ from the Xbox version remains unclear.

What is clear is that Sony’s marketing machine is clearly synced up with Rockstar’s — and, notably, there’s no similar blog post yet to emerge on the Xbox Wire.

As Sony itself goes on to note, the launch of GTA 5 is your best reason yet to buy a PS5 (this side of the console’s price rises), as there is no PS4 version of the game. It’s a similar message to the one Sony recently began sending its own customers — warning them that they won’t be able to play GTA 6 on older hardware, and that it really now is time to upgrade. Rockstar also recently eased the console transition itself, by promising free upgrades to GTA 5 on PS5 and Xbox Series X/S for those with a PS4 or Xbox One copy.

Need to catch up on all of today’s GTA 6 news? Rockstar has now announced GTA 6’s price and also a pricier $100 Ultimate Edition, released 63 new GTA 6 screenshots, and confirmed that physical editions of the game won’t include a disc in the box.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Kadokawa Should Be Making More Money From Elden Ring, Activist Investor Says

The boss of Japanese company Kadokawa has survived a shareholder vote on his future amid increasing pressure from an activist investor who believes the company has failed to capitalize on Elden Ring’s enormous success.

Reuters reported on the result of a showdown between Kadokawa CEO Takeshi Natsuno and Hong Kong-based Oasis Management, which is now the company’s largest shareholder with a 13.76% stake, during a meeting of shareholders. While Natsuno has survived for now, Automaton reported that Oasis has just upped its stake to 15.25%, with plans to increase it further.

Elden Ring is from legendary video game developer FromSoftware, which is owned by Kadokawa. It has sold an astonishing 30 million copies — a figure that is sure to rise with the release of Tarnished Edition in August. Elden Ring launched in 2022, and since then has released expansion Shadow of the Erdtree (2024) and multiplayer spinoff, Elden Ring Nightreign (2025), but Oasis wants more financial return from the franchise.

Every SBFPLAY FromSoftware Game Review

Part of Oasis’ complaint about Kadokawa and indeed Elden Ring is that it does not publish the game itself globally. While FromSoftware self-publishes Elden Ring in Japan, Bandai Namco publishes the game internationally, reducing profit. Oasis wants Kadokawa to self-publish its games everywhere.

Meanwhile, Sony’s high-profile investment in Kadokawa amounted to just a 10% stake and little has come of it.

“FromSoftware is Kadokawa’s crown-jewel asset: a globally recognized studio with a loyal international fanbase and a proven ability to create blockbuster titles such as Elden Ring,” Oasis has said. “Yet Kadokawa continues to leave a meaningful share of the economics from these titles with third-party publishing partners, creating a significant and ongoing loss of value for all of Kadokawa’s stakeholders.”

Oasis has insisted it isn’t trying to force a sale of FromSoftware (there have been all sorts of rumors about various video game companies buying it over the years). Oasis instead believes FromSoftware should be the “central driver” of Kadokawa’s long-term growth.

“Our point is that FromSoftware must be managed with the ambition, investment, and strategic focus that an asset of its quality deserves,” Oasis said. “Its employees, creators, and fans deserve ownership and leadership that are fully committed to helping the studio realize its extraordinary global potential.”

Earlier this month, celebrated FromSoftware director and architect of its hit games, Hidetaka Miyazaki, commented on the shareholder pressure Kadokawa is under. Reassuring fans, he insisted that FromSoftware can still “freely make the kind of games we want to make without excessive interference.”

FromSoftware has Elden Ring Tarnished Edition as well as new action title The Duskbloods to look forward to later this year. But fans are wondering what’s next from the developer. Could Elden Ring 2 be on the cards? In December 2024, Miyazaki said the developer was not considering making Elden Ring 2, but wouldn’t shut down the possibility in the future. If not, there is an Elden Ring movie in the works.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Daredevil Fans React to Return of Controversial Character From Original Netflix Series

Daredevil: Born Again fans are excitedly discussing the upcoming return of a controversial character, whose role split viewers back during the original Netflix series.

Filming for Daredevil: Born Again Season 3 is currently underway in New York, and has already provided spoilers for various other returning characters, as well as hints at where next year’s episodes will take the series’ storyline.

Warning! Potential spoilers for Daredevil Season 3 follow…

Now, yet another major character return has been spotted in photos published by Getty Images and video from celebrity photographer José Pérez, revealing the return of Elodie Yung as Elektra.

While Marvel itself has avoided commenting on past set leaks directly, there’s no doubt over the photos’ legitimacy. The reveal also follows similar set leaks showing Mike Colter and Finn Jones back as Daredevil’s fellow New York defenders Luke Cage and Danny Rand, whose return fans had also been expecting.

See the first photos of Elodie Yung back in costume as Elektra for the first time in a decade just below:

Daredevil: Born Again Season 3 Elektra Set Photos

Recent months have seen growing speculation that Elektra would reappear in Season 3, and Yung has only fanned the flames further by showing herself training for an upcoming role, which fans strongly believed was that of the deadly assassin. However, not all fans are pleased by her apparent return — as her character proved divisive back during Netflix’s original Daredevil run.

“They are pulling out all the stops for S3,” wrote one fan in a reddit thread discussing the video. “So so so so so excited to see it!!!!!”

“Matt Murdock’s prison arc with Powell, Fisk in exile, new Bullseye suit, Jessica Jones, Luke Cage may run for mayor, the return of Danny Rand and Elektra, the redemption of Cole North,” added ElectricalBand4481. “This season is going to be STACKED.”

“Oh f***,” added Icy_Prior. “Maybe they really are doing the Zdarsky run where she takes up the Daredevil mantle for a little bit, while Matt is in prison.”

But other fans commented that they found Elektra frustrating to watch in the original series, with her character designed to tempt Matt Murdock back to his past — away from his focus on helping others, and from his relationship with Karen Page.

“This is just an enormous red flag for me,” countered No-Student6619. “Elektra was legitimately THE WORST character in the entire OG show. She was VERY ANNOYING, sometimes even to the point I wanted to turn off the show when she appeared on screen.”

“Have to agree,” added Appropriate_Foot242. “Without the Punisher plotline Season 2 of the Netflix show is legitimately awful due to Elektra and The Hand.”

Elodie Yung’s Elektra was last seen in 2016’s The Defenders miniseries, where her plotline wrapped up with her missing, presumed dead. While initially presented as a complicated ally, Elektra eventually developed into an antagonist, and a key part of the New York-dominating plan set up by ninja monk clan The Hand. Elektra’s return next year is certainly interesting timing, with The Hand set to turn up in next month’s Spider-Man: Brand New Day.

Daredevil: Born Again is expected to return with new episodes next spring, as the show picks up with Matt Murdock in jail, Wilson Fisk in exile, and a growing list of other returning superheroes in its cast. In the meantime, Daredevil actor Charlie Cox has suggested he’ll be staying street level, rather than getting involved in an Avengers call-up.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Gameplay Livestream of Action-Driving Game Clutch Will Be Showcased This Week

Maverick Games has announced it will be hosting a gameplay livestream of its upcoming open-world action-driving game Clutch on Thursday, June 25 at 9am PDT, noon EDT, 5pm BST, or 2am Friday June 26 AEST.

The livestream will be hosted on YouTube by studio founder and Clutch creative director Mike Brown (principal game designer of Forza Horizon 4 and creative director of Forza Horizon 5), with art director Ben Penrose (associate art director on the original Forza Horizon, and art director on Forza Horizon 2 through to Forza Horizon 5).

According to Maverick Games’ announcement, racing fans will get “a sneak peek into the game’s cinematic narrative and its star-studded cast, the speed of the R1K pro circuit, the style of the underground street racing of the Midnight Collective, and the high-speed race-and-chase chaos of heists.”

Set on a sprawling map inspired by the iconic Mediterranean coastline of the French Riviera, Clutch will feature three city hubs (Monaco, Cannes, and Saint-Tropez). It will also feature a range of racing and driving action, with what appears to be a blend of exotic open-world driving, traditional circuit racing, street racing, and action-packed heists and pursuits. The latter will even feature a selection of wild gadgets, like a grappling hook, turning Clutch into a mad fusion of Forza Horizon, Need for Speed, and Fast & Furious.

Maverick Games’ Clutch – First Screenshots

Clutch will launch in Spring 2027 on PlayStation 5, Xbox Series X|S, and PC.

Luke is a Senior Editor on the SBFPLAY reviews team. You can track him down on Bluesky @mrlukereilly to ask him things about stuff.

New Project Motor Racing DLC Adds 9 Historic Cars, New Track

The next salvo of content for Straight4 Studios’ Project Motor Racing has landed, as the development team continues to augment and improve its poorly received 2025 racing sim.

Dubbed the GT Icons Pack, the latest add-on comes with nine new cars, plus a new track. Three distinct eras of classic GT and sports car racing are represented, with a trio of cars for each.

The new cars are listed below:

GT 60

  • 1965 Chevrolet Corvette Grand Sport
  • 1964 Shelby Daytona Coupe
  • 1965 Jaguar E-Type Lightweight

Sports Car 67

  • 1967 Chapparal 2F
  • 1967 Ford Mk.IV
  • 1967 Lola T70 Mk 3

GT 70

  • 1974 Porsche 911 Carrera RSR 3.0
  • 1973 Chevrolet Corvette C3
  • 1973 Ford Capri RS3100

The pack also includes a circuit Straight4 has named “Rocky Knoll Raceway”, which is essentially an unlicensed riff on the real-life track Road America.

This is the first Project Motor Racing DLC since the hiring of sim racing development veteran Aristotelis Vasilakos, who joined Straight4 Studios in late May as chief creative officer. Vasilakos was previously the head of vehicle handling for Assetto Corsa: Competizione, and also worked on the handling and physics for the original Assetto Corsa.

After a stalled start upon its November 2025 launch, a major update for Project Motor Racing was released back in March which “aimed at resetting PMR’s foundation and bringing the sim much closer to what a serious motorsport title should feel like.”

Luke is a Senior Editor on the SBFPLAY reviews team. You can track him down on Bluesky @mrlukereilly to ask him things about stuff.

Arnold Schwarzenegger Game is Luna Exclusive, As Amazon Clarifies Stance on Gen AI

Amazon has revealed its latest Luna exclusive, an “AI-powered party game” in which Arnold Schwarzenegger plays all four roles.

Courtroom Chaos – Starring Arnold Schwarzenegger is the follow-up to the first in the series that launched in October 2025 and featured legendary rapper Snoop Dogg. This time, it’s the turn of Hollywood action hero Arnie to lend his voice and likeness to the AI algorithm, and if the launch trailer is anything to go by, it all looks very odd…

“No game console. No scripts. No mercy,” reads the game’s blurb. “Just your voice, your creativity, and whatever madness you bring to the bench, assuming you can survive Arnold’s cross-examination.

“Courtroom Chaos is the uproarious AI-powered party game that turns you and your friends into the stars of the most absurd courtroom in history. With the legendary AI Judge Arnold Schwarzenegger presiding over the bench, you’ll improvise wild testimony, craft ridiculous characters, and argue the unwinnable. All while the Judge fires back with questions, reactions, and his final, unforgettable verdict.”

Essentially, you’re arguing your case against a generative AI version of Arnold Schwarzenegger, in the hope of hilarious results. I won’t pretend to be at all convinced by the concept, but when speaking to Jeff Gattis, GM of Amazon Gaming, at this year’s Summer Game Fest event in Los Angeles, Gattis told me it’s the exact sort of game the company sees AI being used for, which couldn’t exist without the technology powering it.

“The Courtroom Chaos games, you can’t make those without a large language model,” Gattis said. “They’re built by humans, but they’re built on the back of, that’s how you report, get Snoop and Arnold to have a personality and actually talk to you. So we are excited about that. There are also things that we’re able to do much faster. So prototyping, quickly creating assets that will ultimately be touched and designed by humans, but we can go faster, we can take more risks, we can make more games. It’s things like that where we think that we think we have a little more latitude since we’re not embedded in making $300 million games that take five years.”

“We have an appetite for some of these new innovative games that are getting incredible, like watching a TV show and literally having the actor call you on your cell phone after the show, and you’re having a conversation with him or her,” he continues. “It could be more developed than that, but these are just things that were unimaginable five or six years ago. So I think that’s where we’re focused.”

Amazon recently came under fire when it was revealed that the upcoming Tomb Raider: Legacy of Atlantis utilised generative AI tools during its production. Gattis says the company hasn’t committed to what extent they will use the technology in the future, though, despite it now appearing in games of all sizes across its portfolio.

“We haven’t made any hard rules about that because there are certain games that we are experimenting with right now that may incorporate some. I’d say our general stance is we believe in it, but we believe that games are made by humans. And so we look at AI as a tool to help humans make better games. I guess I do feel that as an industry, we focus so much on the negative aspects of Gen AI, and I understand I’m not dismissing those at all, but we don’t ever talk about the positives.”

Gattis, and Amazon, will likely hope that one of those positives is Courtroom Chaos – Starring Arnold Schwarzenegger, which is available now, is free to play for Prime members.

Simon Cardy is a Senior Editor at SBFPLAY who can mainly be found skulking around open world games, indulging in Korean cinema, or despairing at the state of Tottenham Hotspur and the New York Jets. Follow him on Bluesky at @cardy.bsky.social.

Netflix Horror Game Starring Sadie Sink and Zoë Kravitz from Oxenfree Developer Night School Studio

Netflix is dipping its toe back into narrative adventure with the upcoming launch of Unhinged, a first-person horror game from Oxenfree developer Night School Studio.

Unlike the teen drama of Oxenfree, Unhinged looks to be a more mature, blood-spattered affair. The game’s story centers on two young women in neighbouring houses, as one attempts to escape a home invasion.

Unhinged also features bonafide acting talent, in the shape of Stranger Things and Spider-Man: Brand New Day star Sadie Sink, plus The Batman and Divergent’s Zoë Kravitz. Video game veteran Troy Baker rounds out the cast list, meanwhile.

Rather than Netflix’s previous experiments with interactive live-action experiences (such as in Black Mirror’s Bandersnatch), this is very much a video game that you control with your phone, streamed to your TV via the Netflix platform.

Gameplay makes use of your phone to receive phone calls and text messages, or to look around its world with a virtual flashlight. As you’d expect, the story features multiple avenues to explore — and yes, you can die.

While the overall experience is timed to feel like an episode of a Netflix series — lasting just under an hour — it’s designed to be replayable to explore different narrative branches.

“We looked deeply at the Wii [and] the Nintendo DS,” Night School game director Sam Warner told Rolling Stone. “I grew up with those, and I think that focus on novel innovative play was something that we really started this game with. If you’ve got Netflix and you have a phone, then this is for you.”

Unhinged launches on June 30, and will be available to all Netflix subscribers.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Ex-Disney Boss Reveals Companies He Wanted to Buy

Disney’s expensive buying spree almost included James Bond and Twitter in addition to a merger with Apple.

In a recent article from the Financial Times, former Disney CEO Bob Iger revealed his ambitious plan to expand the House of Mouse. After Iger took over Disney in 2005, he began making big moves to acquire key companies and IP. This started with Pixar, and then he created a wishlist of future acquisitions. Iger’s list included Marvel and Lucasfilm, the company that created Star Wars and Indiana Jones. However, Iger had his eyes set on another major film franchise: James Bond.

“We put together a list of acquisition targets. Marvel was one, Star Wars was another, James Bond was one. We had a list and I figured let’s just tick them off and buy them all.” James Bond was the only thing on Iger’s list that didn’t come to fruition, and eventually, Amazon came in and took control of 007.

The Next James Bonds Who Never Played 007

Iger also considered two other deals that likely would’ve completely changed the world. Disney nearly bought Twitter at an “attractive price” and planned to use it as a global distribution platform for Disney. Iger, however, backed out the morning of the deal as he felt it would be a “horrible distraction.” Had Disney bought Twitter, it’s hard to imagine Elon Musk acquiring the social media platform.

Finally, Iger revealed that Disney considered merging with Apple. However, Disney failed to reach any kind of advanced conversations, as Apple didn’t seem as interested. “We talked about it internally, and we had some conversations with Apple about it, but it never went anywhere,” said Iger.

Iger resigned as CEO of Disney earlier this year, passing the baton to Josh D’Amaro. Iger had previously been CEO of Disney from 2005 to 2020, but came back in 2022 when the company was in a bit of a crisis. Iger has been attributed as a key factor in a lot of Disney’s modern success and tried to steer Marvel back into a ‘quality over quantity’ mindset.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

RAM Companies State Prices Monthly, ‘If We Say No, Then They Never Talk to Us Again’

In a new interview, Valve has conceded it has no bargaining power when it comes to buying memory from the limited number of companies that produce it at scale and control the bulk of the market. The company explained that doing anything other than agreeing to the price offered would see Valve cut off entirely.

The explosive growth of the AI industry has come with gluttonous demand from AI businesses hoarding the same memory components that consumer electronics need. As demand outpaces supply, prices have shot up sharply.

For its part, Valve explained that it has not secured contracts for memory components.

“Look, there’s no contract; there’s nothing,” Valve engineer Pierre-Loup Griffais told Gamers Nexus. “Like, those guys… they give us a price every month, or something, and they say, ‘You can buy that many, and it’s yes or no.’ And if we say no, then they never talk to us again.”

While Valve hasn’t been forthcoming with a precise figure, it’s estimated that the Steam Machine was probably originally going to cost somewhere around USD $750 before rocketing RAM costs ruled that out and led to the final USD $1049 price tag.

Valve’s new Steam Machine is far from the only consumer device feeling the pinch of RAM prices. Both Sony and Xbox continue to express concern over the significant challenges of launching new consoles amid such unprecedented demand for memory and storage chips, and Apple recently admitted that price rises for some of its products were now ‘unavoidable.’

However, while the Steam Machine’s price stings – and remains “a bit too expensive to take on the PS5 or the Xbox Series X” – SBFPLAY’s review noted Valve’s approachable new living room device remains easy to recommend as it’s “almost certainly the easiest way to get into PC gaming right now.”

You can learn more about the Steam Machine’s price and performance in SBFPLAY’s recent interview with Valve.

Luke is a Senior Editor on the SBFPLAY reviews team. You can track him down on Bluesky @mrlukereilly to ask him things about stuff.

Batman Knightfall Part 1 Trailer and Voice Cast Revealed

SBFPLAY can exclusively reveal the new trailer for Batman: Knightfall Part 1: Knightfall, the first entry in a three-part animated feature film adaptation of the classic DC Comics storyline. The trailer can be viewed via the player above or the video embedded below.

From DC, Warner Bros. Animation, and Warner Bros. Home Entertainment, Part One of the trilogy premiered Tuesday at the Annecy International Animation Film Festival. Batman: Knightfall Part 1: Knightfall will be released later this year.

The movie – directed by Jeff Wamester and written by Jeremy Adams – adapts the DC Comics storyline by Doug Moench, Chuck Dixon, Alan Grant, Dennis O’Neil, Peter David, Jo Duffy, Jim Aparo, Graham Nolan, Norm Breyfogle, and Jim Balent.

Batman: Knightfall Part 1: Knightfall stars the voices of Anson Mount (Star Trek: Strange New Worlds) as Batman/Bruce Wayne, Michael Mando (Spider-Man: Brave New Day) as Bane, and Pablo Schreiber (Halo) as Jean-Paul Valley/Azrael.

Part One’s official plot synopsis reads: “When the mysterious behemoth known only as Bane frees Batman’s entire Rogue’s Gallery from Arkham Asylum, the Caped Crusader is pushed to his mental and physical breaking point.”

Rick Morales serves as the movie’s Supervising Producer alongside Producers Jim Krieg and Kimberly S. Moreau. Sam Register and Michael Uslan are Executive Producers.

Batman: Knightfall came in at #15 on SBFPLAY’s picks for the top 27 best Batman comics and graphic novels. Elements of Batman: Knightfall made their way into Christopher Nolan’s The Dark Knight Rises where Tom Hardy’s Bane broke Batman’s back and took over Gotham City.

Batman: Knightfall Part 1: Knightfall was announced at New York Comic Con 2025.

Supergirl Producer Says Paramount’s David Ellison is a ‘Big Fan’ of DC Studios Amid Looming Warner Bros Merger

David Ellison, the CEO of Paramount Skydance, is a big fan of what DC Studios is cooking up.

When speaking with The Hollywood Reporter, Supergirl producer Lars P. Winther stated that David Ellison has already visited the set of Man of Tomorrow, the Superman sequel from James Gunn, which has been filming for about two months and will feature Supergirl.

“He came to Trilith [Studios] already. That’s where we shoot all our movies that James [Gunn] directs,” Winther said. “He came to Atlanta, we showed him everything, and we’re having discussions with him.”

The producer went on to note that Ellison is “open to” what DC is doing and is a “big fan,” suggesting there is no reason to raise any alarms.

“He’s pretty open to what we’re doing. We do have a slate and a lot of it — obviously, Clayface is already coming out. We already have the Lanterns TV show. On those things, the train’s left the station. So we’re good. But he’s a big fan, he’s been great with us. He’s giving us kind of what we want. So far, everything’s good.”

Ellison is currently trying to merge Paramount with Warner Bros., the parent company of DC. Some feared that Ellison might pull the plug on the current iteration of DC in an effort to pinch pennies or create something that is aligned with what a new regime would want. So far, Ellison has yet to indicate that publicly, but nothing is ever off the table when someone is spending billions of dollars to take control of a company.

Supergirl Cast and Characters: Who’s Confirmed for the DCU Movie?

The new era of DC has really only just begun. 2025’s Superman was the first film in the new DC universe, and Supergirl, releasing in theaters this weekend, will be the second. There are a few more projects on the horizon with Clayface and Lanterns later this year, as well as The Batman Part II and Man of Tomorrow in 2027. Beyond that, things are a bit fuzzier.

Given Warner Bros spent a decade trying to get the previous DC universe under control with various power struggles between executives, directors, and other creatives, it seems like it would be wise to just leave things alone rather than reboot the entire thing once again. Even if some things need to change, it’s clear that tons of meddling and an inconsistent vision only does more harm to a brand.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Marathon Confirms Release Date for PvE Mode and Season 3

Marathon has set a release date for its upcoming PvE mode, Vault Breaker, as well as the start of Season 3.

Marathon will release its new “experimental” PvE mode on July 21st as part of the next mid-season update. This new mode will allow players to venture into Cryo Archive, the map used for the game’s endgame raid-like content, to take on a series of challenging vaults. You’ll be able to do this on your own or with allies, with a unique progression system that lets you grow more powerful ahead of the final vault. Bungie also revealed that Vault Breaker will have some specific requirements to participate.

“Vault Breaker requires a special Sponsored Kit to queue up, and any gear or items you find stay behind when you exfil,” says Bungie. “The exception to this is Vault Data. This new currency is found within vaults, and when extracted, can be exchanged for upgrades to your Vault Breaker Sponsored Kits as well as gear that can be used in other modes. This lets you experience Cryo Archive without flooding the economy with low-risk, high-power Cryo loot.”

This will come alongside “the first iteration of the Cradle Evolution system,” which will let you reset your maxed out Cradle back to zero in exchange for one additional maximum Energy point and unique cosmetic items. The mid-season update will also include various quality-of-life changes, including tuning changes and player profile stats.

Although Season 2 has only just begun, Bungie has already set a date for Season 3. The next season of Marathon will begin on September 22nd, bringing with it a whole bunch of new content and changes to the extraction shooter.

The news comes as Bungie is attempting to win over players who have yet to jump into Marathon or were turned off by it. The game has struggled to retain and attract players, prompting Bungie to make big changes to the game. There seems to be hope that, if it offers more than PvP extraction content, it may attact a wider player base, but so far, the tides have yet to turn for Marathon. It had a free trial at the start of Season 2, but it didn’t move the needle much. Whether or not future updates can turn things around remains to be seen.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Bungie Leadership Rejected Destiny Dating Sim

Bungie developers were apparently very passionate about a Destiny dating simulator, but leadership had no interest.

Former Bungie community member Liana Ruppert dropped this piece of trivia on players after seeing a fan expressing interest in a Destiny dating sim.

“Fun fact, the team actually made one, but leadership [gave a] very hard no [and felt] that nobody wanted romance or silliness. Very Dream Daddy inspired. It was fun getting to be a small part of it.”

Former Bungie senior narrative designer Robert Brookes chimed in, revealing that the concept came out of an event where the studio was allowed to prototype fun side projects for a week. However, a small group of devs continuously tried to scale it into a full-blown project.

“To be fair, the dating sim that was made was a part of the ‘Carnival’ event Bungie used to do, where devs had a week to make fun prototypes. So it was never a full-fledged project. That said, we did pitch that as a full-fledged project every year.”

Brookes also noted that two of the people who were behind the pitch came from romance game design, saying they even created a pitch deck with costs and metrics, but Bungie leadership remained uninterested. Although the idea is silly and fun, it’s easy to see why Bungie was hesitant to move forward on such a project. A side project like that could easily be spun by frustrated community members as a waste of resources and time, when other parts of Destiny 2 could’ve used that support.

If that sounds extreme, all you have to do is look at how Marathon has been treated by some members of the community, and that’s a proper big-budget Bungie shooter. Unfortunately, it seems unlikely this dating sim will ever happen, as a lot of doubt has been cast on Bungie’s future as of late. Bungie recently ended support for Destiny 2, and it has been reported that the studio will undergo “significant” layoffs as a result.

Every Bungie Game Ever Reviewed by SBFPLAY

Similarly, Destiny 3 is not in active development, and it seems unlikely that it will happen anytime soon, given Bungie’s recent performance. Smaller-scale Destiny games may be feasible, but it could be years before we see them materialize.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Lords of the Fallen 2 Delayed

Lords of the Fallen 2 will no longer release this year, as the game has been pushed to early 2027.

CI Games CEO Marek Tyminski confirmed that Lords of the Fallen 2 will miss its fall 2026 release window in favor of refining and strengthening the game.

“As development progresses, we have worked closely with the Gameplay Feedback Team, a dedicated group of seasoned Souls-like veterans within our Launch Creative Team,” he said. “Their valuable ongoing input, combined with the team’s vision, has identified meaningful opportunities to further refine and strengthen the overall experience. These enhancements will benefit from additional integration, iteration, and polishing time, enabling the team to deliver the highest possible quality at launch.”

However, Tyminski also noted that the game will benefit from avoiding the onslaught of releases this fall. Currently, September 2026 is stacked with gaming releases, as publishers try to avoid the blast radius of Grand Theft Auto 6 in November. Major titles like Silent Hill: Townfall, Control Resonant, and Onimusha: Way of the Sword are all releasing in September, while some other games like Valor Mortis have pivoted to October for some breathing room. However, October also has steep competition with games like Modern Warfare 4.

“This updated release window also strategically positions Lords of the Fallen 2 outside of a highly competitive holiday period, ensuring the game receives the dedicated attention it deserves,” Tyminski continued. “The team remains fully energized by the strong response to our recent reveals and is deeply focused on delivering a standout dark fantasy action RPG and a worthy successor to the Lords of the Fallen franchise. We are grateful for the continued passion, feedback, and support from our community, and we look forward to sharing more updates in the coming months.”

Currently, Lords of the Fallen 2 has no firm release date. Early 2027 is also becoming a hot spot for delayed 2026 games. Fable recently abandoned plans for a 2026 release to avoid competition, and it wouldn’t be surprising if some other games follow suit.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

New Blair Witch Project Movie Conjures Up 2027 Release Date

The Blair Witch Project series will return to theaters next year, with a fresh installment due in the fall.

A release date for the as-yet untitled sequel was announced today by production company Lionsgate, via a creepy teaser posted on Instagram. The short clip confirms that the new movie will launch on September 24, 2027.

The teaser gives away little about the film, and simply shows a series of wooden mobiles listing out the movie’s date — 9/24/27 — and recreating the classic Blair Witch symbol.

No story or acting credits for the film have been revealed, though this would fit with the franchise’s low-fi found footage approach that keeps things mysterious. The original Blair Witch Project, launched back in 1999, kicked off a cultural sensation as audiences were presented with a film that looked authentic enough to be real.

A subsequent sequel, Book of Shadows: Blair Witch 2, proved less convincing. A third film, simply titled Blair Witch, then followed in 2016, but again failed to make a large impact. Whether this fourth entry will also tie into the series’ existing lore remains unknown.

“The horror masterminds at Blumhouse Atomic Monster (Obsession, The Conjuring, Backrooms) remind us how scary the woods can be with this groundbreaking new chapter of The Blair Witch Project,” reads an official blurb. Like Backrooms, this new Blair Witch movie will be directed by a YouTuber with experience in the genre, in this case, Dylan Clark.

The Best 90s Horror Movies

“Executive producers include the 1999 film’s creators Eduardo Sánchez, Daniel Myrick, and Gregg Hale, alongside original film cast members Joshua Leonard and Michael C. Williams, who join Michael Clear, Judson Scott, and Steven Schneider,” the blurb continues. “Directed by Dylan Clark, written by Chris Thomas Devlin and produced by Jason Blum, James Wan, Roy Lee, Adam Hendricks, and Greg Gilreath.”

Ready to head back into the woods again?

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Toy Story 5 Producer Rules Out Live-Action Toy Story Movie: ‘Please God No’

The creative team behind Toy Story 5 has no interest in a live-action version of the iconic Pixar franchise.

When speaking with BAFTA, director Andrew Stanton and producer Lindsey Collins were asked about the potential of a live-action Toy Story film, akin to Disney’s Lilo & Stich remake. However, Stanton and Collins seemed to be repulsed by the idea, and actively denounced such a concept.

“I hope not, please god, no,” said Collins. “Don’t say that loudly. You know that Disney is going to be like… [makes silly face]. No. The answer is hard no.”

“That’s like a hat on top of a hat,” said Stanton. “I hope not.”

Stanton and Collins are Pixar veterans who have been with the company since the 90s. Disney, meanwhile, has drawn fire for its upcoming live-action remake of Moana, a film that was originally only released a decade ago. Although people seem to largely dislike the concept of retreading animated films in live-action, they have often (but not always) performed well at the box office.

Disney’s remakes of The Lion King and Lilo & Stitch both made over a billion dollars at the box office, while The Jungle Book remake made $966 million. DreamWorks’ How to Train Your Dragon remake made $636 million, almost $150 million more than the original film on a similar budget. There have been some duds, like the remake of Snow White, but it seems like there hasn’t been a failure big enough to scare studios away from these remakes yet.

However, Pixar seems protective of its IP and is actively opposed to remaking its films in a different medium. Whether they could talk Disney down from the idea if it came about remains to be seen, though. Toy Story remains strong as an animated franchise, as Toy Story 5 just released with massive success at the box office. The film raked in $312 million at the global box office in the first weekend and will likely continue to pull in the big bucks throughout the summer.

Toy Story 5 Images

SBFPLAY gave Toy Story 5 a 7/10, noting that despite any issues it may have, “Toy Story 5 manages to pull off an adventurous and resonant conclusion. With a handful of new characters adding some fresh batteries to the mix, and sidelining the right legacy characters at the right time, the fifth installment of Pixar’s main event finds another good way to wrap up. At least until the inevitable Toy Story 6…”

Cade Onder is a freelancer for SBFPLAY’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Mars Attacks 30th Anniversary 4K Blu-ray Release Announced

Ack! Ack! SBFPLAY can exclusively reveal that director Tim Burton’s cult classic alien invasion comedy Mars Attacks! will get a 4K Blu-ray and digital release in honor of its 30th anniversary.

Mars Attacks! will be available for purchase digitally in 4K Ultra HD and on 4K UHD Blu-ray Disc on August 11.

The newly remastered film will also include new bonus content featuring behind-the-scenes bonus content of the filmmakers reflecting on the making of the movie, an exclusive clip of which can be viewed via the video embedded below.

The Mars Attacks! digital release and 4K Ultra HD Blu-ray Disc contain the following new special features:

  • Looking Back on Mars Attacks!

Filmmakers swap stories about working with Tim Burton on one of the 1990s’ wackiest alien-invasion films.

Filmmakers explore the distinctive style of Mars Attacks! and reveal how then-cutting-edge CGI shaped its iconic look.

The sci-fi spoof reunited director Tim Burton with Batman’s Jack Nicholson, who plays dual roles here as President James Dale and Las Vegas casino owner Art Land.

The star-studded ensemble cast also includes Glenn Close, Annette Bening, Pierce Brosnan, Sarah Jessica Parker, Martin Short, Michael J. Fox, Natalie Portman, Rod Steiger, Danny DeVito, Jim Brown, Lukas Haas, Sylvia Sidney, Lisa Marie, and singer Tom Jones as himself.

Mars Attacks! 4K Blu-ray

For more coverage, check out SBFPLAY’s picks for the best sci-fi comedies and the Top 25 sci-fi films of all time.

Shaolin Soccer Spinoff Kung Fu Soccer Set for North American Theaters

25 years after Shaolin Soccer came out, spinoff Kung Fu Soccer is confirmed to be getting a theatrical release in North America.

Written and directed by Stephen Chow, who was behind the much-loved 2001 sports martial arts movie Shaolin Soccer, Kung Fu Soccer will be launched internationally by Encore Films, with a release expected later this year in the hope of capitalizing on World Cup fever.

According to The Hollywood Reporter, Kung Fu Soccer stars the Emei Women’s Football Team, who use martial arts to help fuel their underdog run in a tournament called the Supreme Invincible Cup. Expect plenty of visual effects, as Shaolin Soccer had. Zhang Xiaofei, Dilraba Dilmurat, and Lay Zhang Yixing are set to star.

Chow directed and starred in the wonderful 2004 martial arts movie Kung Fu Hustle, which enjoyed critical acclaim and commercial success globally. Kung Fu Soccer is his first new movie since 2019’s The New King of Comedy, although he won’t appear in it as he has some of his previous films.

“Director Stephen Chow is widely regarded as the ‘King of Comedy’ and one of the rare filmmakers whose work has entertained audiences across cultures for decades,” Joyce Lee, managing director of Encore Films, told Variety.

“Most football films ask, ‘Can they win the match?’ A Stephen Chow film asks, ‘Can they win the match while breaking the laws of physics?’ That’s the magic of Kung Fu Soccer — a film that blends imagination, action, heart, and comedy in a way only Chow can.”

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Michael Caine The Odyssey Adaptation Announced by AI Company That Officially Licensed His Voice

93-year-old Michael Caine has announced he will narrate his own version of The Odyssey — launched via an AI company that has officially licensed and reproduced his voice.

This reproduction of Caine is AI company ElevenLabs’ first “cinematic multicast audiobook,” a press release for the project states, combining a reproduction of Caine’s British tones with “a full cast performance, original music and immersive sound design” — all of which sound like they’re being created using AI as well.

To be clear, this is nothing to do with Christopher Nolan’s The Odyssey, starring Matt Damon and Tom Holland, which also arrives this year. Despite previously making regular appearances in Nolan’s films, Caine officially retired from acting three years ago, when he hit 90.

The Odyssey New Images May 2026

“The Odyssey is one of the greatest stories ever told,” Caine said in a statement. “By bridging classical storytelling with digital innovation, this epic is reimagined for modern audiences through ElevenReader. It was a pleasure to be a part of this retelling.”

ElevenLabs announced it snapped up the rights to Caine’s voice last year, entombing his vocal performances in a growing library of living and dead celebrities that also includes Judy Garland, David Hasselhoff, Albert Einstein, and Matthew McConaughey — the latter of whom has also invested an undisclosed amount in the company.

Last month, ElevenLabs announced its latest celebrity voice acquisition: the late Marvel Comics legend Stan Lee. In a statement, ElevenLabs said it now owned the commercial rights to Lee’s image and voice and intended to license them for further use by other companies, opening the door to a digitally-resurrected Lee appearing in films and commercials. Similar to The Odyssey, Stan Lee will also be heard narrating audio books, including a “Stan Lee Book Club of the Month.”

Michael Caine’s AI version of The Odyssey is available now. Christopher Nolan’s The Odyssey launches in theaters on July 19.

Image credit: Daniele Venturelli/Getty Images for The Red Sea International Film Festival.

Tom Phillips is SBFPLAY’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Darktide Update 1.12.0 Out Now — Check Out the Patch Notes

Warhammer 40,000: Darktide has today received a huge free update alongside the Skitarii class DLC.

While fans will be most excited about the arrival of the $11.99 Adeputus Mechanicus unit to the first-person action game, the free update makes a number of important changes to go alongside it. The headline here is the addition of new enemies, the Scab and Dreg Vanguards. These are human melee bruisers who use breakable shields. The Scab variant has a harder more durable shield that will last longer, but comes in more scarce numbers, while their Dreg are more numerous but only equipped with scrappy handmade shields that are more prone to breaking.

There’s also a new event, starting today, in which players can join missions with the ‘Relics in Ruins’ modifier to recover relics from the cultists. Once back in the Mourning Star, visit Sire Melk to deliver your recovered relics, and choose which faction to give them to (each gives the player a different buff). Rewards include Ordo Dockets, Plasteel, Diamantine, and a brand new Portrait Frame.

As for balance changes, with the release of the Vanguards, developer Fatshark has ‍reduced the amount of Bulwarks throughout the missions. Patch notes, courtesy of the Darktide website, are below.

While Darktide got off to a rough start when it came out on PC in 2022, it is now in great shape, and continues to receive meaningful updates. The thing to note about Darktide is it does not let you play as a Space Marine, Warhammer 40,000’s famous genetically enhanced super soldiers. Instead, you pick a class lifted from other factions within the setting. The aforementioned Skitarii, for example, is from the Adeptus Mechanicus (tech priest) faction. You can even play as an Ogryn, an enormous abhuman from the Astra Militarum (Imperial Guard) faction.

Warhammer 40,000: Darktide update 1.12.0 patch notes:

Enemies

New Enemies – Scab & Dreg Vanguards

A new threat approaches…

  • Human melee bruisers equipped with breakable shields, these new enemies will bolster the enemy hordes and make them tougher to crack!
  • The Scab variant is equipped with a harder more durable shield that will last longer, but comes in more scarce numbers, while their Dreg equivalents are more numerous but only equipped with scrappy handmade shields that are more prone to breaking
  • Even without the shield, these vanguards are stronger than their non-shielded counterparts.

Balance changes

As part of our ongoing balance commitment continuing on from the previous reduction to Ogryn enemies (and at the time, specifically the Crusher), with the release of the Vanguards we’ve reduced the amounts of Bulwarks throughout the missions.

Packmaster

The Packmasters have moved beyond the wastes of Atoma to reinforce their brethren in Tertium

  • Packmasters will now appear outside of Expeditions, across the other gamemodes starting from Heresy level difficulty and up.
  • Improved mobility: the Packmasters will now have an easier time keeping up with a retreating player
  • The amount of Pox Hounds spawned with the Packmaster has been changed to be based on the difficulty, with an increase of the armoured version at higher difficulty levels.

Plasma Gun Mk III

A brand new Mark has been added to the Plasma Gun, the Mk III! Available to the Veteran class and the (releasing today!) Skitarii class, this Plasma Gun variant has less focus on piercing through enemies in favor of devastating explosive power. Give it a try!

Expeditions Update

This update also sees an injection of new content into the Expeditions game mode, as well as various quality of life changes and reworks of certain systems!

  • New time of day: Dawn
  • New Expeditions level content, including:
    • New Scavenge Zone
    • New Sites of Interest, with electric hazards!
    • New Deadsider Sanctuary.
  • Reworked how Tech-Remnants are shared.
    • Players no longer have a personal Tech-Remnant pool. Instead, Tech-Remnants picked up by a member of the strike team are added to the team’s shared pool.
    • Whenever a player dies (does not apply to bots), the team’s pool is reduced by 25%.
      • This only happens if the team has more than 100 Tech-Remnants.
      • 50% of this value is dropped at the spot where the player died.
      • The team can retrieve the remaining 50% of the deducted value if they rescue the player that died.
    • If a hog-tied player is teleported to a Deadsider Sanctuary, the Tech-Remnants attached to them are lost.
    • For each alive player missing from the Valkyrie at the moment of extraction, 25% of the pool is reduced in the End of Round screen.
  • Improvements to the Auspex:
    • Sites of Interest, Scavenge Zone exits, and extraction points can now be marked on the Auspex by up to four players.
    • Data Reliquaries show up on the Auspex once they’ve been picked up for the first time.
    • Hog-tied players are displayed on the Auspex.
    • Pressing the equip button for the Auspex while already equipped will now switch back to the previously equipped weapon or item.
    • The Auspex map does not start in focused mode if the player is moving while equipping it. You can unfocus the map by sprint or dodging.
  • Added more respawn points to all Scavenge Zones.
  • Improved Ordo Docket and Experience rewards for failed runs.

Features & Tweaks

General Changes

  • The Title awarded for completing the Prologue can now be equipped by all Classes.
    • The displayed title will change according to the Class it’s equipped on:
      • The original classes keep “Reject”
      • Arbitrator displays “Deputy”
      • Hive Scum replaces the current “Reject” with “Juve”
      • Skitarius displays “Tech-Warrior””
  • Poxbursters:
    • Changed targeting behaviour to make them more predictable. They should no longer be able to change targets while in their lunge state.
    • They should now always enter their explode state after being staggered by a Push from a Melee Weapon, even if they weren’t in their lunging state.
    • Poxburster explosions triggered by navigation issues (e.g. failing to climb over terrain), or other non-player related events, should no longer cause damage; they will still knock players away if caught in them however.
    • Poxbursters will only initiate their lunge when facing the player, to prevent poxbursters jumping around corners
  • Instances of “Cyber-Mastiff” terminology in the Operative view have been changed to use the term “Companion”.
  • Ogryn Borovian Mk III Delver’s Pickaxe
    • Sprint will now be allowed during the windups for the Light 3 and Heavy 2 attacks.
  • Blaze Force Greatsword
    • The weapon Special ‘Warpshock Slash’ projectile can now trigger the ‘Blazing Spirit’ weapon Blessing.
  • Reframed the camera used to preview Accessory cosmetics to better show the top of them.
  • Slightly reframed the camera used to preview Head cosmetics to better show taller headgear (especially belonging to Arbitrators).
  • Updated the posing and framing of cosmetic icons and player portraits to center and straighten the head of the character.
  • Updated the camera framing and positioning and added support for Zooming when inspecting Companion cosmetics.
  • Smoke Grenades – Veteran Blitz
    • Updated the visual effects of the smoke cloud to be less obscuring and to more clearly show the affected area.
  • Updated item notifications to present item type in addition to rarity, and to align the visuals with item names and rarities presentation in the inventory.
  • Ogryn – Point-Blank Barrage Max Cooldown 80s -> 60s

Weapon Blessing Changes

  • Ogryn Ripperguns
    • Changed the calculation for “on continuous fire” Blessings to give a stack for each 8% of Magazine spent instead of 10%.
    • Affects the following Blessings:
      • Blaze Away
      • Inspiring Barrage
      • Cavalcade
    • Dev Note
      • This is to avoid these Blessings counterintuitively having a stronger effect on lower Ammo stat values, due to the scaling of the magazine size.
  • Bloodletter Blessing
    • Changed behavior so that Bleed stacks will be now applied on each damage instance of Special active attacks, instead of only the initial hit.
    • Affects the following weapon families:
      • Heavy Eviscerators
      • Assault Chainswords
      • Assault Chainaxes
    • Dev Note
      • The Heavy Eviscerator version of this Blessing has a lower Bleed stacks value due to the Cleave properties of its Special active attacks, allowing it to spread Bleed on multiple enemies. This however caused the Blessing to be less effective in delivering its bonus when actually ripping into an enemy. Note that the total Bleed stacks are still capped
  • Tenderiser Blessing
    • Updated the bonus from general Strength to Melee Strength, and changed the value scaling from +10/15/20/25% to +15/20/25/30%
    • Affects the following weapon family

Quality of Life changes

  • Added two new controller button layouts (Alternative 6 and Alternative 7), with access to the Special input on bumper/shoulder buttons.
  • Added a new feature to Zoom Out when inspecting your Weapon while on a mission. This lets you view your character in Third Person.”
  • Added the info for past Live Events to the events tab in Sire Melk menu.
  • The party invitation notification now requires the player to hold the button and confirm the party request to be able to accept an invitation during a mission.
  • Changing keybindings now notifies the player if the new binding key is already in use, and asks for confirmation before setting the binding.
  • Commodore’s Vestures now uses a category and sub-category selection to better handle navigation and different store pages.
  • Updated all items acquired externally to show their source, similar to items from Penances, Class DLCs, Commissary, and Commodore’s Vestures.
  • Updated the character selection screen to correctly show the actual selected height for each character.

Fixes

General Fixes

  • Expeditions:
    • Dead players will no longer respawn until the Deadsider Sanctuary is reached if the exit event has been started or if the timer has run out
    • Blocked off out of bounds areas in some Scavenge Zones
    • Players and enemies now drop loot on their last ground position if possible, to avoid it getting lost in pits, being stuck in air, etc.
    • Data Reliquaries dropped on the ground in the Valkyrie during extraction now correctly count for the penance gain
    • Fixed an issue that caused Medicae stations in Expeditions to display as empty even though they had full charges
    • Fixed an issue that caused Medicae stations to consume Scrap from the wrong player
    • Fixed an issue where more than four players could be displayed inside the Valkyrie in mission intro loadings
    • Fixed an issue in which lightning strikes could damage players during the extraction cinematic.
  • Dark Communion – Fixed an issue where sound would not propagate correctly through the archway leading to the end event cathedral area.
  • Clandestium Gloriana – Fixed an issue where enemies could appear covered in snow/frost effects also in the initial Void areas.
  • Tenderiser Blessing – Fixed an issue where the HUD icon for the Blessing would not appear in server-hosted environments, and added a counter to the icon displaying the remaining empowered attacks.
  • Tweaked handling of Loadout presets under specific cases to avoid having a preset deselected due to mismatch when opening the inventory.
  • Fixed an issue that could display an incorrect last wave in Mortis Trials if a player joined mid-match.
  • Fixed an issue where the Personality Scourge would return an error by wrongly detecting no changes when modifying an Arbitrator character.
  • Fixed an issue in the Expedition Map Selection screen where the Play Button sometimes would show as being disabled when selecting an unlocked node while Private Game is enabled.
  • Fixed an issue where the ‘Enemies Within, Enemies Without’ Zealot talent would fail to display the correct number of stacks.
  • Fixed an issue where the ‘Power Up’ Psyker Penance would not count kills from ‘Kinetic Flayer’.
  • Fixed an issue where the ‘Perfectionist’ talent could refund Cooldown multiple times on the same attack.
  • Fixed an issue where players could get instantly downed or killed by a Captain’s Shield exploding.
  • Fixed issue where the ‘Penetrating Flame’ Blessing would show incorrect values in its description.
  • Fixed an issue where the bash animation of Dual Autopistols could play twice if transitioning to braced during a bash.
  • The ‘Long Bomb’ Veteran penance can now be completed only using the intended Frag Grenade.
  • Fixed an issue where bots sometimes would remain stuck in crouching state.
  • Fixed an issue where the Data Interrogation minigame in Power Matrix HL-17-36 would not stop the alarm sound when finishing the minigame.
  • Fixed an issue where the Talent Tree tooltip for the selected Blitz, Ability and Aura could clip through the bottom of the screen.
  • Fixed an issue in the start area of Dark Communion where bots would not help players when in a hangledge.
  • Updated the description for the ‘Inspiring Barrage’ and ‘Cavalcade’ weapon Blessings with more accurate values
  • Fixed an issue where enemies would attack the player when leaving the Meat Grinder.
  • Fixed an issue where the ‘No respite’ weapon Blessing would not apply its damage bonus.
  • Fixed an issue where the player could get stuck in a hangledge or fall onto a part of the ceiling below without dying in the Theatre of Castigation in Mortis Trials.
  • Fixed an issue in the character creator where the camera would snap to a new position when changing height.
  • Fixed a rare crash that could occur if a character would not have a height defined.
  • Fixed an issue that caused multiple people to be able to interact with the same Data Interrogation minigame.
  • Multiple minor bugfixes in Adventure Mode:
    • The following missions have had player collision added or adjusted:
      • Excise Vault Spireside-13
      • Comms-Plex 154/2f
      • Chasm Station HL-16-11
      • Smelter Complex HL17-36
      • Hab Dreyko, Chasm Logistratum
      • Silo Cluster 18-66/a
      • Vigil Station Oblivium
      • Magistrati Oubliette TM8-707
      • Relay Station TRS-150
      • Enclavum Baross
      • Dark Communion
    • Fixed unreachable items and chests in the following missions:
      • Excise Vault Spireside-13
      • Warren 6-19
      • Comms-Plex 154/2f
      • Consignment Yard HL17-36.

Cosmetic Fixes

  • Munitorum Issue Mk III & Command Cap – Fixed hair masking for when these cosmetics are equipped.
  • Reduced clipping on Smiter Power Maul.
  • Zealot Hooded Krieg Mask (Rictus) – Added missing voice effect.
  • Ogryn Vostroyan Hat – Fixed visual bug where the neck clipped through the headgear.
  • Heavy Battlegear (Moebian 110th, Greysteel XXXXL) – Fixed an issue where armour clipped through the character’s shoulders.
  • Krieg Greatcoat (With Psykana collar) – Fixed baked shadowing behind the leather pouch.
  • Fixed headgear masking for Human Hair Style 7.
  • Blessed Memento Mori – Fixed offset to players back & other visual bugs.
  • Detio’s War Plate – Fixed backpack offset.

Wesley is Director, News at SBFPLAY. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.